3900 Series Base Station Cables (04) (PDF) - en

3900 Series Base Station
Cables
Issue 04
Date 2017-10-27
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Cables About This Document
About This Document
Overview
This document provides information about cables used in cabinets for 3900 series base
stations, which includes the cable list and descriptions of cable connections and each cable.
For information about cables for RRUs and AAUs, see the corresponding hardware
description.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The actual
exteriors may be different.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, LTE refers to LTE (FDD), LTE (NB-IoT), or LTE (TDD), and eNodeB refers to
an LTE (FDD) eNodeB, LTE (NB-IoT) eNodeB, or LTE (TDD) eNodeB in this document. The "L", "M", and
"T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE (FDD), LTE (NB-IoT), and LTE (TDD), respectively.
For details about the LampSite solution, see DBS3900 LampSite Hardware Description.
Product Version
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Solution Version Product Version
BTS3900 l SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later

l GBSS15.0 and later
BTS3900A
l RAN15.0 and later
BTS3900L l eRAN6.0 and later
BTS3900AL
DBS3900 l SRAN8.0 and later

l GBSS15.0 and later
l RAN15.0 and later
l eRAN6.0 and later
l eRAN TDD 7.0 and later
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Product Solution Version Product Version
BTS3900C l SRAN8.0 and later

l RAN15.0 and later
Cabinets, components, and RATs described in this document are supported in V100R008C00
and later, except the special cases listed in the following table.
Item Solution Version Product Version
l Quadruple-mode base SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

station RAN15.1/eRAN6.1 and
l IBC10 later
l BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

l Second-level USU RAN16.0/eRAN7.0/eRAN
TDD 7.0 and later
l APM30H (Ver.E)
l TMC11H (Ver.E)
l RFC (Ver.E)
l IBBS200D (Ver.E)
l IBBS200T (Ver.E)
l BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

l OPM50M RAN17.0/eRAN8.0 and
later
l OPM15M
l IBBS20D
l IBBS300D (Ver.A)
l IBBS300T (Ver.A)
l USU3910
l IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

l eBAT RAN18.0/eRAN11.0/eRAN
TDD 11.0 and later
l WIUA
l IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

l OPM30M RAN18.1/eRAN11.1/eRAN
TDD 11.1 and later
l UMPTe
l UBBPei SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

l RMU3900A RAN19.0/eRAN12.0/eRAN
TDD 12.0 and later
l EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

l EPU02D-02 RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/eRAN
TDD 12.1 and later
l MRE1000
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Item Solution Version Product Version
l BTS3900(Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

l BTS3900L(Ver.E_B~D) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/eRAN
TDD 12.1 and later
l IMB05
l ILC29 (Ver.E)
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l System engineer
l Base station installation personnel
l Site maintenance personnel
Organization
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
2 Cable List
This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
3 Cable Connections
This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
4 PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base
station.
5 Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
6 Power Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in
BTS3900A cabinets.
7 Transmission Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

8 Signal Cables
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in
BTS3900A cabinets.
9 CPRI Cables
This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic
cables.
10 RF Cables
This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to personal
injury.
Calls attention to important information, best practices and

tips.
NOTE is used to address information not related to
personal injury, equipment damage, and environment
deterioration.
General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

boldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.
Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl
+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed
concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without

moving the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Cables Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables............................................................................ 1
2 Cable List.......................................................................................................................................10
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List..................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List......................................................................................................................................11
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List......................................................................................................................................18
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List..................................................................................................................................... 25
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List................................................................................................................................................... 34
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 35
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 41
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 48
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List.................................................................................................................................................. 56
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List...................................................................................................................................56
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List...................................................................................................................................67
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List...................................................................................................................................78
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List................................................................................................................................... 91
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List...........................................................................................................................106
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List........................................................................................................................... 111
2.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Cable List.......................................................................................................................... 117
2.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Cable List.......................................................................................................................... 124
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List.............................................................................................................................................. 129
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List.............................................................................................................................. 129
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists................................................................................................................................................. 143
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List.................................................................................................................................................148
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List............................................................................................................................. 148
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List................................................................................................................................. 155
3 Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................163
3.1 Power Cable Connections...........................................................................................................................................163
3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................................... 164
3.1.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections........................................................................................................164
3.1.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections........................................................................................................168
3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections....................................................................................................... 170
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

Cables Contents
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................... 175

3.1.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 175
3.1.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 176
3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 178
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................................... 181
3.1.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................181
3.1.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................188
3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................192
3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 201
3.1.3.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections..............................................................................................212
3.1.3.6 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections..............................................................................................215
3.1.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Power Cable Connections.............................................................................................. 217
3.1.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Power Cable Connections.............................................................................................. 220
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................................. 223
3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections.................................................................................................. 223
3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)...................................................... 229
3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900........................................................................ 230
3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)................................................................233
3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)............................................................... 236
3.1.5.4 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)........................................................ 253
3.1.5.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)............................................................ 255
3.1.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)..................................................................................... 257
3.1.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)........................................................................................ 260
3.1.5.8 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C)..............................262
3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)................................................................275
3.1.5.10 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)............................................................. 277
3.1.5.11 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C)............................ 279
3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03........................................ 280
3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900........................................................................ 285
3.1.5.14 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A........................................................................ 287
3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900............................................................................ 289
3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900............................................................. 291
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a BBU3910A..............................................................292
3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections.....................................................................................................................295
3.1.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections................................................................................................. 295
3.1.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................... 297
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections................................................................................................................................299
3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base Station...........................................................................300
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Co-Transmission...................................... 309
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using Separate Transmission............................. 325
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station..........................................................................334
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station.................................................................. 338
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Cables Contents
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................................... 339

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................................... 340
3.3.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 340
3.3.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 345
3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................... 347
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................................352
3.3.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................. 352
3.3.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections.................................................................................. 354
3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................355
3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................................. 358
3.3.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................358
3.3.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................365
3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................. 373
3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................379
3.3.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 384
3.3.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 387
3.3.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 390
3.3.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections........................................................................... 393
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections...............................................................................................397
3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections............................................................................... 397
3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)................................... 404
3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000........................................................404
3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)............................................ 407
3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)............................................ 410
3.3.5.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)..................................... 423
3.3.5.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)......................................... 426
3.3.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)..................................................................................... 428
3.3.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)........................................................................................ 430
3.3.5.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C)...........433
3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)........................................................439
3.3.5.10 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)..................................................... 440
3.3.5.11 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C)......... 441
3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03................................ 443
3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900..................................................... 449
3.3.5.14 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A.....................................................450
3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900......................................................... 452
3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS5900..........................................454
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a BBU3910A........................................................... 455
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections................................................................................................. 457
3.3.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..............................................................................458
3.3.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections..................................................................................459
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections.........................................................................................................................462
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

Cables Contents
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................ 464

3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations.....................................................................................................464
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station................................................................................................. 469
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base Stations..................................................... 472
3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations.................................................................................477
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations..................................................................................484
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations..................................................................................491
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station........................................................................................497
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station............................................................................... 512
3.6 RF Cable Connections................................................................................................................................................ 515
3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description........................................................................................................................... 516
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU......................................................................................................................518
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU......................................................................................................................519
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU..................................................................................................................... 520
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa................................................................................................................... 521
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd................................................................................................................... 522
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe................................................................................................................... 523
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU...................................................................................................................... 524
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe.................................................................................................................... 525
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU................................................................................................................... 526
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd................................................................................................................. 527
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe................................................................................................................. 528
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd.................................................................................................................. 529
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe.................................................................................................................. 530
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration..........................................................................................531
4 PGND Cable............................................................................................................................... 534

5 Equipotential Cable.................................................................................................................. 538
6 Power Cables.............................................................................................................................. 541
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices................................................................................................................... 541
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables...............................................................................................................................................541
6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................ 541
6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 543
6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 544
6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 546
6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................548
6.1.1.6 DCDU-11C Power Cable......................................................................................................................................549
6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 551
6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 553
6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable..................................................................................................................................... 556
6.1.1.10 DCDU-13A Power Cable................................................................................................................................... 558
6.1.1.11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As.................................................................................................. 559
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

Cables Contents
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables.................................................................................................................................. 560

6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable...................................................................................................................... 560
6.1.2.2 EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable...................................................................................................................... 562
6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable............................................................................................................564
6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable................................................................................................................. 576
6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable................................................................................................................................... 578
6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable................................................................................................................................579
6.1.2.12 EPS30-4815AF Power Cable............................................................................................................................. 580
6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................580
6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.......................................................................................................................... 582
6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable......................................................................................................................................583
6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable............................................................................................................................... 583
6.1.3 PDU Power Cables.................................................................................................................................................. 585
6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 585
6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 586
6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 588
6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable.................................................................................................................................... 590
6.1.3.5 HSMU Power Cable for the PDU08H-01............................................................................................................ 591
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices...................................................................................................... 591
6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box.................................................................................................................. 591
6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box........................................................................................................ 593
6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC................................................................................................ 596
6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.....................................................................................598
6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts...............................599
6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets...........................................................................................600
6.1.4.7 IBBS20L Power Cable and Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls............................................................601
6.1.4.8 Power Cable..........................................................................................................................................................602
6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable............................................................................................................................................. 603
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices....................................................................................................................... 608
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable............................................................................................................................................. 608
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable................................................................................................................................................ 609
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable................................................................................................................................................610
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................611
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable....................................................................................................................................... 612
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................613
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................613
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................ 614
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

Cables Contents
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies........................................................................................................................... 614

6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables............................................................................................................................................... 614
6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables........................................................................................................................................615
6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 616
6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 617
6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 618
6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 618
6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 619
6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 620
6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 621
6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable....................................................................................................................................... 622
6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable........................................................................................................................................623
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................624
6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................625
6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable........................................................................................................................................626
6.3.4.1 ETP48100-B1 Power Cable..................................................................................................................................627
6.3.4.2 FAN 03D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 628
6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly...........................................................................................................628
6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater................................................................................................................................ 629
6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film.............................................................................................................................. 631
6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System................................................................................................ 632
6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................633
6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D...................................................................................................................... 633
6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D.......................................................................................................................636
6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T..................................................................................................................... 637
6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T.................................................................................................................... 640
6.3.14 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door...........................................................................................641
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................ 642
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable............................................................................................................................... 642
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable................................................................................................................................................... 644
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.................................................................................................................................................. 648
6.4.4 RRU Power Cable................................................................................................................................................... 650
6.4.5 SOU Power Cable....................................................................................................................................................653
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable.................................................................................................................................................... 654
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box........................................................................................................ 654
6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000........................................................................655
6.4.9 GATM Power Cable................................................................................................................................................ 656
6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable......................................................................................................................................... 659
7 Transmission Cables.................................................................................................................660
7.1 E1/T1 Cable................................................................................................................................................................ 661
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable......................................................................................................................664
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable........................................................................................................................................... 665
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

Cables Contents
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................ 666

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports................................................................................................667
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................ 667
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable.....................................................................................................................668
8 Signal Cables.............................................................................................................................. 670

8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices............................................................................................................................... 670
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable...................................................................................................................... 670
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................ 671
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................672
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................673
8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 674
8.1.6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................. 675
8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.................................................... 677
8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01............................................................................................ 678
8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................679
8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................ 679
8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A............................................................................................... 680
8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B........................................................................................................681
8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................681
8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable................................................................................................. 682
8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D........................................................... 683
8.1.16 IBBS20L Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................... 685
8.1.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls...................................................................................... 685
8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable....................................................................................................................................... 686
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices....................................................................................................................... 687
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................... 687
8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................... 688
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................................... 689
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs........................................................................................................690
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.......................................................................................................................691
8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs............................................................................................ 692
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs............................................................................................ 692
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs............................................................................................693
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs......................................................................................... 694
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s................................................................................. 695
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s......................................................................................... 696
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.................................................................................................................. 697
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................698
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 699
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................700
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG............................................................................................................... 701
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs..........................................................................................703
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiv

Cables Contents
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 704

8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 705
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs...........................................................................................706
8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 707
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................708
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................709
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................... 710
8.2.25 WIUA Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................................711
8.2.26 eBat Monitoring Signal Cable............................................................................................................................... 711
8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet.....................................................................................................712
8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable................................................................................................................................................. 713
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices........................................................................................................ 717
8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies................................................................................717
8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................719
8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................720
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs................................................................................................720
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................ 721
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units................................................................................ 722
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units................................................................................ 723
8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly............................................................................................724
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors................................................................................................724
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable..................................................................................................................726
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors.................................................................................. 728
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger................................................................................................. 730
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2......................................................................................................... 731
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices................................................................................................................................ 732
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors.................................................................................................732
8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.................................................................................................................................................... 737
8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and Temperature Sensor.................................................... 740
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................ 741
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable................................................................................................................................742
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Module.............................................................................. 743
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box............................................................................................ 743
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box...........................................................................................744
8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable................................................................................................................................. 744
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable................................................................................................................................. 745
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable........................................................................................................................................ 746
8.4.12 GPS Jumper........................................................................................................................................................... 747
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables......................................................................................................................747
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations.......................................................................................................749
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance....................................................................................................................751
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................................... 752
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv

Cables Contents
8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................753

8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 754
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable........................................................................................................... 755
8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable..............................................................................................................756
8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 756
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable...............................................................................................................757
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable..................................................................................................................................... 758
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable..............................................................................................................759
9 CPRI Cables................................................................................................................................ 760

9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable.................................................................................................................................................760
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable..............................................................................................................................................761
10 RF Cables...................................................................................................................................768
10.1 RF Jumpers............................................................................................................................................................... 768
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable...................................................................................................................................... 770
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvi

Cables 1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
1 Changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables
This chapter describes changes in 3900 Series Base Station Cables.
04 (2017-10-27)
This is the fourth commercial release.
Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900
l 3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900
l 3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900
l 3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the
DBS5900
l 6.3.4.2 FAN 03D Power Cable
Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue includes the following changes.
Topic Change Description
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added the IMB05 cable list and ILC29
(Ver.E) cable list.
Compared with the Issue 03 (2017-05-31), this issue does not delete any topics.
03 (2017-05-31)
This is the third commercial release.
Compared with the Issue 02 (2017-04-20), this issue does not add or delete any topics.
Compared with the Issue 02 (2017-04-20), this issue includes the following changes.
Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List Added the EPU02D-02 power cable.
l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List
l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List
l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List
l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List
l 2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List
02 (2017-04-20)
This is the second commercial release.
Compared with the Issue V100R012C10, WCDMA-NodeB V200R019C10, GSM-BTS

V100R019C10, eNodeB V100R012C10 01 (2017-03-10), this issue includes the following
new topics:
l 3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900
l 3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000
l 6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable
l 6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable
l 6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000
Compared with the Issue V100R012C10, WCDMA-NodeB V200R019C10, GSM-BTS

V100R019C10, eNodeB V100R012C10 01 (2017-03-10), this issue includes the following
changes.
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added the MRE1000 cable list.
This document incorporates 3900 Series Base Station Cables of all SRAN versions and
presents differential information among these versions.
Versions corresponding to original 3900 Series Base Station Cables are as follows:
l SRAN8.0: V100R008C00
l SRAN8.1: V100R008C01
l SRAN9.0: V100R009C00
l SRAN10.0: V100R010C00
l SRAN10.1: V100R010C10
l SRAN11.1: V100R011C10
l SRAN12.1: V100R012C10
The information added before the combination of all versions is as follows:

l 6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable

l 8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

l Cables
l 6.1.4.8 Power Cable
l 8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable
l 3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections
l 3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
l 3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)
l 3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
l 3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H
(Ver.E)
l 3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)
l 6.1.2.7 EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 Power Cable
l 6.1.2.8 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable
l 8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable
l 8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs
l 8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable
l 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable
l 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable
l 8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable
l 6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets
l 6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable
l 8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D
l 8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG
l 8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs
l 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds/
IBBS300Ts
l 6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets
l 6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable
l 6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable
l 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D
l 6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T
l 8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in an IBBS20D
l 8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG
l 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s
l 8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs
l 3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900
l 3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900
l 6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable
l 8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

l 6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

l 6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable
l 8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable
l Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station
l CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station
The modifications made before the combination of all versions are as follows.
l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List Added the EPU02D power cable.
l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List
l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List
l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List
l 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable Added the wire color in mainland China.
l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
l 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable
l 3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a Added the CPRI cable connections when
UMTS Base Station the RMU is configured.
l 3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an
LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base
Stations
l 3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a
UL and a U*L Base Stations
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections and Added the transmission configuration

its child topics principle when a UMPTe is configured.
l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections Added scenarios in which the GSM mode
in a Single-Mode Base Station supports GTMUc boards.
l 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections
in a Dual-Mode Base Station Using
Co-Transmission
Separate Transmission
for a Triple-Mode Base Station
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added Ver.E cabinet-related information.

l 4 PGND Cable
l 5 Equipotential Cable
l 6 Power Cables and its child topics

l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List Modified connection positions of fan

l 2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List monitoring signal cables on the front doors
of cabinets.
l 3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Added power cable connections and

Connections in a DBS3900 Using an monitoring signal cable connections for an
OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03 IBBS20D configured with an OMB (Ver.C).
l 3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a
DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB
(Ver.C), or IMB03
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Added cable lists, power cable connections,
l 3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a and monitoring signal cable connections for
DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) a BBU3910A3.
l 3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable
Connections in a DBS3900 Using the
APM30H (Ver.D)
l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a
DBS3900 Configured with a
BBU3910A
Connections in a DBS3900 Using a
BBU3910A
l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Added information about cables used in a

l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable BBU3910A3.
l 8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable
l 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Added information about cables used in an
Distribution Box IBBS20D.
l 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable
l 4 PGND Cable
l 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable
l 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for
Door Status Sensors
l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an Added CPRI cable connections in scenarios
LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) Base where LPMP boards are configured.
Stations

l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists Changed the BBU3910A to the

l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a BBU3910A3.
BBU3910A
BBU3910A
l 4 PGND Cable
l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable
l 2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List Added cable lists, power cable connections,
l 3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power and monitoring signal cable connections in
Cable Connections a BTS3900A configured with an IBBS300D
or IBBS300T.
l 3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring
Signal Cable Connections
l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List Added cable lists, power cable connections,
l 3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power and monitoring signal cable connections in
Cable Connections a BTS3900AL configured with an
IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
l 3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
l 2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists l Added cable lists, power cable

l 3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a connections, and monitoring signal cable
DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D) connections in a DBS3900 configured
with an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
l 3.3.5.3 Monitoring Signal Cable
Connections in a DBS3900 Using the l Added cable lists, power cable
APM30H (Ver.D) connections, and monitoring signal cable
connections for a BBU3910A3.
l 3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a
BBU3910A
BBU3910A
l 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable Added information about cables used in a

l 7.1 E1/T1 Cable BBU3910A3.

l 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Added information about cables used in an

Junction Box IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
l 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable
l 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal
Cable
Temperature Sensors
l 4 PGND Cable Added information about cables used in an

l 5 Equipotential Cable IBBS300D, IBBS300T, or IBBS20D.
Door Status Sensors
l 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable
l 3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections Added descriptions of transmission cable

in a Single-Mode Base Station connections when the BBU3910 is
l 3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections configured with a GTMUb.
Co-Transmission
Separate Transmission
l 3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in Added descriptions of CPRI cable

GSM Base Stations connections when the BBU3910 is
l 3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a configured with a GTMUb.
GU and a G*U Base Stations
l 3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a
Triple-Mode Base Station
l DCDU-12C Power Cables Added descriptions of the IBC10.

l 4 PGND Cable
Temperature Sensors
About This Document Added descriptions of the LampSite

solution.
l 3.2 Transmission Cable Connections Added descriptions of cable connections

and its child topics when a BBU3910 is configured.
l 3.5 CPRI Cable Connections and its
child topics

l 2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List Added descriptions of the EMUB power
l 2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List cable and EMUB monitoring signal cable.
l 2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List
l 6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable
l 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring
Signal Cable
All sections Changed the names of all EPC6 connectors

into EPC4 connectors.
l 2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List Added descriptions of cables in a BTS3900

l 2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) that uses an
IMS06.
l 3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Added descriptions of cable connections in

Connections a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D)
l 3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring that uses an IMS06.
l 3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power
Cable Connections
l 3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring
l 2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List Deleted descriptions of the DCDU-12B

l 2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List power cable.
6.1.1.5 DCDU-11B Power Cable Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-11B is

installed in a cabinet.
6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable Deleted the scenario where a DCDU-12B is

installed on a wall.
l 3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections Added descriptions of cable connections in

for a Triple-Mode Base Station G[L*T], U[L*T], G[U*T], and G*L*T base
l CPRI Cable Connections for a Triple- stations.
Mode Base Station
l 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Added descriptions of cable connections in

Power Cable an IMS06.
l 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable
l 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable
Temperature Sensors

The information deleted before the combination of all versions is as follows:

l BusBar power cable
l EPU03A-20 power cable

Cables 2 Cable List
2 Cable List
About This Chapter
This chapter describes cable lists for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, and
BTS3900C base stations.
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List
This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists
The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900,
BBU cable list, and RRU cable list.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List
This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.
2.1 BTS3900 Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900 is configured with BTS3900 (Ver.B),
BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.

Cables 2 Cable List
2.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900 cables include PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables, transmission
cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cable

The following table describes the PGND cables and equipotential cable.
Table 2-1 PGND cables and equipotential cable

Category Cable One End The Other End
Connector Installatio Connector Installatio

n Position n Position
Cables to be PGND cable OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

installed for the terminal on ground bar
onsite cabinet the cabinet
5 OT terminal Wiring OT terminal Wiring

Equipotenti terminal for terminal for
al Cable the the
equipotentia equipotential
l cable cable
Cables PGND cable OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed for a terminal on terminal for
before module a module the PGND
delivery cable in the
cabinet
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-2 Power cables


Cables to be 6.1.1.1 OT terminal l Black Depending External

installed DCDU-01 wire: on the power
onsite Power RTN(+) external equipment
Cable terminal power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
1
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1
6.1.2.14 OT terminal Power input Depending External

EPS24S481 terminal for on the power
00DC the external equipment
Power EPS24S481 power
Cable 00DC equipment
subrack

EPS4890 terminal for on the power
Power the EPS4890 external equipment
Cable subrack power
equipment
6.4.4 RRU OT terminal One of the Depending Power port

Power LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-03B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel SPARE1 or

Power connector the GATM terminal SPARE2
Cable port on the
DCDU-01

Cables 2 Cable List

6.1.1.2 OT terminal l Black Depending External

DCDU-03B wire: on the power
Power RTN(+) external equipment
on the equipment
DCDU-0
3B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port Parallel One of the

installed Power connector on an RFU terminal RFU0 to
before Cables RFU5 ports
delivery on the
DCDU-01
6.3.1.1 FAN 3V3 -48V port on Parallel FAN port on

Power connector the FAN terminal the
Cables DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Parallel BBU port on

Power connector the UPEU terminal the
Cable DCDU-01
6.1.1.1 OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

DCDU-01 NEG(-) LOAD(-)
Power terminals on terminals on
Cable the the
For the DCDU-01 EPS24S481
BTS3900 00DC
+24V DC subrack
cabinet
6.1.1.1 OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal LOAD1(-)

DCDU-01 NEG(-) or
Power terminals on LOAD2(-)
Cable the and RTN(+)
For the DCDU-01 terminals on
BTS3900 the EPS4890
AC cabinet subrack

Cables 2 Cable List
Transmission Cables
The following table describes the transmission cables.
Table 2-3 Transmission cables


Cables to be 7.1 E1/T1 DB26 male E1/T1 port Depending External

installed Cable connector on the on the transmission
onsite GTMU, external equipment
WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 Routing

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector device
Cable WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC Routing

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port connecto device
Cable on the r
GTMU, l SC
WMPT, connecto
UMPT, or r
UTRP
l LC
connecto
r
Cables 7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 FE0 port on

installed Interconnec connector the GTMU connector the WMPT
before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC FE1 port on LC FE1 port on

Interconnec connector the GTMU connector the WMPT
tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
The following table describes signal cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-4 Signal cables


Cables to be 8.4.5 EMU DB9 male RS485 port RJ45 MON1 port
installed Monitoring connector on the EMU connector on the
onsite Signal UPEU or
Cable UEIU
8.2.28 BBU RJ45 EXT-ALM0 RJ45 External

Alarm connector port on the connector alarm device
Cable UPEU or
UEIU
8.4.11 GPS SMA male GPS port on Type N GPS surge

Clock connector the USCU female protector
Signal connector
Cable
RET SMA elbow ANT0 to SMA DC/OOK

Control male ANT5 ports straight male port on the
Signal connector on the connector DIN Bias-
Cable GATM Tee
GATM RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON1 port

Monitoring connector on the connector on the
Signal GATM UPEU or
Cable MON0 port
on the UEIU
FMUC- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM_IN

GATM connector on the connector port on the
Monitoring GATM lower-level
Signal FAN
Cable
8.4.15 USB USBa port Network Network

Adapter connector on the connector cable
Used for UMPT in
Local the BBU
Maintenanc
e
Cables 8.1.3 PMU RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON1 port

installed 01B-BBU connector port on the connector on the
before Monitoring PMU 01B UPEU
delivery Signal
Cable

Cables 2 Cable List

8.1.14 PSU Cord end ALM RJ45 EXT-ALM0

(EPW25-24 terminal terminal on connector port on the
S48D) In- the UPEU
Position EPS24S481
Signal 00DC
Cable subrack
8.1.13 PSU RJ45 PRESENT RJ45 EXT-ALM1

(EPW25-24 connector port on the connector port on the
S48D) EPS24S481 UPEU
Monitoring 00DC
Signal subrack
Cable
8.2.22 RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON0 port

FMUC- connector port on the connector on the
BBU FAN UPEU or
Monitoring UEIU
Signal
Cable
8.3.4 RJ45 COM_OUT RJ45 COM_IN

Monitoring connector port on the connector port on the
Signal upper-level lower-level
Cable FAN FAN
Between NOTE NOTE
Cascaded The upper- The lower-
FANs level FAN level FAN
communicat communicat
es with the es with the
BBU BBU
directly. through the
upper-level
FAN.
8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU RJ45 SENSOR

Signal connector connector port on the
Cable FAN
NOTE
a: The security of the USB port is ensured by encryption, and the USB port can be shut down using
commands. The USB commission port is used for commissioning the base station rather than
configuring and exporting information of the base station.
CPRI Electrical Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-5 CPRI electrical cables


Cables to be 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port SFP20 male CPRI port
installed Electrical connector on the connector on an RFU
onsite Cable GTMU,
UBRI,
WBBP, or
LBBP
Cables If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
installed delivery, CPRI electrical cables are also installed in the cabinet before
before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
delivery cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables.
Table 2-6 RF cables


Cables to be 10.1 RF DIN elbow ANT_TX/R DIN straight l Feeder of

installed Jumpers male XA or male the
onsite connector ANT_RXB connector antenna
port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables 10.2 Inter- QMA elbow RX OUTA QMA elbow RX INB port
installed RFU RF male port on an male on another
before Signal connector RFU connector RFU
delivery Cable

Cables 2 Cable List
2.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cable List





installed for the terminal on ground bar

al Cable the the
equipotentia equipotential
l cable cable

installed for a terminal on terminal for
before module a module the PGND
cabinet
Power Cables

Cables 2 Cable List



installed DCDU-11A wire: on the power
on the equipment
DCDU
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU

ETP48150- terminal for on the power
A3 Power the external equipment
Cable ETP48150- power
A3 subrack equipment
6.4.4 RRU Tool-less One of the Depending Power port

Power female LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable connector LOAD5 model
(pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM female LOAD9 port
Cable connector on the
(pressfit DCDU-11A
type)

on the equipment
DCDU-1
1B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B

Cables 2 Cable List

Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port Tool-less One of the

installed Power connector on the RFU female LOAD0 to
before Cables connector LOAD5
delivery (pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11A
6.3.1.9 FAN 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD6 port

03B Power connector the FAN female on the
Cable 03B connector DCDU-11A
(pressfit
type)
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Tool-less LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU female LOAD8 port
Cable connector on the
(pressfit DCDU-11A
type)
6.1.2.16 OT terminal RTN(+) OT terminal RTN(+)

ETP48150- terminal on power
A3 Power the output
Cable DCDU-11A terminal for
(Black) the
ETP48150-
A3 subrack
6.1.2.16 OT terminal NEG(-) OT terminal NEG(-)

ETP48150- terminal on power
A3 Power the output
Cable DCDU-11A terminal for
(Blue) the
ETP48150-
A3 subrack
Transmission Cables

Cables 2 Cable List



WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 External

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector transmission
Cable WMPT, equipment
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC External

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port connecto transmission
Cable on the r equipment
GTMU, l SC
WMPT, connecto
LMPT, or r
UTRP
l LC
connecto
r

before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports

tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable UEIU

Cable UPEU or
UEIU

Signal connector
Cable

Cable GATM Tee
GATM RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

Monitoring connector on the connector MON1 port
Signal GATM on the
Cable UPEU
FMUE- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN

Signal FAN 03B
Cable
8.3.6 RJ45 COM OUT RJ45 COM IN

Cable FAN 03B FAN 03B
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03B level FAN level FAN
Units 03B 03B
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03B.

Cables 2 Cable List


Used for UMPT in
Local the BBU
Maintenanc
e

installed 01B-BBU connector port on the connector on the
before Monitoring left side of UPEU
delivery Signal the PMU
Cable 01B
8.2.23 RJ45 COM IN RJ45 MON0 port

FMUE- connector port on the connector on the
BBU FAN 03B UPEU or
Monitoring UEIU
Signal NOTE
Cable If no BBU is
installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.

Cable FAN 03B
NOTE


Cables 2 Cable List


Cables 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port SFP20 male CPRI port
before Cable GTMU,
delivery WBBP, or
LBBP
Cables to be If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
onsite delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables
Table 2-12 RF cables



port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
delivery Cable

Cables 2 Cable List
2.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cable List




Cables to be 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

installed Cable terminal on ground bar
onsite For the the cabinet
cabinet

al Cable the the
Between the equipotentia equipotential
cabinets l cable cable
Cables 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed Cable terminal on terminal for
before For a module a module the PGND
cabinet
Power Cables
The following table describes the power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-14 Power cables for an AC-powered BTS3900


Cables to be 6.1.1.7 OT terminal l Black OT terminal l Black

installed DCDU-12A wire: wire:
onsite Power RTN(+) RTN(+)
Cable terminal terminal
on the near the
DCDU-1 RFC2
2A silkscree
l Blue n on the
wire: EPU05A
NEG(-) -02
terminal l Blue
on the wire:
DCDU-1 NEG(-)
2A terminal
near the
RFC2
silkscree
n on the
EPU05A
-02
EPU05A-02 OT terminal Power input Depending External

Power terminal for on the power
Cable the external equipment
EPU05A-02 equipment
subrack

Cables 2 Cable List

6.1.1.8 OT terminal l Black OT terminal l Black

DCDU-12B wire: wire:
Power RTN(+) RTN(+)
Cable terminal terminal
on the near the
DCDU-1 RFC1
2B silkscree
l Blue n on the
wire: EPU05A
NEG(-) -02
terminal l Blue
on the wire:
DCDU-1 NEG(-)
2B terminal
near the
RFC1
silkscree
n on the
EPU05A
-02
GATM 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM connector LOAD9 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
6.4.4 RRU EPC5 One of the Depending Power port

Power connector LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
EPC4 One of the Depending Power port

connector LOAD6 to on the RRU on an RRU
LOAD8 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port EPC4 One of the

installed Power connector on an RFU connector LOAD0 to
before Cables LOAD5
delivery ports on the
DCDU-12A
6.3.1.10 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD6 port

FAN 03C connector the FAN connector on the
Power 03C DCDU-12A
Cable

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU connector LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
The following table describes the power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900.
Table 2-15 Power cables for a DC-powered BTS3900



installed DCDU-12A wire: on the power
Cable terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
2A
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2A
6.4.4 RRU EPC5 One of the Depending Power port

Power connector LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable LOAD5 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
EPC4 One of the Depending Power port

connector LOAD6 to on the RRU on an RRU
LOAD8 model
ports on the
DCDU-12B
GATM 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM connector LOAD9 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
2B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
2B

EPU02D or wire: on the power
EPU02D-02 RTN(+) external equipment
Power terminal equipment
Cable on the
EPU02D
or
EPU02D
-02
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
EPU02D
or
EPU02D
-02
Cables 4 PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed Cable terminal on terminal for
before For a module a module the PGND
cabinet
6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port EPC4 One of the

Power connector on an RFU connector LOAD0 to
Cables LOAD5
ports on the
DCDU-12A

Cables 2 Cable List

6.3.1.10 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD6 port

FAN 03C connector the FAN connector on the
Power 03C DCDU-12A
Cable
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on EPC4 LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU connector LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-12A
Transmission Cables



WMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 External

Ethernet connector the GTMU, connector transmission
Cable WMPT, equipment
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC SFP0 or l FC External

Fiber Optic connector SFP1 port connecto transmission
Cable on the r equipment
GTMU, l SC
WMPT, connecto
LMPT, or r
UTRP
l LC
connecto
r

Cables 2 Cable List


before tion Cable
delivery Between
FE/GE
Electrical
Ports

tion Cable
Between
FE/GE
Optical
Ports
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables.


Cable UEIU

Cable UPEU or
UEIU

Signal connector
Cable

Cable GATM Tee

Cables 2 Cable List


Signal GATM on the
Cable UPEU
CMUEA- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN

Signal FAN 03C
Cable

Cable FAN 03C FAN 03C
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03C level FAN level FAN
Units 03C 03C
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03C.
8.4.13 BBU DLC One of the DLC l CI port

Interconnec connector M0 to M4 connector on the
tion Signal ports on the UMPT in
Cables UCIU in the the BBU
BBU l S0 port
on the
UCIU in
the BBU
8.4.14 DB15 male GCK port on MD36 male CKB1 or

Cable connector the UCIU in connector CKB2 port
Between the BBU on the
Two DCTB
Combined
Base
Stations

Used for UMPT in
Local the BBU
Maintenanc
e

Cables 2 Cable List


installed 11A-BBU connector port on the connector on the
before Monitoring left side of UPEU
delivery Signal the PMU
Cable 11A
8.2.24 RJ45 COM IN RJ45 MON0 port

FMUEA- connector port on the connector on the
BBU FAN 03C UPEU or
Monitoring UEIU
Signal NOTE
Cable If no BBU is
installed in
the cabinet,
bind the
cable on the
right side of
the cabinet.

Cable FAN 03C
NOTE



Cables 9.1 CPRI SFP20 male CPRI port SFP20 male CPRI port
before Cable GTMU,
delivery WBBP, or
LBBP

Cables 2 Cable List

Cables to be If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900 cabinet before
onsite delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between BTS3900
cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables



port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
delivery Cable
2.2 BTS3900L Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900L is configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B),
BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.

Cables 2 Cable List
2.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.
Table 2-20 PGND cables


installed for the (M8) terminal on (M8) ground bar

installed for a (M4) terminal on (M4) terminal on
before module a module the cabinet
delivery
Power Cables


installed DCDU-01 (M6) wire: on the power
on the equipment
DCDU-0
1
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
1

Cables 2 Cable List

6.4.4 RRU OT terminal One of the Depending Power port

Power (M4) LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable LOAD5 model
(optional) ports on the
DCDU-03B
6.4.9 GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel SPARE1 or

Power connector the GATM terminal SPARE2
Cable port on the
DCDU-01

DCDU-03B (M6) wire: on the power
(optional) on the equipment
DCDU-0
3B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-0
3B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port Parallel One of the

installed Power connector on the RFU terminal RFU0 to
before Cables RFU5 ports
delivery on the
DCDU-01
6.3.1.1 FAN 3V3 -48V port on Parallel FAN port on

Power connector the fan terminal the
Cables assembly DCDU-01
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 PWR port Parallel BBU port on

Power connector on the terminal the
Cable UPEU DCDU-01
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.

Cables 2 Cable List



WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE or RJ45 External

Ethernet connector FE/GE connector transmission
Cable electrical equipment
port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC l FE or l FC External

Fiber Optic connector FE/GE connecto transmission
Cable optical r equipment
port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables 7.4 RJ45 FE electrical RJ45 FE0 port on

installed Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
before tion Cable GTMU,
delivery Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Electrical LMPT
Ports
7.5 LC FE optical LC FE1 port on

Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
tion Cable GTMU,
Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Optical LMPT
Ports

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables


Cable UEIU

Cable UPEU or
UEIU
Inter-BBU DLC l M0 or DLC CI port on

Signal connector M1 port connector the UMPT
Cables on the
UCIU
l CI port
on the
UMPT
HEI port on HEI port on

the WBBPf the WBBPf

Clock connector the USCU, female protector
Signal LMPT, or connector
Cable UMPT

Cable fan assembly fan assembly
Between NOTE NOTE
FANs level fan level fan
assembly assembly
BBU BBU
upper-level
fan
assembly.

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable GATM Tee
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON1 port

GATM connector on the connector on the
Monitoring GATM UPEU or
Signal MON0 port
Cable on the UEIU
FMUC- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM_IN

Signal FAN
Cable

Used for UMPT in
Local the BBU
Maintenanc
e
8.4.14 DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DGLUb port

Cable connector the UCIU in DB15 male on the
Between the BBU connector DCTB in the
Two 3012 series
Combined base station
Base
Stations
Cables 8.2.22 RJ45 COM IN RJ45 MON0 port

installed FMUC- connector port on the connector on the
before BBU FAN UPEU or
delivery Monitoring UEIU
Signal
Cable

Cable FAN
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List
CPRI Electrical Cables and CPRI Fiber Optic Cables

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
Table 2-24 CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables

Cables CPRI SFP20 male CPRI ports SFP20 male CPRI0 or

installed electrical connector on the connector CPRI1 port
before cables(1) GTMU, on the RFU
delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
Cables to be CPRI fiber DLC CPRI ports DLC CPRI port

installed optic cable connector on the connector on the RRU
onsite (optional) GTMU,
WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
NOTE
(1) If boards and modules have been installed in a BTS3900L cabinet before delivery, CPRI electrical cables
are also installed in the cabinet before delivery. In this case, only the CPRI electrical cables between
BTS3900 cabinets must be installed onsite.
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List



port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables 10.2 Inter- QMA elbow RX OUT QMA elbow RX IN port

installed RFU RF male port on the male on another
delivery Cable
2.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are the PGND cables, power cables, transmission cables, CPRI cables,
signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables
The following table describes the PGND cables.

Connecto Installation Connector Installation

r Position Position
Cables to be PGND cable OT Ground OT terminal External

installed for the terminal terminal on (M8) ground bar
onsite cabinet (M8) the cabinet
Cables PGND cable OT Ground OT terminal Ground

installed for a terminal terminal on a (M4) terminal on
before module (M4) module the cabinet
delivery

Cables 2 Cable List
Power Cables

r Position Position
Cables to be 6.1.1.4 OT Global: Depending External

installed DCDU-11A terminal l Black on the power
onsite Power wire: external equipment
Cable RTN(+) power
terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1A
6.4.4 RRU Tool-less One of the Depending Power port

Power female LOAD0 to on the RRU on an RRU
Cable connector LOAD5 model
(optional) (pressfit ports on the
type) DCDU-11B
6.4.9 GATM 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD8 or

Power connector the GATM terminal LOAD9 port
Cable on the
DCDU-11A

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
6.1.1.5 OT Global: Depending External

DCDU-11B terminal l Black on the power
Power wire: external equipment
Cable RTN(+) power
(optional) terminal equipment
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Blue
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
UK:
l Blue
wire:
RTN(+)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
l Gray
wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on the
DCDU-1
1B
Cables 6.4.3 RFU 3V3 PWR port on Parallel One of the

installed Power connector the RFU terminal LOAD0 to
before Cables LOAD5
DCDU-11A
6.3.1.9 FAN 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD6 port

03B Power connector the FAN 03B terminal on the
Cable DCDU-11A
6.4.2 BBU 3V3 -48V port on Parallel LOAD7 or

Power connector the UPEU terminal LOAD8 port
Cable on the
DCDU-11A

Cables 2 Cable List
Transmission Cables
The following table shows the transmission cables.



WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE or RJ45 External

port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
7.3 FE/GE LC l FE or l FC External

port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables 7.4 RJ45 FE electrical RJ45 FE0 port on

installed Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
before tion Cable GTMU,
delivery Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Electrical LMPT
Ports

Cables 2 Cable List

7.5 LC FE optical LC FE1 port on

Interconnec connector port on the connector the WMPT
tion Cable GTMU,
Between WMPT,
FE/GE UMPT, or
Optical LMPT
Ports
Signal Cables


Cable UEIU

Cable UPEU or
UEIU
Inter-BBU DLC l M0 or DLC CI port on

Signal connector M1 port connector the UMPT
Cables on the
UCIU
l CI port
on the
UMPT

the WBBPf the WBBPf

Clock connector the USCU, female protector
Signal LMPT, or connector
Cable UMPT

Cables 2 Cable List


Cable FAN 03B FAN 03B
Between NOTE NOTE
FAN 03B level FAN level FAN
Units 03B 03B
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03B.

Cable GATM Tee
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port RJ45 MON0 or

GATM connector on the connector MON1 port
Monitoring GATM on the
Signal UPEU
Cable
FMUE- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN

Signal FAN 03B
Cable

Used for UMPT in
Local the BBU
Maintenanc
e
8.4.14 DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DGLUb port

Cable connector the UCIU in DB15 male on the
Between the BBU connector DCTB in the
Two 3012 series
Combined base station
Base
Stations

Cables 2 Cable List

Cables 8.2.23 RJ45 COM IN RJ45 MON0 port

installed FMUE- connector port on the connector on the
before BBU FAN 03B UPEU or
delivery Monitoring UEIU
Signal
Cable

Cable FAN 03B
NOTE

The following table describes the CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.


before cables(1) GTMU, on the RFU
delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP

WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
RF Cables



port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables 10.2 Inter- QMA elbow RX OUT QMA elbow RX IN port

installed RFU RF male port on the male on another
delivery Cable
2.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cable List

The BTS3900L cables are classified into PGND cables, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, CPRI cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cables and Equipotential Cables

The following table lists the PGND cables and equipotential cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-32 PGND cables and equipotential cables


Cables to be PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

installed Cable for a (M8) terminal on (M8) ground bar
onsite Cabinet the cabinet
Equipotenti OT terminal Wiring OT terminal Wiring

al Cable (M6) terminal for (M6) terminal for
(between the the the
BTS3900L equipotentia equipotential
cabinet and l cable on cable on the
IMS06) the cabinet subrack
Equipotenti OT terminal Wiring OT terminal Wiring

al Cable (M6) terminal for (M6) terminal for
(between the the the
IMS06 and equipotentia equipotential
door of the l cable on cable on the
subrack) the subrack door of the
subrack
Cables PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal Ground

installed Cable for a (M4) terminal on (M4) terminal for
before Module a module the PGND
cabinet
Power Cables

Conne Installation Connector Installatio

ctor Position n Position
Cables to be EPU05A-02 OT AC INPUT port on Depending External

installed Power termina the EPU05A-02 in on the power
onsite Cable (in an l (M6) the IMS06 external equipment
AC scenario) power
equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

DCDU-12A OT Global: l Dependi l External

Power termina l Black wire: ng on equipme
Cable l (M6) RTN(+) the nt in DC
terminal on the external scenario
DCDU-12A power s
equipme l RTN(+)
l Blue wire: nt in DC
NEG(-) and
scenario NEG(-)
terminal on the s
DCDU-12A terminal
l OT s near
UK: terminal the
l Blue wire: (M6) in RFC_1
RTN(+) AC and
terminal on the scenario RFC_2
DCDU-12A s silkscree
l Gray wire: ns on the
NEG(-) EPU05A
terminal on the -02 in
DCDU-12A AC
scenario
s
DCDU-12B OT Global: Depending External

Power termina l Black wire: on the power
Cable l (M6) RTN(+) external equipment
(optional) terminal on the power
DCDU-12B equipment
l Blue wire:
NEG(-)
terminal on the
DCDU-12B
UK:
l Blue wire:
RTN(+)
terminal on the
DCDU-12B
l Gray wire:
NEG(-)
terminal on the
DCDU-12B

Cables 2 Cable List

6.1.2.9 OT l Black wire: Depending External

EPU02D or termina RTN(+) on the power
EPU02D-02 l terminal on the external equipment
Power EPU02D or equipment
Cable (in a EPU02D-02
DC scenario) l Blue wire:
NEG(-)
terminal on the
EPU02D or
EPU02D-02
GATM 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD8 or

Power connect GATM connector LOAD9
Cable or port on the
DCDU-12A
RRU Power EPC4 l EPC4 Depending PWR port

Cable or connector: one on the RRU on the RRU
(optional) EPC5 of the LOAD6 model
connect to LOAD8 ports
or on the
DCDU-12B
l EPC5
connector: one
of the LOAD0
to LOAD5 ports
on the
DCDU-12B
Cables RFU Power 3V3 PWR port on an EPC4 One of the

installed Cable connect RFU connector LOAD0 to
before or LOAD5
DCDU-12A
FAN 03C 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD6

Power connect FAN 03C connector port on the
Cable or DCDU-12A
BBU Power 3V3 -48V port on the EPC4 LOAD7 or

Cable connect UPEU connector LOAD8
or port on the
DCDU-12A
Transmission Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


Cables to be E1/T1 DB26 male E1/T1 port Depending External

WMPT, transmission
UMPT, or equipment
UTRP
FE/GE RJ45 FE or RJ45 External

port on the
GTMU,
WMPT,
UMPT,
LMPT, or
UTRP
FE/GE LC l FE or l FC External
port on l SC
the connecto
GTMU, r
WMPT,
UMPT, l LC
or UTRP connecto
r
l SFP0 or
SFP1
port on
the
LMPT
Cables Interconnec RJ45 FE electrical RJ45 FE0 port on

installed tion Cable connector port on the connector the WMPT
before Between GTMU,
delivery FE/GE WMPT,
Electrical UMPT, or
Ports LMPT
Interconnec LC FE optical LC FE1 port on

tion Cable connector port on the connector the WMPT
Between GTMU,
FE/GE WMPT,
Optical UMPT, or
Ports LMPT

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables

Cables to be EMU DB9 male RS485 port RJ45 MON1 port

Cable UEIU
BBU Alarm RJ45 EXT-ALM0 RJ45 External

Cable connector port on the connector alarm device
UPEU or
UEIU
BBU DLC l M0 or DLC CI port on

Interconnec connector M1 port connector the UMPT
tion Signal on the
Cable UCIU
l CI port
on the
UMPT

the WBBPf the WBBPf
GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on Type N GPS surge

Signal connector the USCU, female protector
Cable LMPT, or connector
UMPT
Monitoring RJ45 COM OUT RJ45 COM IN

Signal connector port on the connector port on the
Cable upper-level lower-level
Between FAN 03C FAN 03C
Cascaded NOTE NOTE
FAN 03C The upper- The lower-
Units level FAN level FAN
03C 03C
BBU BBU
upper-level
FAN 03C.

Cable GATM Tee

Cables 2 Cable List


Signal GATM on the
Cable (in a UPEU
DC
scenario)
CMUEA- RJ45 COM2 port RJ45 COM IN

Signal FAN 03C
Cable
Adapter USB USBa port Ethernet Ethernet

Used for connector on the connector cable
Local UMPT in
Maintenanc the BBU
e
Cable DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DGLUb port

Between connector the UCIU in DB15 male on the
Two the BBU connector DCTB in the
Combined 3012 series
Base base station
Stations
PMU 11A- RJ45 COM_IN RJ45 MON1 port

BBU connector port on the connector on the
Monitoring PMU 11A in UPEU or
Signal Cable the UEIU
(in an AC EPU05A-02
scenario) in the
IMS06
Cables FMUEA- RJ45 COM IN RJ45 MON0 port

installed BBU connector port on the connector on the
before Monitoring FAN 03C UPEU or
delivery Signal UEIU
Cable
ELU Signal RJ45 ELU RJ45 SENSOR

Cable connector connector port on the
FAN 03C
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List

The following table describes CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.


before cable(1) GTMU, on the RFU
delivery WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP

WBBP,
LBBP,
UBRI, or
UBBP
NOTE
RF Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


Cables to be RF Jumper DIN elbow ANT_TX/R DIN straight l Feeder of

installed male XA or male the
port on an system
RFU (no
GATM
configure
d)
l ANT port
on the
Bias-Tee
(GATM
configure
d)
Cables RFU QMA elbow RX OUT QMA elbow RX IN port

installed Interconnec male port on the male on another
before tion RF connector RFU connector RFU
delivery Signal
Cable
2.3 BTS3900A Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900A is configured with BTS3900A (Ver.B),
BTS3900A (Ver.C), BTS3900A(Ver.D), BTS3900A(Ver.E), and enhanced cabinets.
2.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Cable List

BTS3900A cables include a PGND cable, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission
cables, signal cables, CPRI cables, and RF cables.
PGND Cable and Equipotential Cable

The following table lists a PGND cable and equipotential cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-38 PGND cable and equipotential cables

Categ Cable One End The Other End
ory
Connector Installation Connector Installation
Position Position
Cable PGND cable OT terminal Ground bar in OT terminal Ground

s to be (M6) a cabinet (M6) busbar outside
install the cabinet
ed
onsite Equipotential OT terminal Ground bar in OT terminal Ground bar in
cable (M6) the upper (M6) the lower
cabinet(1) cabinet(1)
Ground bar in Ground bar in

a TMC11H, an RFC
IBBS200D,
or IBBS200T
NOTE
(1) If an APM30H or TMC11H is stacked on an RFC, the equipotential cable between the cabinets has
been installed before delivery. If an IBBS200D or IBBS200T is stacked on another IBBS200D or
IBBS200T or a TMC11H, the equipotential cable must be installed onsite.
Power Cables
The following table lists the power cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-39 Power cables to be installed onsite

Cable One End The Other End
Conne Installation Conne Installation Position

ctor Position ctor
EPS 01A or OT AC INPUT Depend External power equipment

EPS 01C power termina terminal on the ing on
cable l (M6) EPS in an the
APM30H externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-01 Depend External power OT RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports

power cable (in ing on equipment termina near the INPUT silkscreen
a DC scenario) the l (M6) on the DCDU-01 in an RFC
external
power
equipm
ent

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
DCDU-03C Tool- TMC terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in less the EPS in an termina terminals on the DCDU-03C
an AC scenario) female APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for Power BAT terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

a power series the EPS in an termina terminals near the BAT
distribution box 120 APM30H l (M8) silkscreen on the power
connect distribution box in an
or IBBS200D or IBBS200T
(gray)
Power cable for Tool- LOAD3 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the fan in an less the EPS in an termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
IBBS200D female APM30H l (M4) silkscreen on the power
or IBBS200D
(pressfi
t type)
TEC power Tool- LOAD2 or OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

cable less LOAD3 port on termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
female the EPS in an l (M4) silkscreen on the power
connect APM30H distribution box in an
or IBBS200T
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals on the

a heating film termina terminals or L2 termina junction terminal for the
l (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) heating-film power cable in
on the AC an IBBS200D
junction box in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals on the AC

an AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in a TMC11H
box (in an AC l (M4) AC junction box l (M4)
scenario) in an APM30H
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD4 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
EMUB Power less the EPS in an end PWR port on the EMUB in
Cable (in an female APM30H termina an APM30H or TMC11H
APM30H) connect l
or
(pressfi
t type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD8 port on

EMUB Power less the DCDU-03C in
Cable (in a female a TMC11H
TMC11H) connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.9 GATM Parallel -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0(1): SPARE1 port

Power Cable (in termina GATM connect on the DCDU-01 in an
an APM30H) l or RFC
l GATM1(2): BBU port on
the DCDU-01 in an RFC
6.4.9 GATM OT -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on

Power Cable (in termina GATM connect the DCDU-03C in a
a TMC11H) l (M4) or TMC11H
l GATM1: LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-03C in a
TMC11H
NOTE
(1) and (2): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is installed
above GATM1.
The following table lists the power cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-40 Power cables installed before delivery

Conne Installation Connec Installation Position

ctor Position tor
DCDU-03C Parallel SPARE2 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in termina the DCDU-01 in terminal terminals on the
a DC scenario) l an RFC (M6) DCDU-03C in a TMC11H
DCDU-01 Power RFC1 terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-) ports

power cable (in series the EPS in an terminal near the INPUT silkscreen
an AC scenario) 120 APM30H (M6) on the DCDU-01 in an
connect RFC
or
(blue)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
BBU power Tool- LOAD1 port on 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in
cable (in an less the EPS in an connecto the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H) female APM30H r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
BBU power OT LOAD6 port on 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a termina the DCDU-03C in connecto the BBU in a TMC11H
TMC11H) l a TMC11H r
FAN 02A power Tool- LOAD0 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02A
cable (in an less the EPS in an connecto in an APM30H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
FAN 02A power OT LOAD8 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02A
cable (in a termina the DCDU-03C in connecto in a TMC11H
TMC11H) l (M4) a TMC11H r
RFU power Parallel RFU0 to RFU5 3V3 PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5

cable termina ports on the connecto in an RFC
l DCDU-01 in an r
RFC
FAN 01A power Parallel FAN port on the 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 01A
cable termina DCDU-01 in an connecto in an RFC
l RFC r
Power cable for OT L0, N0, and PE C13 Power input port on the AC
an AC heater termina terminals on the connecto heater in an APM30H
(in an APM30H) l (M4) AC junction box r
in an APM30H
an AC heater termina terminals on the connecto heater in a TMC11H
(in a TMC11H) l (M4) AC junction box r
in a TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
SOU power OT M4 ground screw, C13 AC INPUT port on the

cable termina L2 terminal, and connecto SOU in an APM30H
l (M4) N2 terminal near r
the AC OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPS in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT M4 ground screw, OT L and N terminals on the

an AC junction termina L1 terminal, and terminal AC junction box and
box (in an l (M4) N1 terminal near ground bar in an APM30H
APM30H) the AC OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPS in an
APM30H
Transmission Cable
The following table lists transmission cables.

ory
Connect Installation Connecto Installation
or Position r Position
Cables E1/T1 DB26 OUTSIDE port on Dependin External

to be cable male the UELP in an g on the transmission
install connecto SLPU external equipment
ed r power
onsite equipment
FE/GE RJ45 FE/GE electrical RJ45 External

Ethernet connecto port near the connector transmission
cable r OUTSIDE port on equipment
the UFLP in an
SLPU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
FE/GE LC l FE/GE optical l FC External

fiber optic connecto port on the connec transmission
cable r GTMU, tor equipment
WMPT, UMPT, l SC
or UTRP in the connec
BBU tor
l FE/GE optical l LC
port on the connec
LMPT or tor
UMPT in the
BBU
Cables E1/T1 DB25 INSIDE port on DB26 E1/T1 port on the

install surge connecto the UELP in an connector GTMU, WMPT,
ed protection r SLPU UMPT, or UTRP in
before transfer the BBU
deliver cable
y
FE/GE RJ45 l FE/GE RJ45 FE/GE electrical
surge connecto electrical port connector port near the
protection r on the GTMU, INSIDE silkscreen
transfer WMPT, or on the UFLP in an
cable UMPT in a SLPU
BBU
l FE/GE
electrical port
on the LMPT
or UMPT in a
BBU
Interconne RJ45 FE/GE electrical RJ45 FE/GE electrical

ction cable connecto port on the connector port on the GTMU,
between r GTMU, WMPT, WMPT, UMPT, or
FE/GE UMPT, or LMPT LMPT in a
electrical in a BBU3900 BBU3900
ports
Interconne LC FE/GE optical port LC FE/GE optical port

ction cable connecto on the GTMU, connector on the GTMU,
between r WMPT, UMPT, or WMPT, UMPT, or
FE/GE LMPT in a LMPT in a
optical BBU3900 BBU3900
ports
Signal Cable
The following table lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-42 Signal cables to be installed onsite


Position Position
Monitoring RJ45 COM_OUT port on RJ45 COM_IN port on the

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUA
between CMUA
cascaded
CMUAs

signal cable connector the upper-level fan connector lower-level fan
between assembly assembly
cascaded fan
assemblies
Monitoring RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_485 port on

signal cable connector the CMUA in an connector the PMU in an
for a battery IBBS200D or APM30H
cabinet IBBS200T
GPS clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N GPS surge protector
signal cable connector USCU in a BBU female
connector
8.4.4 EMUA/ DB9 male RS485 port on the RJ45 COM_OUT port on
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the PMU in an
Monitoring COM_485 port on APM30H
Signal Cable the EMUB in an
(in an APM30H
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the FAN 02A in a
Monitoring COM_485 port on TMC11H
Signal Cable the EMUB in a
(in a TMC11H
TMC11H)
BBU alarm RJ45 EXT_ALM0 or RJ45 External alarm

cable connector EXT_ALM1 port on connector device
the UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU
8.4.23 RET SMA elbow ANT0 to ANT5 SMA DC/OOK port on a

Control male ports on a GATM straight Bias-Tee
Signal Cable connector male
connector

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.4.19 RJ45 COM2 port on a RJ45 COM_IN port on the

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN 02A in an
GATM APM30H or
Monitoring COM_IN port on the
Signal Cable FAN 01A in an RFC
8.4.16 RJ45 COM1 port on a RJ45 MON0 or MON1

GATM connector GATM connector port in the BBU in an
Monitoring APM30H
Signal Cable
Adapter USB USBa port on the Network Ethernet cable

used for connector UMPT in a BBU connector
local
maintenance
Cable DB15 male GCK port on the MD36 or DGLUb port on a

between two connector UCIU in a BBU DB15 male DCTB
combined connector
base stations
NOTE
The following table lists the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-43 Signal cables installed before delivery

Connec Installation Connect Installation Position

tor Position or
Monitoring 4-pin TEM port on the Temperat Air intake vent at the
signal cable connecto FAN 01A in an ure sensor bottom of an RFC
for the r RFC
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUA-BBU RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU

monitoring connecto the FAN 01A in an connector in the BBU in an APM30H
signal cable r RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or
COM_IN port on MON1 port on the UPEU

the FAN 02A in an in the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
HPMI-PMU DB50 COM port on the DB50 PMU_DB50 port on the

monitoring male PMU in an male FAN 02A in an APM30H
signal cable connecto APM30H connector
r
PMU-CMUA RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

monitoring connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02A in an APM30H
signal cable r APM30H
ELU signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 l ELU port on the FAN
cable connecto ELU in each connector 02A in an APM30H or
r cabinet TMC11H
l ELU port on the FAN
01A in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUA
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring 2-pin GATE port on the Bare wire Door status sensor
signal cable connecto FAN 02A in an
for the door r APM30H
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)
Monitoring Bare l GATE port on Bare wire Door status sensor

signal cable wire the FAN 02A in
for the door a TMC11H
status sensor l GATE port on
(in a the FAN 01A in
TMC11H, an RFC
RFC,
IBBS200D, l GATE port on
or the CMUA in
IBBS200T) an IBBS200D
or IBBS200T
Monitoring 4-pin DC junction box in 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN

signal connecto the front door of an connector 02A in an APM30H
transfer r APM30H
cable for the
fan in the
front door

Cables 2 Cable List
CPRI Electrical Cable and CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

The following table lists CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic cables.
ory
Position Position
Cable CPRI SFP20 male CPRI0 to SFP20 male CPRI0 or

s electrical connector CPRI5 ports connector CPRI1 ports
install cables(1) on the on RFUs 0 to
ed GTMU, 5
before UBRI, LBBP,
delive WBBP, or
ry UBBP in a
BBU
Cable CPRI fiber DLC CPRI0 to DLC l CPRI_W

s to be optic cables connector CPRI5 ports connector port on an
install on the RRU
ed GTMU, l CPRI_0
onsite UBRI, LBBP, port on an
WBBP, or RRU
UBBP in a
BBU
NOTE
(1) If boards have been installed in cabinets before delivery, CPRI electrical cables have also been installed in
the APM30H+RFC or TMC11H+RFC cabinet combination. CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite in
the following cases:
l In initial configuration, fewer than six RFUs are installed in an RFC before delivery. If RFUs are added
for capacity expansion, CPRI electrical cables must be installed onsite.
l If an RFC is added, RFUs and CPRI electrical cables must be installed in the RFC onsite.
RF Cable
The following table lists RF cables.

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position
Cable RF jumper DIN straight Antenna DIN elbow ANT_TX/RX

s to be male feeder male A and
install connector connector ANT_RXB
ed ports on an
onsite RFU
Cable RFU QMA elbow RX_OUTA QMA elbow RX_INB port

s interconnectio male port on an male on an RFU
install n RF signal connector RFU connector
ed cable
before
delive
ry
2.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Cable List



ory
Position Position

install the cabinet
ed

a TMC11H, an RFC
IBBS200D,
or IBBS200T

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
Power Cables

ctor Position ctor
EPU03A-02 or OT AC INPUT Depend External power equipment

EPU03A-04 termina terminal on the ing on
power cable l (M6) EPU in an the
APM30H externa
l power
equipm
ent
DCDU-11C Tool- TMC terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in less the EPU in an termina terminals on the DCDU-11C
an AC scenario) female APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for Power Power series 175 OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)
a power series connector (gray) termina terminals near the BAT
distribution box 175 of the EPU in an l (M8) silkscreen on the power
or IBBS200D or IBBS200T
(gray)
Power cable for OT RTN(+) and Depend External power equipment

the DC junction termina NEG(-) terminals ing on
box in an RFC l (M6) on the DC the
(in a DC junction box in an externa
scenario) RFC l power
equipm
ent
Power cable for Tool- LOAD3 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the fan in an less the EPU in an termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
IBBS200D female APM30H l (M4) silkscreen on the power
or IBBS200D
(pressfi
t type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
TEC power Tool- LOAD2 or OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

cable less LOAD3 port on termina terminals near the FAN/TEC
female the EPU in an l (M4) silkscreen on the power
or IBBS200T
(pressfi
t type)
Power cable for OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals on the

a heating film termina terminals or L2 termina junction terminal for the
l (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) heating-film power cable in
on the AC an IBBS200D
junction box in an
APM30H
Power cable for OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals on the AC

an AC junction termina terminals on the termina junction box in a TMC11H
box (in an AC l (M4) AC junction box l (M4)
scenario) in an APM30H
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD4 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
EMUB Power less the EPU in an end PWR port on the EMUB in
Cable (in an female APM30H termina an APM30H or TMC11H
APM30H) connect l
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.1 EMUA or Tool- LOAD8 port on

EMUB Power less the DCDU-12C in
Cable (in a female a TMC11H
TMC11H) connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
6.4.9 GATM Tool- -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0(1): LOAD7 port

Power Cable (in less GATM connect on the DCDU-11A in an
an APM30H) female or RFC
connect
l GATM1(2): BBU_1 port
or
on the EPU03A-02 or
(pressfi
EPU03A-04 in an
t type)
APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.4.9 GATM Tool- -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on

Power Cable (in less GATM connect the DCDU-11C in a
a TMC11H) female or TMC11H
connect l GATM1: LOAD6 port on
or the DCDU-11C in a
(pressfi TMC11H
t type)
NOTE
above GATM1.


ctor Position tor
Power cable for OT Power series 120 OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

the DC junction termina connector (blue) terminal terminals on the DC
box in an RFC l (M6) of the EPU in an (M6) junction box in an RFC
(in an AC APM30H
scenario)
DCDU-11A OT RTN(+) and OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable termina NEG(-) terminals terminal terminals on the
l (M6) on the DC (M6) DCDU-11A in an RFC
junction box in an
RFC
DCDU-11C OT RTN(+) and OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable (in termina NEG(-) terminals terminal terminals on the
a DC scenario) l on the DC DCDU-11C in a TMC11H
junction box in an
RFC
BBU power Tool- BBU_0 or BBU_1 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in
cable (in an less port on the EPU in connecto the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H) female an APM30H r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
BBU power Tool- LOAD6 or -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a less LOAD7 port on the BBU in a TMC11H
TMC11H) female the DCDU-11C in
connect a TMC11H
or
(pressfi
t type)
FAN 02B power Tool- LOAD5 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02B
cable (in an less the EPU in an connecto in an APM30H
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
cable (in a less the DCDU-11C in connecto in a TMC11H
TMC11H) female a TMC11H r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
RFU power Tool- LOAD0 to 3V3 PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5

cable less LOAD5 ports on connecto in an RFC
female the DCDU-11A in r
connect an RFC
or
(pressfi
t type)
cable less the DCDU-11A in connecto in an RFC
female an RFC r
connect
or
(pressfi
t type)
in an APM30H
in a TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor

the AC OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H

silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H
Transmission Cable

ory

ed r power
onsite equipment

the UFLP in an
SLPU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

WMPT, UMPT, l SC
BBU tor
port on the connec
LMPT or tor
UMPT in the
BBU

deliver cable
y
BBU
l FE/GE
electrical port
on the LMPT
or UMPT in a
BBU

ports

ports
Signal Cable

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUE
between CMUE
cascaded
CMUEs

cascaded fan
assemblies

signal cable connector the CMUE in an connector the PMU in an
for a battery IBBS200D or APM30H
cabinet IBBS200T
connector
(in an APM30H
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the FAN 02B in a
(in a TMC11H
TMC11H)

the UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU

connector

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN 02B in an
GATM APM30H or
Signal Cable FAN 01B in an RFC

Monitoring APM30H
Signal Cable

local
maintenance

combined connector
base stations
NOTE


tor Position or
signal cable connecto FAN 01B in an ure sensor bottom of an RFC
for the r RFC
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUE-BBU RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU

monitoring connecto the FAN 01B in an connector in the BBU in an APM30H
signal cable r RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or

the FAN 02B in an in the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
HPMI-PMU DB50 COM port on the DB50 PMU_DB50 port on the

monitoring male PMU in an male FAN 02B in an APM30H
signal cable connecto APM30H connector
r
PMU-CMUE RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

monitoring connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02B in an APM30H
signal cable r APM30H
ELU signal RJ45 RJ45 port on the RJ45 l ELU port on the FAN
cable connecto ELU in each connector 02B in an APM30H or
r cabinet TMC11H
l ELU port on the FAN
01B in an RFC
l ELU port on the CMUE
in an IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
signal cable connecto FAN 02B in an
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)

signal cable wire the FAN 02B in
(in a the FAN 01B in
TMC11H, an RFC
RFC,
or the CMUE in an
IBBS200T) IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
Monitoring 4-pin DC junction box in 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN

signal connecto the front door of an connector 02B in an APM30H
transfer r APM30H
cable for the
fan in the
front door

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed GTMU, 5
before UBRI, LBBP,
delive WBBP, or
ry UBBP in a
BBU

install on the RRU
ed GTMU, l CPRI_0
WBBP, or RRU
UBBP in a
BBU
NOTE
RF Cable

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed ports on an
onsite RFU

ed cable
before
delive
ry
2.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Cable List



ory
Position Position

install the cabinet
ed

a TMC11H or an RFC
battery
cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
Power Cables

ctor Position ctor
EPU05A-02 or OT AC INPUT Depend External power equipment

EPU05A-04 terminal terminal on the ing on
power cable (M6) EPU in an the
APM30H external
power
equipm
ent
DCDU-12B OT RTN(+) and Depend External power equipment

power cable terminal NEG(-) terminals ing on
on the DCDU-12B the
in an RFC external
power
equipm
ent
DCDU-12C EPC4 LOAD7 port on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable connect the EPU in an termina terminals on the DCDU-12C
(in an AC or APM30H l (M6) in a TMC11H
scenario)
Power cable OT BAT terminal on OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

for a power terminal the EPU in an termina terminals near the BAT
distribution (M8) APM30H l (M8) silkscreen on the power
box distribution box in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable OT DC junction box Depend External power equipment

for the DC terminal in an RFC ing on
junction box (M6) the
in an RFC (in external
a DC scenario) power
equipm
ent
Power cable EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 FAN/TEC_INPUT port on

for the fan in connect the EPU in an connect the power distribution box in
an IBBS200D or APM30H or an IBBS200D

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
Power cable EPC4 LOAD8 port on OT NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring

for the fan in connect the EPU in an termina terminals on the DC junction
an IBBS300D or APM30H l (M4) box in an IBBS300D
Power cable EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 FAN/TEC_INPUT port on

for the TEC in connect the EPU in an connect the power distribution box in
an IBBS200T or APM30H or an IBBS200T
Power cable EPC4 LOAD8 port on OT NEG(-) and RTN(+) wiring

for the TEC in connect the EPU in an termina terminals on the DC junction
the IBBS300T or APM30H l (M4) box in an IBBS300T
Power cable OT L1 and N1 OT L and N terminals on the

for a heating terminal terminals or L2 termina junction terminal for the
film (M4) and N2 terminals l (M4) heating-film power cable in
on the AC junction an IBBS200D
box in an
APM30H
Power cable OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals on the AC

for an AC terminal terminals on the termina junction box in a TMC11H
junction box (M4) AC junction box l (M4)
(in a TMC11H) in an APM30H

for an AC terminal terminals on the termina junction box in an IBBS300D
junction box (M4) AC junction box l (M4) or IBBS300T
(in an in an APM30H
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T)
Power cable EPC4 LOAD8 port on EPC4 DC INPUT port on the power
for the connect the EPU in an connect distribution box in an
temperature or APM30H or IBBS700D or IBBS700T
control system

for the AC terminal terminals on the termina junction box in an IBBS700D
junction box (M4) AC junction box l (M4) or IBBS700T
(in an in an APM30H
IBBS700D/
IBBS700T)
Power cables OT BAT(+) and OT Positive and negative poles of

for storage terminal BAT(-) terminals termina storage batteries in a battery
batteries (M8) on the power l (M6) cabinet
distribution box in
a battery cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
Power cables OT Circuit breaker on OT Positive and negative poles of

for storage terminal the lower part of termina storage batteries in a battery
batteries (in an (M8) the DC junction l (M6) cabinet
IBBS300D or box on the inner
IBBS300T) right wall of a
battery cabinet and
terminal labeled
NEG(-) on the DC
junction box on
the inner left wall
of the battery
cabinet
6.4.1 EMUA EPC4 LOAD5 port on Cord PWR1 port on the EMUA or
or EMUB connect the EPU in an end PWR port on the EMUB in
Power Cable or APM30H termina an APM30H or TMC11H
(in an l
APM30H)
6.4.1 EMUA EPC4 LOAD8 port on

or EMUB connect the DCDU-12C in
Power Cable or a TMC11H
(in a TMC11H)
6.4.9 GATM EPC4 -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0(2): LOAD7 port

Power Cable connect GATM connect on the DCDU-12A in an
(in an or or RFC
APM30H)
l GATM1(3): LOAD5 port
on the EPU05A-02/04 in
an APM30H
6.4.9 GATM EPC4 -48V port on a 3V3 l GATM0: LOAD8 port on

Power Cable connect GATM connect the DCDU-12C in a
(in a TMC11H) or or TMC11H
l GATM1: LOAD7 port on
the DCDU-12C in a
TMC11H
6.1.2.9 OT l Black wire: OT l Black wire: RTN(+)

EPU02D or terminal RTN(+) termina terminal near the RFC1 or
EPU02D-02 terminal on an l RFC2 silkscreen on an
Power Cable EPU02D/ EPU05A
(in an EPU02D-02 l Blue wire: NEG(-)
APM30H) l Blue wire: terminal near the RFC1 or
NEG(-) RFC2 silkscreen on an
terminal on an EPU05A
EPU02D/
EPU02D-02

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position ctor
6.1.2.9 OT l Black wire: Depend External power equipment

EPU02D or terminal RTN(+) ing on
EPU02D-02 terminal on an the
Power Cable EPU02D/ external
(in a TMC11H) EPU02D-02 equipm
l Blue wire: ent
NEG(-)
terminal on an
EPU02D/
EPU02D-02
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T

above GATM1.


ctor Position tor
6.1.1.9 OT DC junction box OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

DCDU-12C termina in an RFC terminal terminals on the
Power Cable (in l (M6) (M6) DCDU-12C in a TMC
a DC scenario)
Power cable for OT RFC1 or RFC2 OT DC junction box in an RFC

the DC junction termina terminal on the terminal
box in an RFC l (M6) EPU in an (M6)
(in an AC APM30H
scenario)
DCDU-12A OT DC junction box OT RTN(+) and NEG(-)

power cable termina in an RFC terminal terminals on the
l (M6) (M6) DCDU-12A in an RFC
BBU power EPC4 LOAD0 or 3V3 -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in an connect LOAD1 port on connecto the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H) or the EPU in an r
APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
BBU power EPC4 LOAD6 or -48V port on the UPEU in

cable (in a connect LOAD7 port on the BBU in a TMC11H
TMC11H) or the DCDU-12C in
a TMC11H
FAN 02D power EPC4 LOAD2 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02D
cable (in an connect the EPU in an connecto in an APM30H
APM30H) or APM30H r
FAN 02D power EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 02D
cable (in a connect the DCDU-12C in connecto in a TMC11H
TMC11H) or a TMC11H r
RFU power EPC4 LOAD0 to 3V3 PWR ports on RFUs 0 to 5

cable connect LOAD5 ports on connecto in an RFC
or the DCDU-12A in r
an RFC
FAN 01C power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 PWR port on the FAN 01C
cable connect the DCDU-12A in connecto in an RFC
or an RFC r
in an APM30H
in a TMC11H

the AC OUTPUT
silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H

silkscreen on the
left side of the
EPU in an
APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

ctor Position tor
CMUEA power 3V3 PWR port on the Bare FAN/TEC port on the
cable connect CMUEA in an wire power distribution box in
or IBBS700D an IBBS700D
CMUF power 3V3 PWR port on the Bare FAN/TEC port on the
cable connect CMUF in an wire power distribution box in
or IBBS700T an IBBS700D
Transmission Cable

ory

ed r power
onsite equipment

the UFLP in an
SLPU

WMPT, UMPT, l SC
BBU tor
port on the connec
LMPT or tor
UMPT in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

deliver cable
y
BBU
l FE/GE
electrical port
on the LMPT
or UMPT in a
BBU

ports

ports
Signal Cable

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level CMUEA
between CMUEA
cascaded
CMUEAs

signal cable connector the upper-level connector lower-level
between CCU01D-03 CCU01D-03
cascaded
CCU01D-03
modules

cascaded fan
assemblies

signal cable connector the CMUEA or connector the PMU in an
for a battery CCU01D-03 in a APM30H
cabinet battery cabinet
connector
(in an APM30H
APM30H)
EMUB connector EMUA or connector the FAN 02D in a
(in a TMC11H
TMC11H)

the UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

connector

CMUEA- connector GATM connector FAN 02D in an
GATM APM30H or
Signal Cable FAN 01C in an RFC

Monitoring APM30H
Signal Cable

local
maintenance

combined connector
base stations
NOTE


tor Position or
signal cable connecto FAN 01C in an ure sensor bottom of an RFC
for the r RFC
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or
CMUEA- RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 MON0 port on the UPEU

BBU connecto the FAN 01C in an connector in the BBU in an APM30H
monitoring r RFC
signal cable
the FAN 02D in an in the BBU in an APM30H
APM30H
PMU- RJ45 COM_IN port on RJ45 COM_OUT port on the

CMUEA connecto the PMU in an connector FAN 02D in an APM30H
monitoring r APM30H
signal cable
ELU signal RJ45 l ELU port on the RJ45 RJ45 port on the ELU in
cable connecto FAN 02D in an connector each cabinet
r APM30H or
TMC11H
l ELU port on the
FAN 01C in an
RFC
l ELU port on the
CMUEA in an
IBBS200D or
IBBS200T
l ELU port on the
CCU01D-03 in
an IBBS300D
or IBBS300T
l ELU port on the
CMUEA in an
IBBS700D
l ELU port on the
CMUF in an
IBBS700T
signal cable connecto PMU in an
status sensor
(in an
APM30H)

Cables 2 Cable List

tor Position or

signal cable wire the FAN 02D in
(in the the FAN 01C in
TMC11H, an RFC
RFC,
IBBS200T, the CMUEA in
IBBS700D, an IBBS200D
or or IBBS200T
IBBS700T) l GATE port on
the CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T
l GATE port on
the CMUEA in
an IBBS700D
l GATE port on
the CMUF in an
IBBS700T
Monitoring Intercon Fan power cable 4-pin FAN_EXT port on the FAN
signal nection routed out of the connector 02D in an APM30H
transfer terminal front door of an
cable for the APM30H
fan in the
front door


Cables 2 Cable List
ory
Position Position

ed GTMU, 5
before UBRI, LBBP,
delive WBBP, or
ry UBBP in a
BBU

install on the RRU
ed GTMU, l CPRI_0
WBBP, or RRU
UBBP in a
BBU
NOTE
RF Cable

ory
Position Position

ed ports on an
onsite RFU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed cable
before
delive
ry
2.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Cable List

BTS3900A cables include PGND cables, equipotential cables, power cables, transmission
PGND Cable and Equipotential Cables



Cables to be 4 PGND OT terminal Ground bar OT terminal Ground bar

installed Cable (M6) in a cabinet (M6) for the site
onsite
5 OT terminal Ground bar OT terminal Ground bar
Equipotenti (M6) in the upper (M6) in the lower
al Cable cabinet(1) cabinet(1)
Ground bar Ground bar

in a in an RFC
TMC11H or
battery
cabinet
NOTE
Power Cables

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position
EPU05A-06 or OT terminal AC INPUT Depending on External power

EPU05A-08 (M6) terminal on the the external equipment
power cable EPU in an power
APM30H equipment
DCDU-12B OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

power cable (in (M6) NEG(-) the external equipment
a DC scenario) terminals on the power
DCDU-12B in equipment
an RFC
DCDU-12C EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (in the EPU in an (M6) NEG(-)
an AC scenario) APM30H terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
a TMC11H
Power cable OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

for a power (M8) on the EPU in (M8) NEG(-)
distribution an APM30H terminals near
box the BAT
silkscreen on
the power
distribution box
in a battery
cabinet(1)
Power cable OT terminal DC junction Depending on External power

for the DC (M6) box in an RFC the external equipment
junction box in power
an RFC (in a equipment
DC scenario)
Power cable EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/TEC

for the fan in the EPU in an INPUT port on
an IBBS200D APM30H the power
distribution box
in an
IBBS200D
Power cable EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on OT terminal NEG(-) and

for the fan in the EPU in an (M4) RTN(+) wiring
an IBBS300D APM30H terminals on the
DC junction
box in an
IBBS300D

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cable EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/TEC

for the TEC in the EPU in an INPUT port on
an IBBS200T APM30H the power
distribution box
in an
IBBS200T
Power cable EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on OT terminal NEG(-) and

for the TEC in the EPU in an (M4) RTN(+) wiring
the IBBS300T APM30H terminals in the
DC junction
box in an
IBBS300T
Power cable OT terminal L1 and N1 OT terminal L and N

for a heating (M4) terminals or L2 (M4) terminals on the
film and N2 AC junction
terminals on the box for the
AC junction heating film in
box in an an IBBS200D
APM30H

for an AC (M4) terminals on the (M4) terminals on the
junction box AC junction AC junction
(in a TMC11H) box in an box in a
APM30H TMC11H

for an AC (M4) terminals on the (M4) terminals on the
junction box AC junction AC junction
(in an box in an box for the
IBBS300D or APM30H heating film in
IBBS300T) the IBBS300D
or IBBS300T
Storage OT terminal Power OT terminal Positive and

battery power (M8) distribution (M6) negative poles
cable (in an boxes on the of the battery
IBBS200D or top and inner packs in a
IBBS200T) right wall of a battery cabinet
battery cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cables OT terminal Circuit breakers OT terminal Positive and

for storage (M8) in the lower (M6) negative poles
batteries (in an side of the DC of the battery
IBBS300D or junction box on packs in a
IBBS300T) the right side of battery cabinet
the battery
cabinet and
terminals on the
DC junction
box near the
NEG(-)
silkscreen on
the left side of
the battery
cabinet
EMUA or EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 port on

EMUB power the EPU in an terminal the EMUA or
cable (in an APM30H PWR port on
APM30H) the EMUB in
an APM30H or
EMUA or EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on TMC11H
EMUB power the DCDU-12C
cable (in a in a TMC11H
TMC11H)
GATM power EPC4 connector -48V port on a 3V3 connector l GATM0(2):

cable (in an GATM LOAD7 port
APM30H) on the
DCDU-12A
in an RFC
l GATM1(3):
LOAD5 port
on the
EPU05A-06
or
EPU05A-08
in an
APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
GATM power EPC4 connector -48V port on a 3V3 connector l GATM0:

cable (in a GATM LOAD8 port
TMC11H) on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
l GATM1:
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12C
in a
TMC11H
6.1.2.9 OT terminal l RTN(+) OT terminal l RTN(+)

EPU02D or terminal on terminal on
EPU02D-02 the the
Power Cable EPU02D/ PDU01D-01
(in an EPU02D-02 in the
APM30H) l NEG(-) EPU05A
terminal on l NEG(-)
the terminal on
EPU02D/ the
EPU02D-02 PDU01D-01
in the
EPU05A
6.1.2.9 OT terminal l RTN(+) Depending on External power

EPU02D or terminal on the external equipment
EPU02D-02 the equipment
Power Cable EPU02D/
(in a TMC11H) EPU02D-02
l NEG(-)
terminal on
the
EPU02D/
EPU02D-02
NOTE
(1) Battery cabinet: IBBS200D or IBBS200T

(2) and (3): If two GATMs are installed, they are installed below the BBU in sequence. GATM0 is
installed above GATM1.

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position
DCDU-12C OT terminal DC junction OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (in (M6) box in an RFC (M6) NEG(-)
a DC scenario) terminals on the
DCDU-12C in
a TMC
Power cable OT terminal RFC1 or RFC2 OT terminal DC junction

for the DC (M6) terminal on the (M6) box in an RFC
junction box in EPU in an
an RFC (in an APM30H
AC scenario)
DCDU-12A OT terminal DC junction OT terminal RTN(+) and

power cable (M6) box in an RFC (M6) NEG(-)
terminals on the
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
BBU power EPC4 connector LOAD0 or 3V3 connector -48V port on

cable (in an LOAD1 port on the UPEU in
APM30H) the EPU in an the BBU in an
APM30H APM30H
BBU power EPC4 connector LOAD6 or -48V port on

cable (in a LOAD7 port on the UPEU in
TMC11H) the DCDU-12C the BBU in a
in the TMC11H TMC11H
FAN 02E EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
power cable (in the EPU in an the FAN 02E in
an APM30H) APM30H an APM30H
FAN 02E EPC4 connector LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
power cable (in the DCDU-12C the FAN 02E in
a TMC11H) in the TMC11H a TMC11H
RFU power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR ports on

cable LOAD5 ports RFU 0 to RFU
on the 5 in an RFC
DCDU-12A in
an RFC
FAN 01D EPC4 connector LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
power cable the DCDU-12A the FAN 01D in
in an RFC an RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cable OT terminal L0, N0, and PE C13 connector Power input
for an AC (M4) terminals on the port on the AC
heater (in an AC junction heater in an
APM30H) box in an APM30H
APM30H
Power cable OT terminal L0, N0, and PE C13 connector Power input
for an AC (M4) terminals on the port on the AC
heater (in a AC junction heater in a
TMC11H) box in a TMC11H
TMC11H
SOU power OT terminal M4 ground C13 connector AC INPUT port

cable (M4) screw, L2 on the SOU in
terminal, and an APM30H
N2 terminal
near the AC
OUTPUT
silkscreen on
the left side of
the EPU in an
APM30H
Power cable OT terminal M4 ground OT terminal L and N

for an AC (M4) screw, L1 terminals on the
junction box terminal, and AC junction
(in an N1 terminal box and ground
APM30H) near the AC bar in an
OUTPUT APM30H
silkscreen on
the left side of
the EPU in an
APM30H
Transmission Cable

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

ed r power
onsite equipment

the UFLP in an
SLPU

WMPT, UMPT, l SC
BBU tor
port on the connec
LMPT or tor
UMPT in the
BBU

deliver cable
y
BBU
l FE/GE
electrical port
on the LMPT
or UMPT in a
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory

ports

ports
Signal Cable


Position Position
Monitoring RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN port

signal cable port on the on the lower-
between upper-level level FAN 01D
cascaded fan FAN 01D
assemblies
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN port
U_COM1 port on the lower-
on the upper- level FAN 01D
level FAN 02E
RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN/

port on the U_COM0 port
upper-level on the lower-
FAN 01D level FAN 02E
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN/

U_COM1 port U_COM0 port
on the upper- on the lower-
level FAN 02E level FAN 02E

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

signal cable port on the on the CMUH
between CMUH in the in the lower-
cascaded upper-level level
CMUHs IBBS200D or IBBS200D or
IBBS200T IBBS200T
CCUB-CMUH RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector COM_IN port

monitoring U_COM1 port on the CMUH
signal cable on the CCUB in in the lower-
the upper-level level extension
TMC11H RFC
CMUH-CCUB RJ45 connector COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN/

monitoring port on the U_COM0 port
signal cable CMUH in the on the CCUB in
upper-level the lower-level
RFC TMC11H

signal cable port on the on the lower-
between upper-level level
cascaded CCU01D-03 CCU01D-03
CCU01D-03
modules
Monitoring RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_485 port

signal cable for on the CMUH on the FAN 02E
a battery or CCU01D-03 in an APM30H
cabinet in a battery
cabinet
GPS clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female GPS surge
signal cable connector USCU in a connector protector
BBU
EMUA or DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector MON1-1/

EMUB connector the EMUA or D_COM1-1
monitoring COM_485 port port on the FAN
signal cable (in on the EMUB 02E in an
an APM30H) in an APM30H APM30H
EMUA or DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector MON1-1/

EMUB connector the EMUA or D_COM1-1
monitoring COM_485 port port on the FAN
signal cable (in on the EMUB 02E in a
a TMC11H) in a TMC11H TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
BBU alarm RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 or RJ45 connector External alarm

cable EXT_ALM1 device
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in a BBU
RET control SMA elbow ANT0 to ANT5 SMA straight DC/OOK port
signal cable male connector ports on a male connector on a Bias-Tee
GATM
CMUH- RJ45 connector COM2 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port

GATM GATM0 on the CMUH
monitoring in an RFC
signal cable
GATM RJ45 connector COM1 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT/

monitoring a GATM U_COM1 or
signal cable MON1-1/
D_COM1-1
port on the FAN
02E in an
APM30H
Adapter used USB connector USBa port on Network Ethernet cable

for local the UMPT in a connector
maintenance BBU
Cable between DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DB15 DGLUb port on
two combined connector the UCIU in a male connector a DCTB
base stations BBU
WIUA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector l D_COM1

monitoring on a WIUA port on the
signal cable CMUH in
an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l D_COM1
port on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T

Cables 2 Cable List
NOTE
a: The security of a USB port is ensured by encryption, and a USB port can be shut down using a
command. A USB commission port is used for commissioning a base station rather than configuring and
exporting information of the base station.


Position Position
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEM port on Temperature Air intake vent

signal cable for the FAN 01D in sensor at the bottom of
the an RFC an RFC
temperature
sensor (in an
RFC)
CMUH-CCUB RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON0-0/

monitoring on the FAN D_COM0-0
signal cable 01D in an RFC port on the FAN
02E in an
APM30H
CCUB-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN/ RJ45 connector MON0 port on

monitoring U_COM0 port the UPEU in
signal cable on the FAN 02E the BBU in an
in an APM30H APM30H or
or TMC11H TMC11H
RJ45 connector COM_OUT/ RJ45 connector MON1 port on

U_COM1 port the UPEU in
on the FAN 02E the BBU in an
in an APM30H APM30H or
or TMC11H TMC11H
PMIU-CCUB RJ45 connector PMI port on the RJ45 connector PMI port on the
monitoring PMIU in an FAN 02E in an
signal cable APM30H APM30H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
ELU signal RJ45 connector l ELU port on RJ45 connector RJ45 port on
cable the FAN the ELU in each
02E in a an cabinet
APM30H or
TMC11H
l ELU port on
the FAN
01D in an
RFC
l ELU port on
the CMUH
in an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l ELU port on
the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring Bare wire GATE port on Bare wire or Door status

signal cable for the FAN 02E in cord end sensor
the door status an APM30H terminal
sensor (in an
APM30H)

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring Bare wire l GATE port Bare wire Door status

signal cable for on the FAN sensor
the door status 02E in the
sensor (in a TMC11H
TMC11H, RFC, l GATE port
IBBS200D, or on the FAN
IBBS200T) 01D in the
RFC
l GATE port
on the
CMUH in
an
IBBS200D
or
IBBS200T
l GATE port
on the
CCU01D-03
in an
IBBS300D
or
IBBS300T
Monitoring Interconnection Fan power 4-pin connector FAN_EXT port

signal transfer terminal cable routed out on the FAN 02E
cable for the of the front in an APM30H
fan in the front door of an or TMC11H
door APM30H or
TMC11H


Cables 2 Cable List
ory
Position Position

ed GTMU, 5
before UBRI, LBBP,
delive WBBP, or
ry UBBP in a
BBU

install on the RRU
ed GTMU, l CPRI_0
WBBP, or RRU
UBBP in a
BBU
NOTE
RF Cables

ory
Position Position

ed ports on an
onsite RFU

Cables 2 Cable List

ory
Position Position

ed cable
before
delive
ry
2.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF cables.
Power Cables and PGND Cables

NOTE
Transmission cables in the BTS3900A need to be reused and the reused transmission cables are
connected to the original positions. For details about transmission cable connections in the BTS3900A,
see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).
The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
Equipotential OT terminal l Ground OT terminal l Front door

Cable for the point on an of the
Front Door inner wall of APM30H
the l Front door
APM30H of the
l Ground TMC11H
point on an
inner wall of
the
TMC11H
Input Power OT terminal AC INPUT Depending on External power

Cables for the terminal on the the external equipment
APM30H EPU in the power
APM30H equipment
Input Power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the EPU in the NEG(-)
TMC11H (in APM30H terminals on the
AC Scenarios) DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Input Power Depending on External power OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the external equipment NEG(-)
TMC11H (in power terminals on the
DC Scenarios) equipment DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
Input Power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC (in AC the APM30H terminals on the
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Cable for the NEG(-) the external equipment
RFC (in DC terminals on the power
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A equipment
in the RFC
RFU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR port on

Cables LOAD2 ports any of RFU0 to
on the left RFU2 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
LOAD0 to PWR port on

LOAD2 ports any of RFU3 to
on the right RFU5 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
Power cables OT terminal l NEG(-) OT terminal l NEG(-)

between terminal on terminal on
cascaded the left the right
DCDU-13As DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
in the RFC in the RFC
l RTN(+) l RTN(+)
terminal on terminal on
the left the right
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power Cables OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

for the Battery on the EPU in (M8) NEG(-)
Cabinet the APM30H terminals near
the BAT
silkscreen on
the power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
TEC Power EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/

Cable the EPU in the TEC_INPUT
APM30H port on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
BBU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 and 3V3 connector -48V port on
Cable (in AC LOAD1 ports the UPEU in
Scenarios) on the EPU in the BBU in the
the APM30H APM30H or
TMC11H
Cable (in DC LOAD7 ports the UPEU in
Scenarios) on the the BBU in the
DCDU-12C in TMC11H
the TMC11H
CMUEA Power EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
Cable the EPU in the the CMUEA in
APM30H the APM30H
LOAD9 port on PWR port on

the DCDU-12C the CMUEA in
in the TMC11H the TMC11H

the left the CMUEA in
DCDU-13A in the RFC
the RFC
EMUA Power EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 terminal
Cable the EPU in the terminal on the EMUA
(Optional) APM30H
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables
The following table describes the signal cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
CMUEA-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

Monitoring on the CMUEA the UPEU in
Signal Cable in the APM30H the BBU in the
APM30H
COM_IN port MON0 port on

on the CMUEA the UPEU in
in the RFC the BBU in the
APM30H
Monitoring Bare wire Door status 2-pin connector GATE port on

Signal Cable sensor the PMU in the
for the Door APM30H
Status Sensor in
the APM30H
Monitoring OT terminal Signal cable RJ45 connector COM_485 port

Signal Cable transfer on the CMUEA
for the terminal in the or PMU
IBBS200T IBBS200T
ELU Signal RJ45 connector ELU port on the RJ45 connector ELU
Cable CMUEA

Signal Cable on the sensor
for the Door CMUEA in
Status Sensor the
TMC11H
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring Interconnection l Power cable 4-pin connector l FAN_EXT

Signal Transfer terminal for the fan port on the
Cable for the in the front fan
Fan in the Front door of the assembly in
Door APM30H the
l Power cable APM30H
for the fan l FAN_EXT
in the front port on the
door of the fan
TMC11H assembly in
the
TMC11H
Surge Bare wire l DC_SPD Bare wire l IN0 port on

Protection port on the the CMUEA
Alarm Cable left in the RFC
for the DCDU-13A l IN1 port on
DCDU-13A in the RFC the CMUEA
l DC_SPD in the RFC
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEMP1 port on 5-pin connector Port on the

Signal Cable the CMUEA in environmental
for the the RFC temperature
Temperature sensor in the
Sensor RFC
PMU-CMUEA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring on the PMU port on the
Signal Cable CMUEA

Signal Cable port on the on the lower-
Between upper-level level CMUEA
Cascaded CMUEA
CMUEAs
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring connector the EMUA in port on the
Signal Cable the APM30H PMU in the
(Optional) APM30H
RS485 port on COM_OUT

the EMUA in port on the
the TMC11H CMUEA in the
TMC11H

Cables 2 Cable List
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.

Position Position
10.1 RF DIN straight Antenna feeder DIN elbow ANT_RXA and

Jumpers male connector male connector ANT_RXB
ports on RFUs
2.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Cable List

BTS3900A cables consist of the PGND cables, power cables, and signal cables.
NOTE
see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).

The following table describes the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
Equipotential OT terminal l Ground OT terminal l Front door

Cable for the point on an of the
Front Door inner wall of APM30
the APM30 l Front door
l Ground of the TMC
point on an
inner wall of
the TMC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Input Power OT terminal AC INPUT Depending on External power

Cables for the terminal on the the external equipment
APM30 EPU in the power
APM30 equipment
Input Power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the EPU in the NEG(-)
TMC (in AC APM30 terminals on the
Scenarios) DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power Depending on External power OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the the external equipment NEG(-)
TMC (in DC power terminals on the
Scenarios) equipment DCDU-12C in
the TMC
Input Power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

Cable for the on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC (in AC the APM30 terminals on the
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Input Power OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

Cable for the NEG(-) the external equipment
RFC (in DC terminals on the power
Scenarios) left DCDU-13A equipment
in the RFC
RFU Power EPC4 connector LOAD0 to 3V3 connector PWR port on

Cables LOAD2 ports any of RFU0 to
on the left RFU2 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC
LOAD0 to PWR port on

LOAD2 ports any of RFU3 to
on the right RFU5 in the
DCDU-13A in RFC
the RFC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power Cables OT terminal l NEG(-) OT terminal l NEG(-)

Between terminal on terminal on
Cascaded the left the right
DCDU-13As DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
l RTN(+) l RTN(+)
terminal on terminal on
the left the right
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
Storage Battery OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal Wiring copper

Power Cable on the EPU in bar for the
the APM30 positive and
negative poles
of storage
batteries
Cable (in AC LOAD1 ports the UPEU in
Scenarios) on the EPU in the BBU in the
the APM30 APM30 or
TMC
Cable (in DC LOAD7 ports the UPEU in
Scenarios) on the the BBU in the
DCDU-12C in TMC
the TMC
Input Power OT terminal 8-pin transfer Cord end Transfer

Cable for the terminal on the terminal terminal on the
Heater EPU in the heater
APM30
Power Cable OT terminal 8-pin transfer OT terminal Wiring terminal

for the Heating terminal on the for the input
Film EPU in the power cable for
APM30 the heating film
in the BBC
CMUEA Power EPC4 connector LOAD2 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
Cable the EPU in the the CMUEA in
APM30 the APM30

the DCDU-12C the CMUEA in
in the TMC the TMC

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

the left the CMUEA in
DCDU-13A in the RFC
the RFC
EMUA Power EPC4 connector LOAD5 port on Cord end PWR1 terminal
Cable the EPU in the terminal on the EMUA
(Optional) APM30
LOAD8 port on
the DCDU-12C
in the TMC
Signal Cables

Position Position
CMUEA-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

Monitoring on the CMUEA the UPEU in
Signal Cable in the APM30 the BBU in the
APM30

on the CMUEA the UPEU in
APM30
Monitoring Bare wire Door status 2-pin connector GATE port on

Signal Cable sensor the PMU in the
for the Door APM30
Status Sensor in
the APM30

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring OT terminal When an 2-pin connector TEM_BAT port

Signal Cable external battery on the PMU in
for the cabinet is used, the APM30
Temperature this cable is
Sensor in the bound to the
Battery Cabinet cable bridge on
the left side of
the upper
compartment in
the battery
cabinet.
Monitoring 4-pin connector l TEMP1 port 5-pin connector l Port on the

Signal Cable on the environment
for the CMUEA in al
Temperature the APM30 temperature
Sensor l TEMP2 port sensor in the
on the APM30
CMUEA in l Port on the
the APM30 temperature
l TEMP1 port sensor near
on the the air
CMUEA in exhaust vent
the RFC in the
APM30
l Port on the
environment
al
temperature
sensor in the
RFC
Monitoring 4-pin connector IFAN1 and 4-pin connector J01 and J02
Signal Transfer IFAN2 ports on ports on the fan
Cable for the the CMUEA interface board
Fan on the Top
of the Cabinet
Interior
ELU Signal RJ45 connector ELU on the RJ45 connector ELU

Cable CMUEA

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

Signal Cable on the sensor
for the Door CMUEA in
Status Sensor the TMC
l GATE port
on the
CMUEA in
the RFC
Monitoring Interconnection l Power cable 4-pin connector l EFAN1 and

Signal Transfer terminal for the fan EFAN2
Cable for the in the front ports on the
Fan in the Front door of the CMUEA in
Door APM30 the APM30
l Power cable l EFAN1 and
for the fan EFAN2
in the front ports on the
door of the CMUEA in
TMC the TMC
Surge Bare wire l DC_SPD Bare wire l IN0 port on

Protection port on the the CMUEA
Alarm Cable left in the RFC
for the DCDU-13A l IN1 port on
DCDU-13A in the RFC the CMUEA
l DC_SPD in the RFC
port on the
right
DCDU-13A
in the RFC
PMU-CMUEA RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring on the PMU port on the
Signal Cable CMUEA

Signal Cable port on the on the lower-
Between upper-level level CMUEA
Cascaded CMUEA
CMUEAs
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT

Monitoring connector the EMUA in port on the
Signal Cable the APM30 PMU in the
(Optional) APM30

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
RS485 port on COM_OUT

the EMUA in port on the
the TMC CMUEA in the
TMC
RF Cables
The following table describes the RF cables after the hardware upgrade.
NOTE
l When a Bias Tee is configured, the jumpers use DIN straight male connectors. After the cabinet is
upgraded, the Bias Tee needs to be removed, and therefore the DIN straight male connectors need to
be replaced by DIN elbow male connectors.
l When a Bias Tee is not configured before the upgrade, the original jumpers can be reused during the
upgrade.

Position Position
10.1 RF DIN straight Antenna feeder DIN elbow ANT_TX/RXA

Jumpers male connector male connector and ANT_RXB
ports on an
RFU
2.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Cable List

BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) cables include PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF
cables.

NOTE
see BTS3900A (Ver.A) GSM Hardware Description (with a Heat Exchanger).
The following table lists the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Input power OT terminal AC INPUT port Depending on External power

cable for the (M6) on the EPU the power equipment
APM30H (in supply
AC scenarios) equipment
Input power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

cable for the the EPU (M6, 4 mm2 or NEG(-)
TMC11H (in 0.006 in.2) terminals near
AC scenarios) the INPUT
silkscreen on
the DCDU-12C
Input power OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

cable for the (M6, 25 mm2 or NEG(-) the power equipment
TMC11H (in 0.039 in.2) terminals near supply
DC scenarios) the INPUT equipment
silkscreen on
the DCDU-12C

cable for the (M6, 35 mm2 NEG(-) the power equipment
RFC in DC [0.054 in.2] for terminals near supply
scenarios one group of the INPUT equipment
power cables or silkscreen on
16 mm2 [0.025 the DCDU-13A
in the RFC
in.2] for two
groups of
power cables)
Input power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

cable for the (M6) on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC in AC the APM30H terminals near
scenarios the INPUT
silkscreen on
the DCDU-13A
in the RFC
Main power Cord end Cord end Depending on l In AC

cables terminal terminal bar on the power scenarios:
the ODM supply PDU01D in
equipment the EPU of
the
APM30H
l In DC
scenarios:
external
power
equipment

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cables OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

for a battery (M8, 35 mm2 or on the EPU in (M8, 35 mm2 or NEG(-)
cabinet 0.054 in.2) the APM30H 0.054 in.2) terminals near
the BAT
silkscreen on
the power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
TEC power EPC4 connector LOAD8 port on EPC4 connector FAN/

cables in the the EPU TEC_INPUT
IBBS200T port on the
power
distribution box
in the
IBBS200T
RRU power EPC5 or EPC4 Cable hole for Depending on PWR port on
cables connector the RRU power the RRU model the RRU
cable on the
ODM
PGND cable for OT terminal Ground point OT terminal Front door

the front door on the inner
wall of the
cabinet
EMUA power EPC4 connector l In the Cord end PWR1 terminal

cable APM30H: terminal on the EMUA
LOAD5 port
on the EPU
l In the
TMC11H:
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12C
Power cables EPC4 connector l LOAD2 port 3V3 connector PWR port on
for fan on the EPU the FAN 02E
assemblies l In the
TMC11H:
LOAD9 port
on the
DCDU-12C

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
BBU power EPC4 connector l In the 3V3 connector -48V port on

cables APM30H: the UPEU in
LOAD0 or the BBU
LOAD1 port
on the EPU
l In the
TMC11H:
LOAD6 or
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12C
RFU power 3V3 connectors l PWR ports EPC4 l LOAD0 to

cables on RFU0 to connectors LOAD2
RFU2 ports on the
l PWR ports left of the
on RFU3 to DCDU-13A
RFU5 l LOAD0 to
LOAD2
ports on the
right of the
DCDU-13A
CMUH power EPC4 connector LOAD3 port on 3V3 connector PWR port on
cable the left of the the fan
DCDU-13A assembly in the
RFC
Power cable OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

between NEG(-) NEG(-)
cascaded terminals on the terminals on the
DCDU-13As left of the right of the
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
Power cables OT terminal Storage battery OT terminal Power

for storage distribution box
batteries
Power transfer OT terminal Transfer OT terminal Power

cable for the terminal for the distribution box
TEC in the input power
front door cable for the
TEC
TEC power - TEC OT terminal Transfer

cable terminal for the
input power
cable for the
TEC

Cables 2 Cable List
Signal Cables

Position Position
Monitoring Bare wire Signal cable 2-pin connector TEM_BAT,

signal cable for transfer and bare wire IN2, SMOKE,
a battery terminal on the and green
cabinet front door of terminals on the
the IBBS200T fan assembly of
the APM30H
CCUB-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN/ RJ45 connector MON0 port on

monitoring D_COM0 port the UPEU in
signal cable on the fan the BBU in the
assembly of the APM30H
APM30H
COM_OUT/ MON1 port on

D_COM1 port the UPEU in
on the fan the BBU in the
assembly of the APM30H
APM30H
Monitoring RJ45 connector COM_IN/ RJ45 connector COM_OUT

signal cable for U_COM0 port port on the
the transmission on the fan CMUH in the
cabinet assembly of the RFC
TMC11H
CMUH-CCUB RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON0-0/

monitoring on the CMUH D_COM0-0
signal cable in the RFC port on the fan
assembly of the
APM30H
BBU DLC connector One of the M0 DLC connector l CI port on

interconnection to M4 ports on the UMPT
cable the UCIU in the in the BBU
BBU l S0 port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
BBU alarm RJ45 connector EXT_ALM0 or RJ45 connector External alarm

cable EXT_ALM1 device
port on the
UPEU or UEIU
in the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Cable between DB15 male GCK port on MD36 or DB15 DGLUb or

two combined connector the UCIU in the male connector DCTB
base stations BBU
External dry Bare wire IN0, IN1, IN2, Bare wire External
contact and IN3 monitoring
monitoring terminals on the equipment
signal cable USLP in the
SLPU
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector MON1-1/

monitoring connector the EMUA D_COM1-1
signal cable port on the FAN
02E
GPS clock Type N female GPS surge SMA male GPS port on the
signal cable connector protector connector USCU in the
BBU
Monitoring Bare wire l In the Bare wire Door status

signal cable for APM30H or sensor
the door status TMC11H:
sensor GATE
terminal on
the FAN
02E
l In the RFC:
GATE
terminal on
the CMUH
l In the
IBBS200T:
signal cable
transfer
terminal
GPS jumper N50 straight GPS surge N50 straight GPS antenna
male connector protector male connector
ELU signal RJ45 connector ELU RJ45 connector l In the

cable APM30H or
TMC11H:
ELU port on
the FAN
02E
l In the RFC:
ELU port on
the CMUH

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring Interconnection Power cable for 4-pin connector FAN_EXT port

signal transfer terminal the fan on the FAN 02E
cable for the fan assembly in the
in a front door front door of
the cabinet
Monitoring 4-pin connector Power cable for 4-pin connector FAN_EXT port
signal cable for the fan on the FAN 02E
the fan in the assembly in the
front door front door of
the cabinet
CCUB-PMIU RJ45 connector PMI port on the RJ45 connector PMI port on the
monitoring FAN 02E PMIU in the
signal transfer EPU
cable
CCUB-BBU RJ45 connector MON0 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN/

monitoring the UPEU in U_COM0 port
signal cable the BBU on the FAN 02E
RJ45 connector MON1 port on RJ45 connector COM_OUT/

the UPEU in U_COM1 port
the BBU on the FAN 02E
Monitoring Bare wire GATE terminal Bare wire Door status

signal cable for on the FAN 02E sensor
the door status
sensor
DCDU-FMUA Bare wire IN0 and IN1 Bare wire DC_SPD

monitoring terminals on the terminal on the
signal cable CMUH DCDU-13A
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEM port on RJ45 connector Air intake vent
signal cable for the fan at the bottom of
the temperature assembly an RFC
sensor in the
RFC
Monitoring Interconnection Cable 4-pin connector IFAN0 and

signal cable for terminal configured for IFAN1 cables
the left fan the fan configured for
assembly the CMUH

the right fan the fan configured for
assembly the CMUH

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Monitoring Bare wire Transfer OT terminal Negative poles

signal cable for terminal for the on the batteries
the temperature signal cable
sensor for
storage batteries
2.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Cable List

BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) cables include PGND cables, power cables, signal cables, and RF
cables.

NOTE
see BTS3900A GSM Hardware Description (with Breathable Film).
The following table lists the power cables and PGND cables after the hardware upgrade.

Position Position
Input power OT terminal AC INPUT port Depending on External power

cable for the (M6) on the EPU the power equipment
APM30 (in AC supply
scenarios) equipment
Input power EPC4 connector LOAD7 port on OT terminal RTN(+) and

cable for the the EPU (M6, 4 mm2 or NEG(-)
TMC (in AC 0.006 in.2) terminals near
Scenarios) the INPUT
silkscreen on
the DCDU-12C
Input power OT terminal External power OT terminal RTN(+) and

cable for the (M6) equipment (M6, 25 mm2 or NEG(-)
TMC (in DC 0.039 in.2) terminals near
Scenarios) the INPUT
silkscreen on
the DCDU-12C

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position

cable for the (M6, 35 mm2 NEG(-) the power equipment
RFC in DC [0.054 in.2] for terminals near supply
scenarios one group of the INPUT equipment
power cables or silkscreen on
16 mm2 [0.025 the DCDU-13A
in the RFC
in.2] for two
groups of
power cables)
Input power OT terminal RFC1 terminal OT terminal RTN(+) and

cable for the (M6) on the EPU in NEG(-)
RFC in AC the APM30 terminals near
scenarios the INPUT
silkscreen on
the DCDU-13A
in the RFC
RRU power EPC5 or EPC4 One of LOAD0 Depending on PWR port on

cables connector to LOAD8 the RRU model the RRU
ports on the
DCDU-12B
Power cables OT terminal BAT terminal OT terminal Wiring

for a battery (M8, 35 mm2 or on the EPU in (M8, 35 mm2 or terminals for
cabinet 0.054 in.2) the APM30 0.054 in.2) power cables
for storage
batteries in the
BBC
Power cables - 8-pin wiring - Junction

for the heating terminal in the terminal for the
film of a battery APM30 power cable of
cabinet a heating film
in the BBC
PGND cable for OT terminal Ground point OT terminal Front door

the front door on the inner
wall of the
cabinet
EMUA or EPC4 connector l In the Cord end PWR1 terminal

EMUB power APM30: terminal on the EMUA
cable LOAD5 port or EMUB
on the EPU
l In the TMC:
LOAD8 port
on the
DCDU-12C

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
BBU power EPC4 connector l In the 3V3 connector -48V port on

cables APM30: the UPEU in
LOAD0 or the BBU
LOAD1 port
on the EPU
l In the TMC:
LOAD6 or
LOAD7 port
on the
DCDU-12C
Power cable for Bare wire Transfer OT terminal AC OUTPUT

the transfer terminal terminal on the
terminal EPU
Power cable for Bare wire Transfer Bare wire AC heater

an AC heater terminal
RFU power 3V3 connectors l PWR ports EPC4 l LOAD0 to

cables on RFU0 to connectors LOAD2
RFU2 ports on the
l PWR ports left of the
on RFU3 to DCDU-13A
RFU5 l LOAD0 to
LOAD2
ports on the
right of the
DCDU-13A
CMUH power EPC4 connector l In the 3V3 connector l In the

cable APM30: APM30:
LOAD2 port PWR port
on the EPU on the
l In the TMC: CMUH
LOAD3 port l In the TMC:
on the left of PWR port
the on the fan
DCDU-13A assembly
Power cable OT terminal RTN(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

between NEG(-) NEG(-)
cascaded terminals on the terminals on the
DCDU-13As left of the right of the
DCDU-13A DCDU-13A
Power cables OT terminal Storage battery OT terminal Wiring terminal

for storage for storage
batteries batteries

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Power cable for - Heating film OT terminal Transfer

the heating film terminal
Power cable OT terminal Wiring terminal OT terminal Circuit Breaker

between the for storage
wiring terminal batteries
and circuit
breaker on the
storage batteries
Signal Cables

Position Position
CMUH-BBU RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

monitoring on the CMUH the UPEU in
signal cable in the APM30 the BBU in the
APM30

on the CMUH the UPEU in
APM30
BBU DLC connector One of the M0 DLC connector l CI port on

interconnection to M4 ports on the UMPT
cable the UCIU in the in the BBU
BBU l S0 port on
the UCIU in
the BBU
EMUA DB9 male RS485 port on RJ45 connector l In the

monitoring connector the EMUA APM30:
signal cable COM_OUT
port on the
PMU
l In the TMC:
COM_OUT
port on the
CMUH

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
GPS clock Type N female GPS surge SMA male GPS port on the
signal cable connector protector connector USCU in the
BBU
Monitoring 2-pin connector GATE port on Bare wire Door status

signal cable for the PMU sensor and
the door status green terminal
sensor in the
APM30
Monitoring Bare wire GATE port on Bare wire Door status

signal cable for the CMUH sensor
the door status
sensor in the
TMC
Monitoring Bare wire Transfer Cord end Door status

signal cable for terminal for the terminal sensor
the door status signal cable
sensor in the
BBC
GPS jumper N50 straight GPS surge N50 straight GPS antenna
male connector protector male connector
ELU signal RJ45 connector ELU RJ45 connector ELU port in the
cable CMUH
Monitoring 4-pin connector Transfer 4-pin connector IFAN2 and

signal transfer terminal on the IFAN3
cable for the fan front door terminals on the
in a front door CMUH
Monitoring 4-pin connector Transfer board 4-pin connector IFAN0 and

signal cable for in the fan IFAN1
fan assemblies assembly terminals on the
CMUH
PMU-CMUH RJ45 connector COM_IN port RJ45 connector COM_OUT

monitoring on the PMU port on the
signal cable 11B CMUH
CMUH-BBU RJ45 connector MON1 port on RJ45 connector COM_IN port

monitoring the UPEU in on the CMUH
signal cable the BBU
Environmental 5-pin connector Environmental 4-pin connector TEM port on

temperature temperature the CMUH
monitoring sensor on the
signal cable front door

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
Temperature 5-pin connector Environmental 4-pin connector TEMP1 port on

monitoring temperature the CMUH
signal cable for sensor at the air
the air exhaust exhaust vent on
vent the right of the
fan assembly at
the top of the
cabinet
DCDU-FMUA Bare wire IN0 and IN1 Bare wire DC_SPD

monitoring terminals on the terminal on the
signal cable CMUH DCDU-13A
Monitoring 4-pin connector TEM port on RJ45 connector Air intake vent
signal cable for the fan at the bottom of
the temperature assembly an RFC
sensor in the
RFC

the left fan the fan configured for
assembly the CMUH

the right fan the fan configured for
assembly the CMUH
Monitoring 2-pin connector TEM_BAT port OT terminal Cable bridge on

signal cable for on the PMU the left side of
the temperature 11B in the the upper
sensor for APM30 storage battery
storage batteries compartment
2.4 BTS3900AL Cable List

This section describes the list of BTS3900AL cables.
2.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Cable List

The BTS3900AL cables consist of the PGND cable, equipotential cable, power cables,
transmission cables, signal cables, CPRI electrical cables, and RF cables.

The PGND cable and equipotential cable need to be installed onsite. The following table lists
the cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-70 PGND cable and equipotential cable

No. Cable One End The Other End
Connect Installation Connect Installation

or Position or Position
1 4 PGND OT Ground bar in a OT Ground busbar

Cable terminal cabinet terminal outside the cabinet
(M6)
2 5 OT Ground bar in a OT Ground bar in a

Equipotentia terminal cabinet terminal cabinet
l Cable (M6) (M6)
Power Cable
Table 2-71 lists the power cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-72 lists the power cables that
have been installed before delivery.

Connecto Installation Connecto Installation

r Position r Position
1 6.1.3.2 Cord end L1, L2, L3, N, Depending External power

PDU05A-01 terminal and PE on the equipment
Power Cable terminals on external
the equipment
PDU05A-01
2 6.4.2 BBU EPC4 LOAD7 or 3V3 -48 V port on the

Power Cable connector LOAD8 port connector UPEU or UEIU
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
3 6.1.1.9 EPC4 LOAD1 port OT RTN(+) and

DCDU-12C connector on the terminal NEG(-) terminals
Power Cable DCDU-12C in (M6) near the INPUT
the device silkscreen on the
compartment DCDU-12C in
the TMC11H
(Ver.D)

Cables 2 Cable List

4 6.1.3.3 Power LOAD1 port OT RTN(+)_2 and

PDU03D-01 series 120 for connecting terminal NEG(-)_2
Power Cable connector the ETP48400 (M6) terminals near the
(obtaining that provides Input2 silkscreen
power from the power supply on the
BTS3900AL for the PDU03D-01 in
AC) BTS3900AL the BTS3900AL
DC cabinet DC cabinet
OT DCDU:RTN+ OT RTN(+)_0 and

terminal and terminal NEG(-)_0
(M8) DCDU0:NEG (M6) terminals near the
- terminals on Input0 silkscreen
the BusBar in on the
the PDU03D-01 in
BTS3900AL the BTS3900AL
AC cabinet DC cabinet
6.1.3.3 Depending External OT l RTN(+)_2 and

PDU03D-01 on the power terminal NEG(-)_2
Power Cable external equipment (M6) terminals near
(obtaining equipment the Input2
power from silkscreen on
external power the
equipment) PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
l RTN(+)_0 and
NEG(-)_0
terminals near
the Input0
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
in the
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

5 6.1.4.9 Battery OT RTN0+, OT RTN(+)_0,

Power Cable (in terminal BAT0-, terminal NEG(-)_0,
an IBBS700D/ (M8) RTN1+, and (M8) RTN(+)_1, and
IBBS700T) BAT1- NEG(-)_1
terminals on terminals near the
the BusBar in INPUT silkscreen
the on the power
BTS3900AL distribution box
AC cabinet in the IBBS700D
or IBBS700T
OT RTN1+ and OT Battery pack in

terminal BAT1- terminal the BTS3900AL
(M8) terminals on (M6) AC cabinet
the BusBar in
the
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
6 6.4.1 EMUA or EPC4 LOAD1 port Cord end PWR1 terminal

EMUB Power connector on the terminal on the EMUA or
Cable DCDU-12C in EMUB
the device
compartment
7 6.1.4.1 Power OT L2 and N2 OT L and N terminals

Cable for an terminal terminals on terminal on the AC
AC Junction (M4) the AC (M4) junction box
Box junction box
(in the
BTS3900AL DC
cabinet)
6.1.4.1 Power OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals

Cable for an terminal terminals on terminal on the AC
AC Junction (M4) the AC (M4) junction box
Box junction box
[in an
IBBS700D,
IBBS700T, or
TMC11H
(Ver.D)]
8 6.3.8 Power EPC4 DC INPUT EPC4 LOAD4 port on

Cables for the connector port on the connector the DCDU-12C
Temperature power
Control System distribution
box in the
battery cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

9 6.4.4 RRU l OT l One of the Depending Power port on the

Power Cable terminal LOAD0 to on the RRU
l Tool- LOAD5 RRU
less ports on model
female the
connect DCDU-03
or B
(pressfit l One of the
type) LOAD0 to
l EPC5 LOAD5
or ports on
EPC4 the
connect DCDU-11
or B
l One of the
LOAD0 to
LOAD8
ports on
the
DCDU-12
B
10 Storage battery OT RTN0+, OT Wiring terminal

power cable (in terminal BAT0-, terminal labeled NEG(-)
an IBBS300D or (M8) RTN1+, and (M8) on the AC
IBBS300T) BAT1- junction box on
terminals on the inner left wall
the BusBar in of an IBBS300D
the or IBBS300T and
BTS3900AL wiring terminal
AC cabinet labeled RTN(+)
on the AC
junction box on
the inner right
wall of the
IBBS300D or
IBBS300T
11 Fan power EPC4 LOAD4 port OT Copper bars

cables in an connector on the terminal labeled NEG- and
IBBS300D DCDU-12C in (M4) RTN+ on the
a BTS3900AL inner left and
AC cabinet right walls of an
IBBS300D

Cables 2 Cable List

12 TEC power EPC4 LOAD4 port OT Copper bars

cables in the connector on the terminal labeled NEG- and
IBBS300T DCDU-12C in (M4) RTN+ on the
a BTS3900AL inner left and
AC cabinet right walls of an
IBBS300T
13 6.1.4.9 Battery OT Storage OT AC junction box

Power Cable terminal battery terminal on the inner left
NEG(-) (M6) (M8) wall of the
cabinet
14 6.1.4.9 Battery OT Storage OT AC junction box

Power Cable terminal battery terminal on the inner right
RTN(+) (M6) (M8) wall of the
cabinet
15 HAU01A-01 OT L3 and N3 OT L and N terminals

power cable terminal terminals on terminal on the heater's
(between (M4) the AC (M4) junction box on
cabinets) junction box the inner left wall
(optional) in a of an IBBS300D
BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
16 6.1.2.9 EPU02D OT l Black Depending External power

or EPU02D-02 terminal wire: on the equipment
Power Cable (in RTN(+) external
a BTS3900AL terminal equipment
DC cabinet) on an
EPU02D/
EPU02D-0
2
l Blue wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on an
EPU02D/
EPU02D-0
2

Cables 2 Cable List

17 6.1.2.9 EPU02D OT l Black OT LOAD3 and

or EPU02D-02 terminal wire: terminal LOAD5 ports on
Power Cable (in RTN(+) the ETP48400
a BTS3900AL terminal
AC cabinet) on an
EPU02D/
EPU02D-0
2
l Blue wire:
NEG(-)
terminal
on an
EPU02D/
EPU02D-0
2


Position Position
1 6.1.2.15 Cord end L11, N11, OT terminal L1, N1, L2,

ETP48400 terminal L12, N12, (M6) N2, L3, and
Power Cable L13, and N13 N3 terminals
terminals on on the
the ETP48400
PDU05A-01
2 6.1.1.9 OT LOAD0 OT terminal RTN(+) and

DCDU-12C terminal terminal on (M6) NEG(-)
Power Cable (M6) the terminals near
(in the ETP48400, the INPUT
BTS3900AL AC which silkscreen on
cabinet) provides the
power supply DCDU-12C
for the
DCDU-12C

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
3 6.1.1.9 OT RTN(+)_2 and OT terminal RTN(+) and

DCDU-12C terminal NEG(-)_2 (M6) NEG(-)
Power Cable (M8) terminals near terminals near
(in the the Output or the INPUT
BTS3900AL DC Output2 silkscreen on
cabinet) silkscreen on the
the DCDU-12C in
PDU03D-01 the device
in the compartment
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
OT RTN(+)_0 and OT terminal RTN(+) and

terminal NEG(-)_0 (M6) NEG(-)
(M8) terminals near terminals near
the Output0 the INPUT
silkscreen in silkscreen on
the Output the
area of the DCDU-12C in
PDU03D-01 the device
in the compartment
BTS3900AL
DC cabinet
4 6.2.2 CMUF EPC4 LOAD9 port 3V3 connector PWR port on

Power Cable connector on the the CMUF
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
5 6.2.4 CCU EPC4 LOAD0 port EPC4 RTN(+) and

Power Cable connector on the connector NEG(-) ports
DCDU-12C in near the
the device INPUT
compartment silkscreen on
the CCU
6 6.3.3 EPC4 LOAD9 port 3V3 connector PWR port on

FAU03D-01 connector on the the
Power Cable DCDU-12C in FAU03D-01
the device
compartment

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7 6.4.3 RFU EPC4 One of the 3V3 connector PWR port on

Power Cables connector LOAD0 to an RFU
LOAD8 ports
on the
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
8 6.3.9 OT L1, N1, and C13 straight AC-IN port on

HAU01A-01 terminal PE terminals female the
Power Cable (M4) on the AC connector HAU01A-01
junction box
9 6.1.4.1 Power Cord end L21 and N21 OT terminal L and N

Cable for an terminal terminals on (M4) terminals on
AC Junction the the AC
Box PDU05A-01 junction box
(in the
BTS3900AL AC
cabinet)
10 8.3.11 4-pin male FAN_IN0 and 4-pin female Signal cable

Monitoring connector FAN_IN1 connector delivered with
Signal Transfer ports on the an inner air
Cable for Fans CMUF circulation fan
in Front Doors
11 6.4.2 BBU EPC4 LOAD5 or 3V3 connector -48 V port on

Power Cable connector LOAD6 port the UPEU or
on the UEIU
DCDU-12C in
the device
compartment
12 6.1.4.4 Power OT Two OT terminal Two NEG(-)

Cable for the terminal NEG(-)_1 terminals and
DC Junction terminals and one RTN(+)
Box in a one RTN(+)_1 terminal on
BTS3900AL terminal near the DC
the Output1 junction box
silkscreen on
the
PDU03D-01
13 6.2.5 OT Junction boxes 3V3 connector PWR port on

CCU01D-03 terminal on the inner the
Power Cable (M4) left and right CCU01D-03
walls of the
cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
14 HAU01A-01 OT AC junction C13 connector AC_IN port

power cable (in terminal box on the on a heater
the cabinet) (M4) inner left wall
(optional) of the cabinet
Transmission Cable
Table 2-73 lists the transmission cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-74 lists the
transmission cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-73 Transmission cables and CPRI electrical cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
1 7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE Depending on External

connector port on the the external transmission
UELP in the equipment equipment
surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
2 7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 and FE1 RJ45 Routing

Ethernet Cable connector ports near the connector device
OUTSIDE
silkscreen on
the UFLP in
the surge
protection
subrack for
transmission
signals
3 7.3 FE/GE LC l FE1 port l FC Routing

Fiber Optic connector on the connector device
Cable GTMU, l SC
WMPT, or connector
UTRP
l LC
l SFP0 or connector
SFP1 port
on the
LMPT

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-74 Transmission cables installed before delivery


r Position Position
1 7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 INSIDE port DB26 E1/T1 port on

Protection connector on the UELP connector the GTMU,
Transfer Cable in the surge WMPT, or
protection UTRP
subrack for
transmission
signals
2 7.7 FE/GE RJ45 l FE0 port RJ45 FE0 port near

Surge connector on the connector the INSIDE
Protection GTMU or silkscreen on
Transfer Cable WMPT the UFLP in
l FE0 or the surge
FE1 port protection
on the subrack for
LMPT transmission
signals
3 7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on RJ45 FE0 port on

Interconnection connector the GTMU connector the WMPT
Cable Between
FE/GE
Electrical Ports
4 7.5 LC FE1 port on LC connector FE1 port on

Interconnection connector the GTMU the WMPT
Cable Between
FE/GE Optical
Ports
Signal Cable
Table 2-75 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite. Table 2-76 lists the signal cables that
have been installed before delivery.


r Position Position
1 8.4.13 BBU DLC M0 or M1 port DLC CI port on the

Interconnection connector on the UCIU connector UMPT
Signal Cables

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
2 8.2.28 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 External alarm

Alarm Cable connector or connector device
EXT_ALM1
port on the
UPEU or
UEIU
3 8.2.4 Signal RJ45 FE_L port on RJ45 FE_R port on

Cables for connector the CCU connector the CCU
connecting
Cascaded
CCUs
4 8.2.14 CMUEA- RJ45 D_COM7 port RJ45 COM_IN port

CCU connector on the CCU connector on the
Monitoring CMUEA in
Signal Cable the TMC11H
(Ver.D)
5 8.2.5 CCU-BBU RJ45 U_COM1 port RJ45 MON0 port on

Monitoring connector on the CCU connector the UPEU or
Signal Cable UEIU
6 8.4.4 EMUA/ RJ45 RS-485 port RJ45 COM_OUT

EMUB connector on the EMUA connector port on the
Monitoring COM or COM-485 HAU01A-01
Signal Cable port on the
EMUB
7 8.4.11 GPS SMA male GPS port on Type N female Protect port on
Clock Signal connector the USCU connector the GPS surge
Cable protector
8 8.4.12 GPS Type N Surge port on Type N male GPS antenna

Jumper male the GPS surge connector
connector protector
9 Adapter used USB USB(1) port on Network Ethernet cable

for local connector the UMPT in a connector
maintenance BBU
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List


r Position Position
1 8.1.1 PMU- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM2 port

CCU connector on the PMU connector on the CCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
2 8.2.15 CMUF- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM0 port

CCU connector on the CMUF connector on the CCU
Monitoring
Signal Cable
3 8.2.11 Signal RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 COM_OUT

Cables for connector on the connector port on the
connecting HAU01A-01 HAU01A-01
Cascaded
HAU01A-01s
4 HAU01A-01 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM3 port

Monitoring connector on the connector on the CCU
Signal Cable HAU01A-01
5 8.4.1 Bare wire Door Status Bare wire GATE port on

Monitoring Sensor the CCU
Signal Cables
for Door Status
Sensors
6 8.3.2 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM1 port

FAU03D-01 connector on the connector on the CCU
Monitoring FAU03D-01
Signal Cable
7 8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU RJ45 ELU port on

Signal Cable connector connector the CCU
8 8.4.6 2-pin wire AC surge Cord end IN1 port on

Monitoring terminal protection port terminal the CCU
Signal Cable block on the
for the AC PDU05A-01
Surge
Protection
Module
9 Monitoring 4-pin Temperature Temperature Temperature

signal cable for connector sensor in the sensor sensor in the
the device device
temperature compartment: compartment
sensor in the TEM0 port on
device the CMUF
compartment

Cables 2 Cable List

r Position Position
Monitoring 4-pin Temperature Temperature Temperature

signal cable for connector sensor in the sensor sensor in the
the device RF
temperature compartment: compartment
RF the
compartment FAU03D-01
Monitoring 4-pin Temperature Temperature Temperature

signal cable for connector sensor in the sensor sensor on the
the device front door
temperature compartment:
front door the CMUF
10 8.2.5 CCU-BBU RJ45 U_COM0 port RJ45 MON0 port on

Monitoring connector on the CCU connector the UPEU or
Signal Cable UEIU
10 8.4.1 Bare wire Door status Bare wire GATE port on

Monitoring sensor a CCU01D-03
Signal Cables
for Door Status
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
11 8.3.9 Temperatur Temperature 4-pin TEM port on a

Monitoring e sensor sensor on the connector CCU01D-03
Signal Cables inner left wall
for of the cabinet
Temperature
Sensors (in an
IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
12 8.4.2 ELU RJ45 ELU on the RJ45 ELU port on a

Signal Cable (in connector inner left wall connector CCU01D-03
an IBBS300D/ of the cabinet
IBBS300T)
13 8.3.10 RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 D_COM0 port

HAU01A-01 connector on a heater connector on a
Monitoring CCU01D-03
Signal Cable
(optional)

Cables 2 Cable List
CPRI Electrical Cable

Inter-cabinet CPRI electrical cables need to be installed onsite. CPRI electrical cables in the
cabinets have been installed before delivery. The following table describes their connections.


Position Position
1 9.1 CPRI SFP20 CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on

Electrical Cable male the GTMU, connector an RFU
(inter-cabinet connector UBRI, WBBP,
CPRI electrical or LBBP
cables)
2 9.1 CPRI SFP20 CPRI port on SFP20 male CPRI port on

Electrical Cable male the GTMU, connector an RFU
(CPRI electrical connector WBBP, or
cables in the LBBP
cabinet)
RF Cable
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table describes the RF cable
connections.


r Position Position
1 10.1 RF DIN elbow Antenna DIN straight ANT_TX/RX

Jumpers male feeder male A or
connector connector ANT_RXB
port on an
RFU
2 10.2 Inter-RFU QMA RX OUTA QMA elbow RX INB port

RF Signal elbow male port on an male on another
Cable connector RFU connector RFU
2.5 DBS3900 Cable Lists

The DBS3900 cable lists include the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900,
BBU cable list, and RRU cable list.

Cables 2 Cable List
Cable Lists for the Supported Cabinets

The following table lists the links to the lists of cables for the cabinets used by the DBS3900.
Table 2-79 Links to the cable lists for the supported cabinets
Supported Cabinet Cable List
APM30H (Ver.B) APM30H (Ver.B) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.B) TMC11H (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.B) IBBS200D (Ver.B) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS200T (Ver.B) cable list
APM30H (Ver.C) APM30H (Ver.C) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.C) TMC11H (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.C) IBBS200D (Ver.C) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.C) IBBS200T (Ver.C) cable list
APM30H (Ver.D) APM30H (Ver.D) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.D) TMC11H (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.D) IBBS200D (Ver.D) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.D) IBBS200T (Ver.D) cable list
APM30H (Ver.E) APM30H (Ver.E) cable list
TMC11H (Ver.E) TMC11H (Ver.E) cable list
IBBS200D (Ver.E) IBBS200D (Ver.E) cable list
IBBS200T (Ver.E) IBBS200T (Ver.E) cable list
IBBS700D IBBS700D cable list
IBBS700T IBBS700T cable list
IBBS300T IBBS300T cable list
IBBS20L IBBS20L cable list
IBBS20L-E IBBS20L-E cable list
IBC10 IBC10 cable list
MRE1000 MRE1000 cable List
IMB05 IMB05 Cable List
ILC29 (Ver.E) ILC29 (Ver.E) Cable List

Cables 2 Cable List
BBU Cable List

The following table lists BBU3900&BBU3910 cables.
Table 2-80 BBU3900&BBU3910 cable list

Connector Connection Connector Connection

Position Position
BBU PGND OT terminal Ground OT terminal External

Cable (M4, 6 mm2 terminal on the (M8, 6 mm2 ground bar
[0.009 in.2]) BBU [0.009 in.2])
6.4.2 BBU Power 3V3 connector "-48V" port on Depending on Depending on

Cable the UPEU in a the power the power
BBU equipment equipment
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male "E1/T1" port Depending on External

connector on the UMPT, site transmission
GTMU, UELP, requirements equipment
WMPT, or
UTRP in a
BBU
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB26 male "E1/T1" port DB25 "INSIDE" port
Protection connector on the UMPT, connector on the UELP in
Transfer Cable GTMU, the SLPU
WMPT, or
UTRP in a
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 connector l "FE0" port RJ45 connector External

Ethernet Cable near the transmission
OUTSIDE equipment
silkscreen
on the
UFLP in a
BBU
l "FE0" port
on the
UMPT,
GTMU, or
WMPT in a
BBU
l "FE/GE"
port on the
UTRP in a
BBU
l "FE/GE"
port on the
LMPT in a
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 connector "FE0" port on RJ45 connector "FE0" port near
Protection the UMPT, the INSIDE
Transfer Cable GTMU, or silkscreen on
WMPT in a the UFLP in
BBU the SLPU
"FE/GE" port
on the UTRP in
a BBU
7.4 RJ45 connector "FE0" port on RJ45 connector "FE0" port on

Interconnection the WMPT in a the GTMU in a
Cable Between BBU BBU
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC connector "FE1" port on LC connector "FE1" port on

Interconnection the WMPT in a the GTMU in a
FE/GE Optical
Ports
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC connector "FE1" port on FC, SC, or LC External

Optic Cable the WMPT, connector transmission
GTMU, LMPT, equipment
or UMPT in a
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
9.2 CPRI Fiber DLC connector CPRI port on DLC connector "CPRI_W"
Optic Cable the GTMU, port on an
WBBP, LBBP, RRU
or UBRI in a
BBU
8.2.2 APMI-BBU RJ45 connector "MON1" port Twisted pair "TX+", "TX-",
Monitoring on the UPEU "RX+", or
Signal Cable or UEIU in a "RX-" port on
BBU an APMI
8.2.13 HEUA- RJ45 connector "MON1" port RJ45 connector "COM_IN"

BBU Monitoring on the UPEU port on an
Signal Cable or UEIU in a HEUA
BBU
CMUA-BBU RJ45 connector "MON1" port RJ45 connector "COM_IN"

Monitoring Signal on the UPEU port on a
Cable or UEIU in a CMUA
BBU
CMUE-BBU RJ45 connector "MON1" port RJ45 connector "COM_IN"

Monitoring Signal on the UPEU port on a
Cable or UEIU in a CMUE
BBU
8.2.21 CMUEA- RJ45 connector "MON1" port RJ45 connector "COM_IN"

BBU Monitoring on the UPEU port on a
Signal Cable or UEIU in a CMUEA
BBU
8.4.4 EMUA/ RJ45 connector "MON1" port DB9 male "RS-485" port
EMUB on the UPEU connector on an EMUA
Monitoring or UEIU in a
Signal Cable BBU
8.1.13 PSU RJ45 connector "EXT-ALM0" Cord end ALM terminal

(EPW25-24S48D port on the terminal on the PSU
) Monitoring UPEU or (DC/DC)
Signal Cable UEIU in a
BBU
8.1.14 PSU RJ45 connector "EXT-ALM0" RJ45 connector "RESENT"

(EPW25-24S48D port on the port on a PSU
) In-Position UPEU or (DC/DC)
Signal Cable UEIU in a
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.2.28 BBU RJ45 connector "EXT-ALM0" RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable port on the device
UPEU or
UEIU in a
BBU
8.4.11 GPS SMA male "GPS" port on Type N female GPS surge
Clock Signal connector the LMPT, connector protector
Cable USCU, or
UMPTa6 in a
BBU
8.4.13 BBU DLC connector M0 to M4 ports DLC connector "CI" port on

Interconnection on the UCIU in the UMPT in a
Signal Cables a BBU BBU
8.4.14 Cable DB15 male "GCK" port on MD36 or DCTB or

Between Two connector the UCIU in a DB15 male DGLUb
Combined Base BBU connector
Stations
8.4.15 Adapter USBa USBa port on Network Ethernet cable

Used for Local connector the UMPT in a connector
Maintenance BBU
NOTE
RRU Cable List

For the RRU cable list, see the related RRU hardware description, for example, RRU3926
Hardware Description.
2.6 BTS3900C Cable List

This section describes cable lists when the BTS3900C is configured with different types of
cabinets.
2.6.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of cables, such as PGND
cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed
onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery, the cable list provides a reference
for onsite installation of cables.

Cables 2 Cable List
PGND Cable
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable
connections.
Table 2-81 PGND cable

Connecto Installation Connecto Installation Position

r Position r
OMB PGND OT Ground bar at OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal the bottom of terminal cabinet
the OMB
RRU PGND OT Ground bar at OT Ground terminal on

cable terminal the bottom of terminal the RRU
the OMB
Power Cables
Table 2-82 and Table 2-83 list power cables for AC cabinets. Table 2-84 and Table 2-85 list
power cables for DC cabinets.
Table 2-82 Power cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)


Position Position
6.1.2.12 3-pin male AC power input Cord end SPD ALM

EPS30-4815AF connector port on the terminal terminals on the
Power Cable EPS30-4815AF AC surge
protection box
6.2.6 HEUA H4 DC output port 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector LOAD1 on the on the HEUA
EPS30-4815AF

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-83 Power cables to be installed onsite (in an AC cabinet)


Position Position
6.4.6 SPD Power OT terminal L, N, and PE Depending on External power

Cable terminals on the the external equipment
AC surge power
protection box equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power H4 DC output port 3V3 connector -48V port on

Cable connector LOAD1 on the the UPEU
EPS30-4815AF
6.4.4 RRU Power OT terminal RRU wiring Depending on RTN(+) and

Cable terminal on the the RRU type NEG(-)
EPS30-4815AF terminals on the
RRU
Table 2-84 Power cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)


Position Position
6.2.6 HEUA OT terminal LOAD7 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable terminal on the on the HEUB
DCDU-03B
Table 2-85 Power cables to be installed onsite (in a DC cabinet)


Position Position
6.4.2 BBU Power OT terminal LOAD6 3V3 connector -48V port on

Cable terminal on the the UPEU
DCDU-03B
6.1.1.2 OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

DCDU-03B NEG(-) the external equipment
Power Cable terminals on the power
DCDU-03B equipment
6.4.4 RRU Power OT terminal LOAD0 Depending on RTN(+) and

Cable terminal on the the RRU type NEG(-)
DCDU-03B terminals on the
RRU

Cables 2 Cable List
Transmission Cables
Table 2-86 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery. Table 2-87
lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.


Position Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 INSIDE port on DB26 connector E1/T1 port on
Protection connector the UELP in the the GTMU,
Transfer Cable BBU WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 l FE0 port on RJ45 connector FE0 port at the
Protection connector the GTMU INSIDE label
Transfer Cable or WMPT in on the UFLP in
the BBU the BBU
l FE0 or FE1
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
Table 2-87 Transmission cables to be installed onsite


Position Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE port Depending on External

connector on the UELP in the external transmission
the BBU transmission equipment
equipment
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port at the RJ45 connector Routing device
Ethernet Cable connector OUTSIDE label
on the UFLP in
the BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC l FE1 port on l FC Routing device

Optic Cable connector the GTMU, connector
WMPT, or l SC
UTRP in the connector
BBU
l LC
l SFP0 or connector
SFP1 port
on the
LMPT in the
BBU
9.2 CPRI Fiber DLC l CPRI port DLC connector CPRI_W or

Optic Cable connector on the CPRI0 port on
GTMU or the RRU
UBRI in the
BBU
l CPRI port
on the
WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port
on the LBBP
in the BBU
Signal Cables
Table 2-88 and Table 2-89 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-90 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-88 Signal cables installed before delivery (in an AC cabinet)


Position Position
8.4.1 Monitoring Bare wire Door status Bare wire GATE port on
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUA
Door Status
Sensors
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin IntFAN port on 5-pin connector Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA monitoring port
the OMB Fan for the inner air
Assembly circulation fan

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin ExtFAN port on Round Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA waterproof monitoring port
the OMB Fan connector for the outer air
8.2.1 PMU- RJ45 COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN port

HEUA connector port on the on the PMU in
Monitoring HEUA the
Signal Cable EPS30-4815AF
8.4.15 Adapter USB 3.0 USBa port on Ethernet Network cable

Used for Local connector the UMPT in connector
Maintenance the BBU
Table 2-89 Signal cables installed before delivery (in a DC cabinet)


Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUA
Door Status
Sensors
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin IntFAN port on 5-pin connector Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA monitoring port
the OMB Fan for the inner air
8.3.8 Monitoring 4-pin ExtFAN port on Round Power and

Signal Cable for connector the HEUA waterproof monitoring port
the OMB Fan connector for the outer air
8.4.15 Adapter USB 3.0 USBa port on Ethernet Network cable

Maintenance the BBU
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female Protect port on
Signal Cable connector USCU in the connector the GPS surge
BBU protector
8.2.13 HEUA- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

BBU Monitoring connector on the HEUA the UPEU in the
Signal Cable BBU
8.2.28 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable connector port on the device
UPEU or UEIU
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-91 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite


Position Position

GTMU or the RRU
UBRI in the
BBU
l CPRI port
on the
WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port
on the LBBP
in the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-92 RF cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
10.1 RF Jumpers DIN male ANT_TX/RXA DIN male Antenna system

connector or connector
ANT_TX/RXB
port on the
RRU
8.4.9 RRU AISG Waterproofe RET port on the Standard AISG Standard AISG
Multi-Wire Cable d DB9 male RRU female male connector
connector connector on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire
cable
8.4.10 RRU AISG Standard Standard AISG Standard AISG Standard AISG
Extension Cable AISG male female female male connector
connector connector on connector on the RCU
the AISG
extension cable
2.6.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Cable List

The cable list includes connector types and installation positions of the cables, such as PGND
cables, power cables, transmission cables and signal cables. Some cables need to be installed
onsite, and some cables have been installed before delivery. The cable list provides reference
for the installation of cables.
PGND Cables
PGND cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the PGND cable
connections.
Connecto Installation Connecto Installation Position

r Position r
OMB PGND OT Ground bar at OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal the bottom of terminal cabinet
the OMB
RRU PGND OT Ground terminal OT Ground bar outside the

cable terminal on the RRU terminal cabinet

Cables 2 Cable List
Power Cables
Table 2-94 and Table 2-95 list the power cables for an AC cabinet. Table 2-96 and Table
2-97 list the power cables for a DC cabinet.
Table 2-94 Power cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery


Position Position
6.1.2.11 OT terminal L/L1 and N/L2 Cord end L/N, N/L, and
ETP48100-A1 terminals on the terminal PE ports on the
Power Cable INPUT side of AC surge
the ETP48100- protection box
A1
OT terminal PDU10D-01
6.2.7 HEUB EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector the PDU10D-01 on the HEUB
6.1.3.1 OT terminal RTN0(+) and OT terminal RTN(+) and

PDU10D-01 NEG0(-) NEG(-)
Power Cable terminals near terminals near
the OUTPUT the INTPUT:
silkscreen on -48V silkscreen
the ETP48100- on the
A1 PDU10D-01
Table 2-95 Power cables in an AC cabinet to be installed onsite


Position Position
6.1.3.1 OT terminal INPUT: AC Depending on External power

PDU10D-01 silkscreen on the external equipment
Power Cable the PDU10D-01 power
equipment
6.4.2 BBU Power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector -48V port on
Cable connector the PDU10D-01 the UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power EPC4 LOAD0 port on Depending on RTN(+) and

Cable connector the PDU10D-01 the RRU type NEG(-) ports on
the RRU

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-96 Power cables in a DC cabinet installed before delivery


Position Position
6.2.7 HEUB EPC4 LOAD9 port on 3V3 connector DC INPUT port

Power Cable connector the PDU10D-01 on the HEUB
Table 2-97 Power cables in a DC cabinet to be installed onsite


Position Position
6.1.3.1 OT terminal RTN(+) and Depending on External power

PDU10D-01 NEG(-) the external equipment
Power Cable terminals near power
the INTPUT: equipment
-48V silkscreen
on the
PDU10D-01
6.4.2 BBU Power EPC4 LOAD6 port on 3V3 connector -48V port on
Cable connector the PDU10D-01 the UPEU
6.4.4 RRU Power EPC4 LOAD0 port on Depending on RTN(+) and

Cable connector the PDU10D-01 the RRU type NEG(-) ports on
the RRU
Transmission Cables
Table 2-98 lists the transmission cables that have been installed before delivery Table 2-99
lists the transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.


Position Position
7.2 E1/T1 Surge DB25 male INSIDE port on DB26 male E1/T1 port on
Protection connector the UELP in the connector the GTMU,
Transfer Cable BBU WMPT, or
UTRP in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.7 FE/GE Surge RJ45 l FE0 port on RJ45 connector FE0 port near
Protection connector the GTMU the INSIDE
Transfer Cable or WMPT in silkscreen on
the BBU the UFLP in the
l FE0 or FE1 BBU
port on the
LMPT in the
BBU
7.4 RJ45 FE0 port on the RJ45 connector FE0 port on the
Interconnection connector GTMU in the WMPT in the
FE/GE Electrical
Ports
7.5 LC FE1 port on the LC connector FE1 port on the

Interconnection connector GTMU in the WMPT in the
FE/GE Optical
Ports
Table 2-99 Transmission cables and CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite

Position Position
7.1 E1/T1 Cable DB26 male OUTSIDE port Depending on External

connector on the UELP in the external transmission
the BBU transmission equipment
equipment
7.6 FE/GE RJ45 FE0 port near RJ45 connector Routing device
Ethernet Cable connector the OUTSIDE
silkscreen on
the UFLP in the
BBU

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
7.3 FE/GE Fiber LC l FE1 port on l FC Routing device

Optic Cable connector the GTMU, connector
WMPT, or l SC
UTRP in the connector
BBU
l LC
l SFP0 or connector
SFP1 port
on the
LMPT in the
BBU
Signal Cables
Table 2-100 and Table 2-101 list the signal cables that have been installed before delivery.
Table 2-102 lists the signal cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-100 Signal cables installed in an AC cabinet before delivery


Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUB
Door Status
Sensors
Monitoring signal 4-pin IntFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the connector the HEUB monitoring port
inner air for the inner air
circulation fan circulation fan
Monitoring signal 4-pin ExtFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

cable for the connector the HEUB monitoring port
outer air for the outer air
8.1.9 PMU 11A- RJ45 COM_OUT RJ45 connector COM_IN port

HEUB connector port on the on the PMU
Monitoring HEUB 11A on the
Signal Cable ETP48100-A1
8.4.2 ELU Signal RJ45 RJ45 port on RJ45 connector ELU port on the
Cable connector the ELU HEUB

Cables 2 Cable List

Position Position
8.4.15 Adapter USB3.0 USBa port on Network Ethernet cable

Maintenance the BBU
Table 2-101 Signal cables installed in a DC cabinet before delivery


Position Position
Signal Cables for sensor the HEUB
Door Status
Sensors
Monitoring 4-pin IntFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

signal cable for connector the HEUB monitoring port
the inner air for the inner air
Monitoring 4-pin ExtFAN port on 4-pin connector Power and

signal cable for connector the HEUB monitoring port
the outer air for the outer air
8.4.2 ELU Signal RJ45 RJ45 port on RJ45 connector ELU port on the
Cable connector the ELU HEUB
8.4.15 Adapter USB3.0 USBa port on Network Ethernet cable

Maintenance the BBU
NOTE

Cables 2 Cable List


Position Position
8.4.11 GPS Clock SMA male GPS port on the Type N female Protect port on
Signal Cable connector USCU in the connector the GPS surge
BBU protector
8.2.12 HEUB- RJ45 COM_IN port RJ45 connector MON1 port on

BBU Monitoring connector on the HEUB the UPEU in the
Signal Cable BBU
8.2.28 BBU RJ45 EXT_ALM0 RJ45 connector External alarm

Alarm Cable connector port on the device
UPEU or UEIU
CPRI Cables
The following table lists the CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite.
Table 2-103 CPRI fiber optic cables to be installed onsite


Position Position

GTMU or the RRU
UBRI in the
BBU
l CPRI port
on the
WBBP in
the BBU
l CPRI port
on the LBBP
in the BBU
RF Cables
All RF cables need to be installed onsite. The following table lists the RF cable connections.

Cables 2 Cable List
Table 2-104 RF cables to be installed onsite


Position Position
10.1 RF Jumpers DIN male ANT_TX/RXA DIN male Antenna system

connector or connector
ANT_TX/RXB
port on the
RRU
8.4.10 RRU AISG Waterproofe RET port on the Standard AISG Standard AISG
Extension Cable d DB9 male RRU female male connector
connector connector on the RCU or
on the AISG
multi-wire
cable
8.4.9 RRU AISG Standard Standard AISG Standard AISG Standard AISG
Multi-Wire Cable AISG male female female male connector
connector connector on connector on the RCU
the AISG
extension cable

Cables 3 Cable Connections
3 Cable Connections
About This Chapter
This chapter describes cable connections for 3900 series base station, including power cable
connections, transmission cable connections, monitoring signal cable connections, BBU
interconnection signal cable connections, CPRI cable connections, and RF cable connections.
3.1 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections
Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards
and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes
transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode
base stations.
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections
This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.
3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections
This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are
configured.
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections
CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.6 RF Cable Connections
Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.
3.1 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A,
BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

3.1.1 BTS3900 Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is configured with
different types of cabinets.
3.1.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 110 V
AC or 220 V AC, -48 V DC, and +24 V DC power.
Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 110 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC
three-phase, and 220 V AC single-phase power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V
AC three-phase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet (110
V/220 V).
Figure 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.
Table 3-1 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

No. Description
P1 to P6 For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P7 For details, see 6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables.
P8 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

No. Description
P11 and P12 For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable.
P13 For details, see 6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Table 3-2 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).

Figure 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)
The following table describes the power cables in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V).
Table 3-3 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

No. Description
P25 to P28 For details, see 6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900
cabinet is stacked on a PS4890.

Figure 3-4 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a
PS4890
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900
cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side.

Figure 3-5 Power cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are
installed side by side
The following table describes the power cables between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890.
Table 3-4 Power cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
No. Description
3.1.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900 power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and
-48 V DC input scenarios.

The power supply to the BTS3900 cabinet (AC) can be 220 V AC three-phase, 220 V AC
single-phase, and 110 V dual-live-wire power. This section uses a cabinet powered by 220 V
AC three-phase power as an example.
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.

Figure 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet.
Table 3-5 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

No. Description
P7 For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable.
P8 and P9 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P10 and P11 For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable.
P12 and P13 For details, see 6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).

Figure 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V).
Table 3-6 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description
P7 For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power Cable.
3.1.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 cabinet supplied with 220 V
AC and -48 V DC power.
Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one
BTS3900 AC cabinet and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Figure 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one
BTS3900 AC cabinet.
Table 3-7 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description
P1 For details, see EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power Cable.
P8 For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable.
P11 For details, see DCDU-12A Power Cable.
P12 For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.
P13 to P21 For details, see RRU Power Cable.

BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1
IMS06 (for power backup)
BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for power backup).
Table 3-8 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1
IMS06 (for power backup)
No. Description

No. Description
P22 to P24 For details, see Storage Battery Power Cable.
BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Figure 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet
+1 IMS06 (for transmission)

BTS3900 AC cabinet and one IMS06 (for transmission).
Table 3-9 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900 AC cabinet+1
IMS06 (for transmission)
No. Description

BTS3900 DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-11 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC
cabinet

BTS3900 DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.
Table 3-10 Power cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with one BTS3900 DC cabinet
No. Description
P12 and P13 For details, see DCDU-12B Power Cable.
3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is configured with
BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
3.1.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure
shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Figure 3-12 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L
No. Description
P1 to P4 For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power

Cable.
P13 and P14 For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.
3.1.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900L.
The BTS3900L can work only in -48 V DC power supply scenario. The following figure
shows the power cable connections in a fully configured BTS3900L.

Figure 3-13 Power cable connections in a BTS3900L

No. Description
P0 to P5, P10 to P15 For details, see 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P6 to P16 For details, see 6.3.1.9 FAN 03B Power

Cable.
P9 For details, see 6.4.9 GATM Power Cable.
P17 to P20 For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power

Cable.

3.1.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of a BTS3900L cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.
Figure 3-14 Power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario

Table 3-13 Power cable connections

No. Description
P6 and P16 For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power

Cable.
P9 For details, see EPU05A-02 Power Cable.

Cable.
Power Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario, using the
BTS3900L cabinet in full configuration as an example.

Figure 3-15 Power cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario
Table 3-14 Power cable connections

No. Description
P6 and P16 For details, see 6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power

Cable.

Cable.

NOTE
When the BTS3900L cabinet is configured with RFUs and RRUs, the BBU is installed below the lower
DCDU-12A, the DCDU-12B is installed below the BBU, and the LOAD0 to LOAD8 ports on the
DCDU-12B supply power to the nine RRUs.
3.1.3 BTS3900A Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is configured with
enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and
BTS3900A (Ver.D).
3.1.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A power cable connections in 110 V AC, 220 V AC, and
Power Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode
BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H.
Figure 3-16 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with
1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-15 Power cable connections for a single- or dual-mode BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P0 For details, see 6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS

01C Power Cable.
P2 For details, see 6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power

Cable.
P9 For details, see 6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power

Cable.

Cables.
P11 For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a

Power Distribution Box.
P15 to P17 For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power

Cable.
P12 and P14 For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables
in an IBBS200D.
P13 For details, see 6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power

Cable.

Cable.
BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

01C Power Cable.

Cable.

Cable.

Cables.
P11, P13 For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a


No. Description

Cable.
in an IBBS200D.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs and 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.
Figure 3-18 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-17 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

01C Power Cable.

No. Description

Cable.

Cable.

Cables.
P11, P13 For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a


Cable.
in an IBBS200D.
Power Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Input Scenario

BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC
are the same as those in the first RFC.

1 RFC+1 TMC11H
RFC+1 TMC11H
No. Description

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.

Cables.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A
configured with two BBUs 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs.

Figure 3-20 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
+2 TMC11Hs
Table 3-19 Power cable connections for a triple-mode BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+2
TMC11Hs
No. Description

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.

Cables.

3.1.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900A configured with 1
RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H in 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenarios.
Figure 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H
+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
The following table describes the power cable connections.

Table 3-20 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1
IBBS200D+1 TMC11H
No. Cable Description
P0 For details, see 6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or

EPU03A-04 Power Cable.
P2 and P19 For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power

Cable.
P9 For details, see 6.3.1.7 FAN 02B Power

Cable.

Cable.


Cable.
in an IBBS200D.

Cable.

Cable.
P20 For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an

AC Junction Box.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds.

Figure 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs
+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-21 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs
+2 IBBS200Ds

P2 and P19 For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.
P11 and P13 For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a

in an IBBS200D.

Cable.
P18 It is a power cable between the cascaded

fans in a battery cabinet.

AC Junction Box.
Power Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

RFC+1 TMC11H in -48 V DC input scenarios.
NOTE
When the BTS3900A is expanded to 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H, the power cable connections in the second RFC
are the same as those in the first RFC.
Figure 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H

Table 3-22 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
P0 For details, see 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the

DC Junction Box in an RFC.

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.
P11 For details, see 6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power

Cable.
3.1.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Power Cable Connections

-48 V DC input scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the
connections on both ends of each cable.

NOTE
If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures showing
power cable connections.
RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a base station with the preceding configurations
when BBU 1 is installed in the APM30H. When BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H, the power cable
connections are the same.

Figure 3-24 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H
+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
Table 3-23 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H
No. Description
P0 See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

Power Cable.
P1 See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P2 See 6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC

Junction Box in an RFC.
P3 to P8 See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables.
P9 See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable.
P10 See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable.
P11 See 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box.

No. Description
P15 to P17 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.
P12 See 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an

IBBS200D.
P13 See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable.
P14 See 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC

Junction Box.

IBBS200D.
P19 See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable.
P20 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.
NOTE

No. Description
P0 See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

Power Cable.

P11, P15 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

No. Description

IBBS300D.

Junction Box.
P16, P17 See 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between

Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.
NOTE
Figure 3-26 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H
+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

Table 3-25 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D
+1 TMC11H
No. Description
P0 See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

Power Cable
P1 See 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

Junction Box in an RFC
P3 to P8 See 6.4.3 RFU Power Cables
P9 See 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable
P10 See 6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable

Distribution Box.
P15 to P17 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable
P12 Power cable for the fan in the IBBS700D
P13 See 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable

Junction Box
P18 See 6.3.8 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System
P19 See 6.1.1.7 DCDU-12A Power Cable
P20 See 6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable
P21 See 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable
RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.
NOTE

Figure 3-27 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
Table 3-26 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds
+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
No. Description
P0 See 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

Power Cable.


Distribution Box.
P15 to P17 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

IBBS200D.

No. Description

Junction Box.
P19 See 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.

IBBS200D.
P21 to P29 See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.
P30 See 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.

RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-28 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Table 3-27 Power cables in a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No. Description

RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-29 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9
RRUs

Table 3-28 Power cables in a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs
No. Description

P12 to P20 See 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.
P21 See 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable.
3.1.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Power Cable Connections

-48 V DC input scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the
Power cable connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC input scenario

NOTE
l This section describes the power cable connections in a scenario where BBU 1 is installed in an
APM30H. The cable connections to BBU 1 in a TMC11H are the same as those in this scenario.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures
showing power cable connections.
l The power cable connections of an IBBS200D are the same as those of an IBBS200T. This section
uses an IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of an IBBS300D are the same as those of an IBBS300T. This section
uses an IBBS300D as an example.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H


No. Description


P9 For details, see 6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power

Cable.
P10 For details, see 6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power

Cable.

No. Description


Cable.
P12 For details, see 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables

in an IBBS200D.

Cable.

AC Junction Box.

Cable.
P19 For details, see Power Cable Between

Cascaded Power Distribution Boxes.
2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H


No. Description



Cable.

Cable.

No. Description
P11 and P15 For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power

Cable.
P12 For details, see 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in

an IBBS300D.

Cable.

AC Junction Box.
P16 and P17 For details, see 6.1.4.5 Power Cable

Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in
Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.

Cable.
1 RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs
RFC+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs.
Figure 3-32 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H
+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs

Table 3-31 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+2
IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs
No. Description



Cable.

Cable.


Cable.

in an IBBS200D.

Cable.

AC Junction Box.

Cable.
P19 For details, see 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable.
P20 For details, see 6.4.10 ODM06D Power

Cable.

2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs

RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs.

No. Description



Cable.

Cable.


Cable.

No. Description

in an IBBS200D.

Cable.

AC Junction Box.

Cable.


2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
RFCs+1 TMC11H in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H

Table 3-33 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
No. Description


Cable.
P9 For details, see FAN 02E Power Cable.
P10 For details, see FAN 01D Power Cable.

Cable.
RFC+1 TMC11H+15 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.

Figure 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
+15 RRUs
Table 3-34 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 1 RFC+1 TMC11H
+15 RRUs
No. Description


Cable.

Cable.

No. Description
P13 For details, see 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power

Cable.
RFCs+1 TMC11H+9 RRUs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-36 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 12 RFCs+1 TMC11H
+9 RRUs
Table 3-35 Power cable connections for a base station configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H
+9 RRUs
No. Description


No. Description

Cable.

Cable.
P13 For details, see 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power

Cable.
3.1.3.5 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,
220 V AC, and -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H

+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable
connections.

Figure 3-37 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
Table 3-36 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1
No. Description
P0 Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P1 Input power cable for the APM30H
P2 and P9 CMUEA power cables
P3 and P16 to P18 Power cables for the battery cabinet
P4 Input power cable for the RFC
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable
P7 Input power cable for the TMC11H
P8 Power cable between cascaded

DCDU-13As

No. Description
P10 to P15 RFU power cables

TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
Table 3-37 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 and P5 CMUEA power cables
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable

No. Description
3.1.3.6 BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A supplied with 110 V AC,

NOTE
When a BTS3900A is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1

BBC+2 RFCs are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs

Table 3-38 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 Input power cables for the APM30
P2 and P9 CMUEA power cable
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable
P7 Input power cable for the TMC
P8 Power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As

TMC+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-40 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs

Table 3-39 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P1 and P5 CMUEA power cable
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
3.1.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) that is
supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation
and maintenance.

NOTE
When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally
configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. The power cable
connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs.
No. Description
P1 Input power cables for the APM30H
P2 Power cable for the fan assembly in the

APM30H
P3 and P17 BBU power cables
P4 Input power cables for the TMC11H
P5 Power cables for the IBBS200T
P6 TEC power cables in the IBBS200T
P7 Input power cables for the RFC
P8 EMUA or EMUB power cable

No. Description
P9 to P14 RFU power cable

DCDU-13As

TMC11H
P19 and P20 Power cables for storage batteries
P21 Power transfer cable for the TEC in the

front door

TMC11H+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-42 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
TMC11H+2 RFCs.

Table 3-41 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description
P2 RFC power cable

TMC11H
P5 BBU power cables
3.1.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) that is
supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power to facilitate power cable installation
and maintenance.

NOTE
configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. The power cable connections in this
scenario are shown in the following figure.

BBC+2 RFCs
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs.
BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P2 Power cable with an 8-pin transfer terminal
P3 Power cable for an AC heater
P5 Input power cables for the TMC
P7 and P22 CMUH power cable
P8 Power cables for a battery cabinet

No. Description

DCDU-13As
P17 to P20 Power cables for storage batteries
P21 Power cables for the heating film of storage

batteries

TMC+2 RFCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-44 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
TMC+2 RFCs.

Table 3-43 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No. Description
P3 CMUH power cable
P4 BBU power cables
3.1.4 BTS3900AL Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.
3.1.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL supplied with -48 V
DC power and 110 V AC or 220 V AC power.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL configured with
one BTS3900AL DC cabinet and supplied with -48 V DC power.

Figure 3-45 Power cable connections (1)
Table 3-44 Power cable connections (1)

No. Description
P0 For details, see 6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable.
P1 to P4 For details, see 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P5 For details, see 6.2.4 CCU Power Cable.
P6 and P7 For details, see 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power

Cable.
P8 and P9 For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power

Cable.

DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL.

No. Description
P11, P12, and P13(1) For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power
Cable.
P23 For details, see 6.3.3 FAU03D-01 Power

Cable.
NOTE
(1) If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, two input power cables are used in the
BTS3900AL DC cabinet. If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, three input power cables
are used in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
The following figure shows the power cable connections for a BTS3900AL site configured
with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) and supplied with 110 V AC
or 220 V AC power.

Table 3-45 Power cables (2)

No. Description
P0 For details, see 6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power

Cable.
P7, P16, and P17 For details, see 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power
Cable.
P8 For details, see 6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power

Cable.
P9 and P11 For details, see 6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power

Cable.

Cable.
P12 and P15 For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an
AC Junction Box.

Cable.

Cable.

Cable.

with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+1 IBBS700D and supplied with 110 V AC or
220 V AC power. When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the power cable

No. Description

Cable.
Cable.

Cable.

Cable.
P12, P13, and P16 For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an
AC Junction Box.

Cable.

No. Description

Cable.
P27 to P30 For details, see 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a


Cable.
P34 For details, see 6.3.8 Power Cables for the

Temperature Control System.

with 1 BTS3900AL AC+1 BTS3900AL DC+2 IBBS300Ds and supplied with 110 V AC or
220 V AC power. When an IBBS300T instead of an IBBS300D is used, the power cable


No. Description

Cable.
Cable.

Cable.

Cable.
P12, P13, and P16 For details, see 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an
AC Junction Box.

Cable.

Cable.
P27 to P30 For details, see Power cables for the

battery cabinet.
P31 and P32 For details, see 6.1.4.9 Battery Power

Cable.
P33 For details, see 6.1.4.5 Power Cable

Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in
Different IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
P34 For details, see 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in

an IBBS300D.

3.1.5 Power Cable Connections in the DBS3900 (Using a BBU3900

or BBU3910)
This section describes power cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with different
types of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.

3.1.5.1 Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an MRE1000 used by a DBS3900.
Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

When an MRE1000 is configured with a BDU65-03, the power cables are used to provide
power for Book RRUs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the
following figure.
Figure 3-49 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

Table 3-48 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

No. Description
P1 6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable.
P2 6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly.
P3 and P4 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.
P5 and P6 EPU03A-21 Input Power Cable (Input from

Batteries).
P7 6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater.
P8 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

External Power Supply).
P11 6.4.5 SOU Power Cable.
P12 and P13 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.
P14 6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution

Box in the MRE1000.
P15~P22 ODM03H-01 Power Cable
Power Cable Connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

When an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet configured with an HSU (C2800G51), a
PDU08H-01 is required to supply power for the Easy Macro. The power cable connections in
this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-50 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet
Table 3-49 Power cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet
No. Description
P1 6.3.4 FAU01D-05 Power Cable.
P2 6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly.
P3 and P4 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable.

Batteries).
P7 8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the

PDU08H-01.

No. Description
P8 6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater.
P9 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable.

External Power Supply).
P12 to P14 6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable.
P15 6.4.5 SOU Power Cable.
P16 and P17 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable.
P18 6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution

Box in the MRE1000
P19~P26 ODM03H-02 Power Cable
3.1.5.2 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.E).
NOTE
l This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 21 RRUs as an
example.
l When a base station is configured with 1 to 6 RRUs, the EPU supplies power to all RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 15 RRUs, three PDU03D-02 modules need to be
installed in the EPU to supply power to the seventh to fifteenth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 16 to 21 RRUs, one PDU01D-01 needs to be installed
in the EPU to provide power for an ODM, and the ODM then provides the power to the
sixteenth to twenty-first RRUs.
l If a device is not configured, ignore the power cable connections for the device in the figures
showing power cable connections.
l The power cable connections of the IBBS200D are the same as those of the IBBS200T. This section
uses the IBBS200D as an example.
l The power cable connections of the IBBS300D are the same as those of the IBBS300T. This section
uses the IBBS300D as an example.
1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds.

Figure 3-51 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H
+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-50 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description
P0 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable
P1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P2 FAN 02E Power Cable
P3 BBU Power Cable
P4 Power Cable for a Power Distribution

Box

No. Description
P5 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D
P6 RRU Power Cables
P7 DCDU-12C Power Cable
P8 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9 ODM Power Cable
P10 Power Cable Between Cascaded Power

Distribution Boxes

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station with the
Figure 3-52 Power cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H
+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-51 Power cables in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H
+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
P0 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 Power Cable
P1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box
P3 BBU Power Cable
P4 Power Cable for a Power Distribution

Box
P5 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D
P6 RRU Power Cables
P8 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P9 ODM Power Cable
P10 and P11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC

Junction Boxes in Different IBBS300Ds
3.1.5.3 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H
(Ver.D).

NOTE
l When a base station is configured with 7 to 12 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the
BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs.
l When a base station is configured with 13 to 15 RRUs, a DCDU-12B must be installed below the
BBU to provide power for the seventh to twelfth RRUs, and an ODM must be configured to obtain
power from the DCDU-12B and provide the power to the remaining RRUs.
This section uses the power cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with 15 RRUs as an example.
When a single- or dual-mode base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1

TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
which converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the
power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200D (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is
configured below the BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the

Figure 3-53 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-52 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description
P1 and P11 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction

Box
P2 and P8 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable
P3 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P4 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable
P5 6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an

IBBS200T
P6 6.1.2.5 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Power

Cable
P7 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable
P9 6.1.1.9 DCDU-12C Power Cable
P10 6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P12 6.1.1.8 DCDU-12B Power Cable

No. Description
P13 6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200T (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box

No. Description

IBBS200T

Cable

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU,
power for the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS200Ds (Ver.D). A DCDU-12B is
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box
P4 and P13 6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable
P5 and P14 6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

Cable

TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds, the APM30H (Ver.D) is configured with an EPU, which
converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC power into -48 V DC power and then provides the power for
the BBU, RRUs, TMC11H (Ver.D), and IBBS300Ds. A DCDU-12B is configured below the
BBU to provide power for RRUs. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description

Box
P4 6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power

Distribution Box
P5 6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

Cable

No. Description

IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts
P14 Cascading power cable for the fans
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/
IBBS700T.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS700D. The power cable connections in
the IBBS700T are the same as those in the IBBS700D.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D

APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
No. Description
P1, P10, and P11 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction

Box

Distribution Box
P5 6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature

Control System

Cable
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D).

configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box
P5 and P14 6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an

IBBS200T

Cable

No. Description
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.
NOTE
This section describes the power cable connections in the IBBS300D. The power cable connections in
the IBBS300T are the same as those in the IBBS300D, except for the connection of cable P10.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description

Box

No. Description

Distribution Box

Cable
P10 6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable (optional

in the IBBS300D)

IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0, and the BBU power cable connections are
the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D),
as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.

Figure 3-60 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-59 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box

Cable

No. Description
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D),
Figure 3-61 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box

No. Description

IBBS200T

Cable
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds
the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D),
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)

1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box

Cable
station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
the same as those in a base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D),

configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

Box

IBBS200T

Cable

station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts.
configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300T
1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
No. Description

Box
P4 6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction

Box

Cable

No. Description
P13 and P14 6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded

DC Junction Boxes in Different
IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T, the power cable connections are the same as
those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration, as shown in
Figure 3-57. The power cable connections for the second BBU in this base station are the
same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a different cabinet
configuration. In a triple- or quadruple- mode base station with the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts, the power cable
connections are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet
configuration, as shown in Figure 3-59. The power cable connections for the second BBU in
this base station are the same as those for the second BBU in a triple-mode base station with a
different cabinet configuration.
3.1.5.4 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC,

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30H+1 TM11H+1

IBBS200T are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

Figure 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T
Table 3-64 Power cable connections in a base station configured with 1 APM30H+1 TM11H
+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
P1 Input power cable for the APM30H
P2 CMUEA power cable
P4 Input power cable for the transfer terminal
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable


The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 2
TMC11Hs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-66 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
Table 3-65 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
No. Description
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
3.1.5.5 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30(Ver.D_A1)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 supplied with 110 V AC,

NOTE
When a DBS3900 is supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
are configured. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

BBC
BBC
No. Description
P5 BBU power cable
P6 EMUA power cable


TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-68 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
Table 3-67 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
No. Description
P2 BBU power cable
P3 EMUA power cable
3.1.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses APM30H
(Ver.E_A2) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to
facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
When being supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally
configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. The power cable connections in this

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T.
TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
P1 Input power cables for the APM30H

APM30H
P5 Input power cables for the IBBS200T
P6 Power cable for the TEC in the IBBS200T

TMC11H

No. Description
P10 and P11 Power cables for storage batteries
P12 Power transfer cable for the TEC in the

IBBS200T

When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a DBS3900 can be optionally configured with
two TMC11Hs. The power cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following
figure.
Figure 3-70 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMC11Hs.
Table 3-69 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMC11Hs
No. Description

TMC11H
P4 BBU power cables

3.1.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses APM30
facilitate power cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC. The power cable connections in this scenario are
shown in the following figure.
BBC
APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC.

BBC
No. Description
P2 Power cable with an 8-pin transfer terminal
P3 Heater power cable
P7 and P13 CMUH power cable
P8 Power cables for a BBC
P9 to P12 Power cables for storage batteries

TMCs in a -48 V DC input scenario.
Figure 3-72 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
The following table lists the power cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMCs.
Table 3-71 Power cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
No. Description

No. Description
P2 CMUH power cable
P3 BBU power cables
3.1.5.8 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H (Ver.B) or

APM30H (Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the APM30H (Ver.B)
or APM30H (Ver.C).

When 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or
dual-mode base station, the EPS in the APM30H (Ver.B) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power into -48 V DC power and distribute the power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H
(Ver.B). The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-73 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D

Table 3-72 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D
No. Description

Box
P2 and P11 FAN 02A power cables
P6 EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable
P7 RRU power cable
P8 DCDU-03C power cable
When 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D are configured in a single- or

dual-mode base station, the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.C) converts 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power into -48 V DC power and distribute power to the BBU, RRUs, and TMC11H (Ver.C).
The following figure shows the power cable connections.

APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D
Table 3-73 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D
No. Description
P1 FAN 02B power cable

Box
P3 and P4 6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film
P5 EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable
P6 RRU power cable

No. Description
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T
Table 3-74 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H
(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200T
No. Description

Box

No. Description

IBBS200T
P7 RRU power cable
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T

(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200T
No. Description

Box
P3 6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater
P5 RRU power cable

IBBS200T
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

Box
P8 RRU power cable
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds.

APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds
(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description

Box
P6 RRU power cable

No. Description
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ts
No. Description

Box

No. Description

IBBS200T
P8 RRU power cable
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts.
APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts

(Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ts
No. Description

Box
P5 RRU power cable

IBBS200T
A triple- or quadruple-mode DBS3900 requires two BBUs: BBU 0 and BBU 1. The power
cable connections in the cabinet housing BBU 0 are the same as those in the cabinet housing
BBU 1. Figure 3-81 and Figure 3-82 show the power cable connections in a triple- or
quadruple-mode base station, using the scenario of configuring BBUs in the APM30Hs
(Ver.B) as an example.
Figure 3-81 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+2 IBBS200Ds

Table 3-80 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1
No. Description

Box
P7 RRU power cable
Figure 3-82 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds
P2 P2
P12
P11
P1 P1
P9 P9 P7 P9 P7
P10
P10
P3 P3
BBU0 BBU1
P6 P6
P4 P4
P5 P5
P13 P13
P14 P14
P8 P8

Table 3-81 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1
No. Description

Box
P2, P6, and P12 FAN 02A power cables
P8 RRU power cable
Power Cable Connections in +24 V DC Input Scenarios

If a single- or dual-mode base station uses an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V), the EPS24S48100DC
in the APM30H converts the +24 V DC power into -48 V DC power, which is supplied to the
DCDU-03B. The DCDU-03B distributes the power to the BBU, RRUs, and other
components. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
Figure 3-83 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
an APM30H (Ver.B, +24 V)

Table 3-82 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with an APM30H
(Ver.B, +24 V)
No. Description
P1 EPS24S48100DC power cable
P4 RRU power cable
3.1.5.9 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.E).
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station configured with one
or two TMC11Hs.

Figure 3-84 Power cable connections in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs

Table 3-83 Power cables in a base station configured with one or two TMC11Hs
No. Description
P1 DCDU-12B Power Cable
P2 BBU Power Cable
P4 RRU Power Cables
P6 ODM Power Cable
3.1.5.10 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H
(Ver.D).
Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D), the
TMC11H is configured with two DCDU-12Bs, which distribute power to the BBU and RRUs
or transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
one TMC11H (Ver.D)
Table 3-84 Power cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one TMC11H
(Ver.D)
No. Description

No. Description
P3 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a triple- quadruple- mode base
station configured with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).
NOTE
When a base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the BBU power cable connections are the same as those in a base station configured with
one TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by illustration 1 in the following figure.
Figure 3-86 Power cable connections in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured
with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
Table 3-85 Power cables in a triple- or quadruple- mode base station configured with one or
two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
No. Description
P3 6.3.1.8 FAN 02D Power Cable

3.1.5.11 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.B) or

TMC11H (Ver.C)
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TMC11H (Ver.B)
or TMC11H (Ver.C).
Power Cable Connections in -48 V AC Scenarios

When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-03B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
Table 3-86 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
P1 DCDU-03B power cable
P2 FAN 02A power cable
When a single- or dual-mode base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C), each
TMC11H is configured with a DCDU-11B, which distributes power to the BBU and RRUs or
transmission equipment. The following figure shows the power cable connections.

two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
Table 3-87 Power cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No. Description
3.1.5.12 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB (Ver.C), or

IMB03
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB, OMB
(Ver.C), or IMB03.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB.

Figure 3-89 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
Table 3-88 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

No. Description
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2 HEUA power cable
P4 DCDU-05 power cable
P5 Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan
P6 EPS30-4815AF power cable
P7 6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge

Protection Box
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which no backup power is provided.

Figure 3-90 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without
backup power)
Table 3-89 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without backup power)
No. Description
P1 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable
P3 and P6 6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable
P4 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
(Ver.C) for which backup power is required, one OMB (Ver.C), and two IBBS20Ds.

Figure 3-91 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup
power)
Table 3-90 Power cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (with backup power)
No. Description
P3 and P6 6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable
P7 6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded

IBBS20D Cabinets

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB.

Figure 3-92 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Table 3-91 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

No. Description
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation

fan
P2 HEUA power cable
P3 Power cable for the outer air circulation

fan
The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
(Ver.C).

Figure 3-93 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Table 3-92 Power cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
No. Description
3.1.5.13 Power Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an IMB05 used by the DBS3900.
Power Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Input Scenarios

This following figure shows the power cable connections in an IMB05 used by the DBS3900.

Figure 3-94 Power cable connections in an AC IMB05
Table 3-93 Power cable connections in an AC IMB05

P1
P2 RRU power cable
P3 BBU power cable

This following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IMB05 used by the
DBS3900.

Figure 3-95 Power cable connections in a DC IMB05
Table 3-94 Power cable connections in a DC IMB05

P0 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable
P2 RRU power cable
P3 to P14 BBU power cable
3.1.5.14 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 using the TP48600A.
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and with two BBUs installed in the
TP48600A in 110 V AC or 220 V AC scenarios. This section describes the power cable
connections when the base station uses an IBBS700D. The power cable connections are the
same when the base station uses an IBBS700T.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Figure 3-96 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-95 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+1
IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
P1 PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P7 Power cable for the power distribution box

Box
P10 to P21 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable
The following figure shows the power cable connections in the following scenario: A
DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and two
BBUs are installed in the TP48600A that uses the 110 V AC or 220 V AC power supply. This
section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D.
When the IBBS300T is configured, the power cable for the AC junction box is not required.
Connections of other power cables are the same as those when the IBBS300D is configured.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, two BBU power cables are required.

Figure 3-97 Power cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-96 Power cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds
+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
P1 PDU05A-03 power cable
P2 to P5 6.4.2 BBU Power Cable
P8 Power cables for the battery cabinet

Box (optional in the IBBS300D)
P10 to P21 6.4.4 RRU Power Cable
3.1.5.15 Power Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.

Power Cable Connections in a DC IBC10

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 (housing a
USU3910) used by a DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.
Figure 3-98 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10
The following table describes the power cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a
DBS3900 supplied with -48 V DC power.
Table 3-97 Power cable connections in a DC IBC10

No. Description
P1 to P20 BBU power cables

No. Description
P21 and P25 Power cables for the first-level USU 0
P22 and P26 Power cables for the first-level USU 1
P23 and P24 Power cables for the fan assembly
P27 and P28 Power cables for the second-level USU 0
3.1.5.16 Power Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the DBS3900

This section describes the power cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the
DBS5900.
This following figure shows the power cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the
DBS5900.
Figure 3-99 ILC29 (Ver.E) power cable connections

Table 3-98 ILC29 (Ver.E) power cable connections

P2 EPU02D-02 power cable
P3 FAU02D-15 power cable
P4 BBU power cable
P5 RRU power cables
3.1.6 Power Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Configured with a

BBU3910A
This section describes the power cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with a
BBU3910A.

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a base station that is supplied with
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.

Figure 3-100 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A

+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds are configured
Table 3-99 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4

IBBS20Ds are configured
No. Description

Distribution Box
P3 6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded

IBBS20D Cabinets
AC power and configured with 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.

Figure 3-101 Power cable connections in an AC scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A

+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls are configured
Table 3-100 Power cables in a scenario where 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4

IBBS20Ls are configured
No. Description
P1 IBBS20L Power Cable
P3 Power Cable Between Cascaded

IBBS20Ls

DC power and configured with 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs.

Figure 3-102 Power cable connections in a DC scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are
configured
Table 3-101 Power cables in a scenario where 1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs are configured
No. Description
3.1.7 BTS3900C Power Cable Connections

This section describes power cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is configured with
different types of cabinets.
3.1.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet and
BTS3900C DC cabinet.
l BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-103 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Figure 3-103 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-102 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Table 3-102 Power cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet

SN Cable
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2 Power cable for the HEUA
P3 BBU power cable
P4 DCDU-05 power cable
P5 Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P6 RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P7 AC input power cable for the 4815 power system
P8 Power Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
l BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-104 shows the power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Figure 3-104 Power cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-103 describes the power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Table 3-103 Power cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet

SN Cable
P1 Power cable for the inner air circulation fan
P2 Power cable for the HEUA
P3 Power cable for the outer air circulation fan
P4 BBU power cable
P5 RRU power cable (based on the RRU3804)
P6 DC input power cable for the cabinet
3.1.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Power Cable Connections

This section describes the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet and a
BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet.

Figure 3-105 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-104 Power cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

No. Description
P1 For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P3 For details, see 6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable.
P4, P6 For details, see 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.
Power Cable Connections in a BTS3900C DC Cabinet

The following figure shows the power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Figure 3-106 Power cable connections in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-105 Power cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet
No. Description
P1 For details, see 6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable.
P4 For details, see 6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable.
3.2 Transmission Cable Connections

Transmission cable connections vary according to the configuration of main control boards
and transmission boards in base stations of different modes. This section describes
transmission cable connections in single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and quadruple-mode
base stations.

3.2.1 Transmission Cable Connections in a Single-Mode Base

Station
In a GSM, UMTS, or LTE base station, E1/T1 cables, FE/GE Ethernet cables, and FE/GE
fiber optic cables can be used to transmit data. This section describes the transmission
configuration principles and cable connections and also provides illustrations of the cable
connections.
Transmission Configuration Principles

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a single-mode base
station.
Table 3-106 Transmission configuration principles

Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Applicable Base Station
Classific Principle
ation
Principles BBU3 l In a GSM single-mode base 3900 series base stations

classified 900 station, a UTRP is configured
by for providing extension
transmissi transmission ports only when
on modes the GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc,
or UMPT has no available
transmission port.
l In a UMTS single-mode base
station, if the UTRP is
configured, transmission cables
must be connected to the
UTRP.
l In an LTE single-mode base
station, FE/GE fiber optic
cables are preferentially used
for data transmission.


Classific Principle
ation
BBU3 l In GSM single-mode mode

910 – In a GBTS using E1/T1
transmission, transmission
cables are connected to a
GTMUb or GTMUc.
– In an eGBTS using E1/T1
transmission, transmission
cables are connected to a
UMPT, GTMUc, or
GTMUb.
l In a UMTS single-mode base
station, transmission cables are
connected to a UMPT by
default. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc or
UTRPa is configured and
transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the
UTRPc or UTRPa.
l In an LTE single-mode base
station, a UMPT is configured
for connecting transmission
cables.
Principles - l E1/T1 cables must be l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL

classified connected to a UELP that l BTS3900C or DBS3900
by base processes signals for surge using the OMB
station protectiona.
types l Outdoor DBS3900
l If a UMPTe is configured,
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
FE/GE Ethernet cables are
directly connected to the
UMPTe. If a main control
board other than UMPTe is
configured, FE/GE Ethernet
cables must be connected to a
UFLP that processes signals for
surge protection and then to the
main control board.
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

cables do not need to be connected l Indoor DBS3900
to a UELP or UFLP.


Classific Principle
ation
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not l BTS3900 or BTS3900L

need to be connected to a UELP or l BTS3900A or BTS3900AL
UFLP.
l BTS3900C or DBS3900
using the OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
a: Boards are configured for surge protection in different cabinets as follows:

l If an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) is
used for a BTS3900A or DBS3900, an SLPU equipped with a UELP or UFLP is
configured in the APM30H.
l If an APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A) is used for a DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed
in the BBU in the APM30 or APM30H (Ver.A).
l BTS3900AL cabinets have slots for a UELP or UFLP, which provides the surge
protection function.
l If an OMB is used for a BTS3900C or DBS3900, a UELP or UFLP is installed in the
BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-107 and Table 3-108 describe transmission cable connections in a single-mode base
station configured with a BBU3900 and a single-mode base station configured with a
BBU3910 in different transmission modes.
Table 3-107 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with a
BBU3900
Trans Work Cable Connection Illustration of Cable
missi ing Connectionsa
on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
Trans GSM A GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT Illustrations 1 in Figure

missio provides E1/T1 ports for transmission 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
n over cables. 3-109, and Figure 3-110
E1/T1 show transmission cable
cables connections in this scenario.


on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
UMTS Scenario 1: A UTRP is configured, and Illustrations 2 in Figure

the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
transmission cables. 3-109, and Figure 3-110
Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and show transmission cable
a WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 connections in scenario 1.
ports for transmission cables.
LTE A UMPT is configured, and the UMPT Illustrations 3 in Figure

provides E1/T1 ports for transmission 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
cables. 3-109, and Figure 3-110
show transmission cable
connections in this scenario.
Trans GSM Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and Illustrations 4 in Figure

missio a GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
n over provides FE/GE optical ports for 3-109, and Figure 3-110
FE/GE transmission cables. show transmission cable
cables Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and connections in scenario 1.
a GTMU, GTMUb, GTMUc, or UMPT
provides FE/GE electrical ports for
transmission cables.
UMTS Scenario 1: A UTRPc is configured, and Illustrations 5 in Figure

the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for 3-109, and Figure 3-110
transmission cables. show transmission cable
Scenario 2: A UTRP2 is configured, and connections in scenario 1.
the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical
Scenario 3: A UTRP9 is configured, and
the UTRP9 provides FE/GE electrical
Scenario 4: No UTRP is configured, and
a WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports
for transmission cables.


on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
LTE Scenario 1: A UTRPc is configured, and Illustrations 6 in Figure

the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for 3-109, and Figure 3-110
Scenario 2: No UTRP is configured, and connections in scenario 1.
an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports
for transmission cables.
a: Figure 3-107, Figure 3-108, Figure 3-109, and Figure 3-110 show transmission cable
connections in different types of base stations.
Table 3-108 Transmission cable connections in a single-mode base station configured with a
BBU3910
on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
Trans GSM A UMPT, GTMUc, or GTMUb Illustrations 1 in Figure

missio provides E1/T1 ports for transmission 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure
n over cables. 3-113, and Figure 3-114
E1/T1 show transmission cable
UMTS Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and Illustrations 1 in Figure

a UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure
transmission cables. 3-113, and Figure 3-114
Scenario 2: A UTRPa is configured, and show transmission cable
the UTRPa provides E1/T1 ports for connections in scenario 1.
Trans GSM A UMPT, GTMUc, or GTMUb Illustrations 2 in Figure

missio provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure
n over electrical ports for transmission cables. 3-113, and Figure 3-114
FE/GE show transmission cable


on Mode
Mode of a
Base
Statio
n
UMTS Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured, and Illustrations 2 in Figure

a UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure
or FE/GE electrical ports for 3-113, and Figure 3-114
Scenario 2: A UTRPc is configured, and connections in scenario 1.
the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for
LTE No UTRP is configured, and a UMPT Illustrations 2 in Figure

provides FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure
electrical ports for transmission cables. 3-113, and Figure 3-114
show transmission cable
connections in this scenario.
a:
l Figure 3-111, Figure 3-112, Figure 3-113, and Figure 3-114 show transmission cable
l In these figures, GSM scenarios use UMPT boards as examples.

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections in a Base Station Configured

with a BBU3900
Figure 3-107 Transmission cable connections in an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D), or in a
BTS3900A
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

Figure 3-108 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, a BTS3900, or a

BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Figure 3-109 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or in a BTS3900C

Figure 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900AL

with a BBU3910
Figure 3-111 Transmission cable connections in an outdoor DBS3900 configured with an

APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D), or in a
BTS3900A

Figure 3-112 Transmission cable connections in an indoor DBS3900, a BTS3900, or a

BTS3900L
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
Figure 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with an APM30,

APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB, or in a BTS3900C
3.2.2 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base

Station Using Co-Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted by using co-transmission.
This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable connections. It also
provides figures to show how to connect the cables.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station when co-transmission is implemented.


Princi BBU Type Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable
ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n
Princip BBU3900 l For a GU dual-mode base station using the 3900 series
les TDM-based co-transmission function, the base stations
classifi UTRP homed on the GSM side or the
ed by GTMU connects to transmission cables.
transmi l For a GU dual-mode base station using the
ssion IP-based co-transmission function, the
modes UTRP homed on the UMTS side, the
WMPT, or the UMPT preferentially
connects to transmission cables.
l For a GL dual-mode base station, the
UMPT preferentially connects to
l In a UL dual-mode base station, the UTRP
homed on the LTE side, the LMPT, or the
UMPT preferentially connects to
BBU3910 l Co-transmission is used in co-MPT base

stations by default. In this case, the UMPT
is configured and the IP over FE/GE
transmission mode is preferentially used.
l When a separate-MPT base station uses
co-transmission, a UMPT is configured
and IP over FE/GE co-transmission is
preferentially used. If more transmission
ports are required, a UTRPc can be
configured and transmission cables are
preferentially connected to the UTRPc.
l In a separate base station, if the GSM
mode is deployed on a GTMUb or
GTMUc, transmission cables can only be
connected to the UMPT deployed with
UMTS mode rather than the GTMUb or
GTMUc to support co-transmission. If
more transmission ports are required, a
UTRPc can be configured and
transmission cables are preferentially
connected to the UTRPc.


ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n
Princip - l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a l BTS3900A

les UELP that processes signals for surge or
classifi protectiona. BTS3900A
ed by L
l If a UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet
base l BTS3900C
cables are directly connected to the
station or
UMPTe. If a main control board other than
types DBS3900
UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet
cables must be connected to a UFLP that using the
processes signals for surge protection and OMB
then to the main control board. l Outdoor
DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do l BTS3900

not need to be connected to the UELP or or
UFLP. BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be l BTS3900

connected to a surge protection board. or
BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900A
L
l BTS3900C
or
DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012A
E
(Ver.D_Z)


ple Base Station
Classi
ficatio
n

BBU in the OMB.
Description
Table 3-110 and Table 3-111 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using co-transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-110 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-
transmission) configured with the BBU3900
Trans Appli Description Illustration of
missi cable Cable
on Mode Connectionsa
Mode
TDM- GU Scenario 1: If the BBU is not configured with a Illustrations 1 in

based UTRP, the GTMU/GTMUb or GTMUc provides Figure 3-115,
co- E1/T1 ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-116,
transm Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRP, Figure 3-117, and
ission and the UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for Figure 3-118 show
transmission cables. the transmission
cable connections
in scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1: The WMPT or UTRP provides E1/T1 Illustrations 2 in

based ports for transmission cables. The WMPT is Figure 3-115,
co- interconnected with the GTMU by electrical ports Figure 3-116,
transm or optical ports. Figure 3-117, and
ission Scenario 2: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS Figure 3-118 show
in IP mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission the transmission
over cables. The UMPT is interconnected with the cable connections
E1/T1 GTMU by electrical ports or optical ports. in scenario 1.
mode
Scenario 3: The UMPT deployed with the UMTS
mode provides E1/T1 ports for transmission
cables and the UMPT and the GTMUb or
GTMUc are connected through a backplane.
GL The UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission Illustrations 3 in

cables. The UMPT and the GTMUb or GTMUc Figure 3-115,
are connected through a backplane. Figure 3-116,
Figure 3-117, and
Figure 3-118 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
UL The BBU is configured with a UTRP, and the Illustrations 4 in

UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for transmission Figure 3-115,
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected Figure 3-116,
with the WMPT or UMPT by electrical ports or Figure 3-117, and
optical ports. Figure 3-118 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.


missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a Illustrations 5 in

based UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical Figure 3-115,
co- ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-116,
transm cables. Figure 3-117, and
ission Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a Figure 3-118 show
in IP UTRP2, and the UTRP2 provides FE/GE optical the transmission
over ports for transmission cables. The GTMU is cable connections
FE/GE interconnected with the UTRP2 by optical ports. in scenario 1.
mode
Scenario 3: The BBU is not configured with a
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
optical ports for transmission cables. The WMPT
or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by
electrical ports.
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
electrical ports for transmission cables. The
WMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the
GTMU by optical ports.
UTRP, and the WMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
electrical ports or FE/GE optical ports for
transmission cables. The WMPT or UMPT and
the GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a
backplane.
UTRP, and the UMPT provides an FE/GE
electrical or optical port for a transmission cable.
The WMPT or UMPT communicates with the
UMPT through the BBU backplane.


missi cable Cable
Mode
GL Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a Illustrations 6 in

UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical Figure 3-115,
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-116,
cables. Figure 3-117, and
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a Figure 3-118 show
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE the transmission
optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT cable connections
or UMPT is interconnected with the GTMU by in scenario 1.
electrical ports.
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE
LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the
GTMU by optical ports.
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FF/GE
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT and the
GTMUb or GTMUc are connected through a
backplane.
The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the


missi cable Cable
Mode
UL Scenario 1: The BBU is configured with a Illustrations 7 in

UTRPc, and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical Figure 3-115,
ports or FE/GE electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-116,
cables. Figure 3-117, and
Scenario 2: The BBU is not configured with a Figure 3-118 show
UTRP, and the LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE the transmission
optical ports for transmission cables. The LMPT cable connections
or UMPT is interconnected with the WMPT or in scenario 1.
UMPT by electrical ports.
LMPT or UMPT is interconnected with the
WMPT or UMPT by optical ports.
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT
communicates with the WMPT or UMPT through
the BBU backplane.
The LMPT or UMPT communicates with the
G*U, The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, and the Illustrations 8 in
G*L, UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE Figure 3-115,
and optical ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-116,
U*L Figure 3-117, and
Figure 3-118 show
the transmission
cable connections
in this scenario.
Route GU Scenario 1: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 9 in

backu GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-115,
p and cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected Figure 3-116,
IP- with the GTMU by optical ports. Figure 3-117, and
based Scenario 2: Both the WMPT or UMPT and the Figure 3-118 show
co- GTMU provide optical ports for transmission the transmission
transm cables. The WMPT or UMPT is interconnected cable connections
ission with the GTMU by electrical ports. in scenario 1.


missi cable Cable
Mode
GL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 10 in

GTMU provide electrical ports for transmission Figure 3-115,
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected Figure 3-116,
with the GTMU by optical ports. Figure 3-117, and
Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Figure 3-118 show
GTMU provide optical ports for transmission the transmission
cables. The LMPT or UMPT is interconnected cable connections
with the GTMU by electrical ports. in scenario 1.
UL Scenario 1: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the Illustrations 11 in

WMPT or UMPT provide electrical ports for Figure 3-115,
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is Figure 3-116,
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by Figure 3-117, and
optical ports. Figure 3-118 show
Scenario 2: Both the LMPT or UMPT and the the transmission
WMPT or UMPT provide optical ports for cable connections
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is in scenario 1.
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by
electrical ports.
Hybrid UL Scenario 1: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 Illustrations 12 in

transm ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or Figure 3-115,
ission UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports for Figure 3-116,
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is Figure 3-117, and
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by Figure 3-118 show
electrical ports. the transmission
Scenario 2: The WMPT or UMPT provides E1/T1 cable connections
ports for transmission cables, and the LMPT or in scenario 1.
UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for
transmission cables. The LMPT or UMPT is
interconnected with the WMPT or UMPT by
optical ports.
a: Figure 3-115, Figure 3-116, Figure 3-117, and Figure 3-118 show the transmission
cable connections in different types of base stations.

Table 3-111 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using co-
transmission) configured with the BBU3910
missi cable Cable
Mode
IP- GU Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not Illustration 1 in

based configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_U provides Figure 3-119
co- FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for shows the
transm transmission cables. transmission
ission Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, cable
in IP and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or connections in
over FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. scenario 1.
FE/GE
mode GL Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not Illustration 2 in
configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_L provides Figure 3-119
FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for shows the
transmission cables. transmission
Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc, cable
and the UTRPc provides FE/GE optical ports or connections in
FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. scenario 1.
UL Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not Illustration 2 in

configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT_L provides Figure 3-119
FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for shows the
transmission cables. transmission
G*U, Scenario 1 (recommended): The BBU is not Illustration 1 in

G*L, configured with a UTRP, and the UMPT provides Figure 3-119
and FE/GE optical ports or FE/GE electrical ports for shows the
U*L transmission cables. transmission
Hybrid G*U, Scenario 1: The BBU is not configured with a UTRP, Illustration 4 in
transm G*L, and the UMPT provides FE/GE optical ports or Figure 3-119
ission and FE/GE electrical ports for transmission cables. shows the
U*L Scenario 2: The BBU is configured with a UTRPc. transmission
The UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports or cable
FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables, and the connections in
UTRPc provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE scenario 1.
optical ports for transmission cables.
Scenario 3: The BBU is configured with a UTRPa,
the UMPT provides optical ports or electrical ports
for transmission cables, and the UTRPa provides
E1/T1 ports for transmission cables.


missi cable Cable
Mode
a: The illustrations of transmission cable connections in Figure 3-119 apply to all types of
base stations.


with the BBU3900

Figure 3-115 Cable connections for a DBS3900 configured with an APM30H (Ver.B),
APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.E), or APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet outdoors or for a
BTS3900A
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection T2: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.4 Interconnection Cable T4: 7.3
Transfer Cable Between FE/GE Electrical FE/GE Fiber
Ports Optic Cable

T5: 7.5 Interconnection Cable T6: 7.7 FE/GE Surge T7: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -
Between FE/GE Optical Ports Protection Transfer
Cable
Figure 3-116 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T2: 7.4 Interconnection Cable Between T3: 7.3 FE/GE
FE/GE Electrical Ports Fiber Optic Cable
T4: 7.5 Interconnection Cable Between T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable -
FE/GE Optical Ports

Figure 3-117 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C or a DBS3900 configured with

an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB
Ports Optic Cable
Cable

Figure 3-118 BTS3900AL
Ports Optic Cable
Cable


with the BBU3910
Figure 3-119 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable T2: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable
3.2.3 Transmission Cable Connections in a Dual-Mode Base

Station Using Separate Transmission
In a GU, GL, or UL dual-mode base station, data can be transmitted using separate
transmission. This section describes the transmission configuration principles and cable
connections and also provides illustrations of the cable connections.

The following table describes the transmission configuration principles for a dual-mode base
station using separate transmission.
Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable

Classifica Base Station
tion
Principles BBU l In separate-MPT scenarios, data of different 3900 series base

classified 3900 modes is separately transmitted. stations
by or l Data transmission of different modes does not
transmissio BBU affect each other.
n modes 3910

Principle BBU Transmission Configuration Principle Applicable

Classifica Base Station
tion
Principles - l E1/T1 cables must be connected to a UELP l BTS3900A

classified that processes signals for surge protectiona. or
by base BTS3900AL
l If a UMPTe is configured, FE/GE Ethernet
station l BTS3900C
cables are directly connected to the UMPTe.
types or DBS3900
If a main control board other than UMPTe is
configured, FE/GE Ethernet cables must be using the
connected to a UFLP that processes signals OMB
for surge protection and then to the main l Outdoor
control board. DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)
- E1/T1 cables and FE/GE Ethernet cables do not l BTS3900 or

need to be connected to a UELP or UFLP. BTS3900L
l Indoor
DBS3900
- FE/GE fiber optic cables do not need to be l BTS3900 or

connected to a UELP or UFLP. BTS3900L
l BTS3900A
or
BTS3900AL
l BTS3900C
or DBS3900
using the
OMB
l DBS3900
l BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z)

BBU in the OMB.

Description
Table 3-113 and Table 3-114 describe the transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base
station (using separate transmission) configured with the BBU3900 and BBU3910 in different
transmission modes, respectively.
Table 3-113 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with a BBU3900
Trans Appli Cable Connection Illustration of
missi cable Cable
Mode
GSM GU A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, GTMUc, or Illustrations 1

E1/ GTMUb both provide E1/T1 ports for transmission in Figure
T1+U cables. 3-120, Figure
MTS 3-121, Figure
E1/T1 3-122, and
Figure 3-123
show
transmission
cable
connections in
this scenario.
GSM GU Scenario 1: A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, Illustrations 2

FE/GE GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE optical in Figure
+UMT ports for transmission cables. 3-120, Figure
S Scenario 2: A WMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, 3-121, Figure
FE/GE GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE electrical 3-122, and
ports for transmission cables. Figure 3-123
show
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
GSM GL A GTMU, GTMUc, or GTMUb provides E1/T1 ports Illustrations 3

E1/ for transmission cables, and an LMPT or UMPT in Figure
T1+LT provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical 3-120, Figure
E ports for transmission cables. 3-121, Figure
FE/GE 3-122, and
Figure 3-123
show
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.

Trans Appli Cable Connection Illustration of

missi cable Cable
Mode
GSM GL Scenario 1: An LMPT or UMPT and a GTMU, Illustrations 4

FE/GE GTMUc, or GTMUb both provide FE/GE electrical in Figure
+LTE ports for transmission cables. 3-120, Figure
FE/GE Scenario 2: An LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE 3-121, Figure
optical ports for transmission cables, and a GTMU, 3-122, and
GTMUc, or GTMUb provides FE/GE electrical ports Figure 3-123
for transmission cables. show
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
UMTS UL Scenario 1: No UTRP is configured. A WMPT or Illustrations 5

E1/ UMPT provides E1/T1 ports for transmission cables, in Figure
T1+LT and an LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE electrical 3-120, Figure
E ports or FE/GE optical ports for transmission cables. 3-121, Figure
FE/GE Scenario 2: A UTRP is configured for the UMTS 3-122, and
mode. The UTRP provides E1/T1 ports for Figure 3-123
transmission cables, and an LMPT or UMPT show
provides FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical transmission
ports for transmission cables. cable
connections in
scenario 1.
UMTS UL Scenario 1: An LMPT or UMPT and a WMPT or Illustrations 6

FE/GE UMPT both provide FE/GE electrical ports for in Figure
+LTE transmission cables. 3-120, Figure
FE/GE Scenario 2: An LMPT or UMPT provides FE/GE 3-121, Figure
optical ports for transmission cables, and a WMPT or 3-122, and
UMPT provides FE/GE electrical ports for Figure 3-123
transmission cables. show
transmission
cable
connections in
scenario 1.
a: Figure 3-120, Figure 3-121, Figure 3-122, and Figure 3-123 show transmission cable

Table 3-114 Transmission cable connections in a dual-mode base station (using separate
transmission) configured with a BBU3910
Transmission Appl Cable Connection Illustration
Mode icabl of Cable
e Connection
Mod sa
e
l GSM E1/ GU l GSM transmission cables can be connected Illustration 1

T1+UMTS to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or in Figure
E1/T1 FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_G, 3-124 shows
l GSM E1/ GTMUc, or GTMUb. transmission
T1+UMTS l UMTS transmission cables can be cable
FE/GE connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical connections
ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a in this
l GSM FE/GE scenario.
+UMTS UMPT_U. A UTRPa can be configured to
FE/GE provide E1/T1 ports for UMTS
l GSM FE/GE
+UMTS
E1/T1
l GSM E1/ GL l GSM transmission cables can be connected Illustration 2

T1+LTE to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical ports, or in Figure
FE/GE FE/GE optical ports on a UMPT_G, 3-124 shows
l GSM FE/GE GTMUc, or GTMUb. transmission
+LTE l LTE transmission cables can be connected cable
FE/GE to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical connections
ports on a UMPT_L. in this
scenario.
l UMTS E1/ UL l UMTS transmission cables can be Illustration 3

T1+LTE connected to E1/T1 ports, FE/GE electrical in Figure
FE/GE ports, or FE/GE optical ports on a 3-124 shows
l UMTS UMPT_U. transmission
FE/GE+LTE l LTE transmission cables can be connected cable
FE/GE to FE/GE electrical ports or FE/GE optical connections
ports on a UMPT_L. in this
scenario.
a:
l The transmission cable connections in Figure 3-124 apply to different types of base
stations.
l In this figure, GSM scenarios use UMPT boards as examples.


with a BBU3900
Figure 3-120 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900A, or in an outdoor DBS3900

configured with an APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H(Ver.E), or APM30H
(Ver.D)
T1: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection T2: 7.1 E1/T1 T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber T4: 7.2 E1/T1 Surge
Transfer Cable Cable Optic Cable Protection Transfer Cable
T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable - - -

Figure 3-121 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900, BTS3900L, or indoor DBS3900
T1: 7.1 E1/T1 Cable T3: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable T5: 7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

Figure 3-122 Transmission cable connections in a BTS3900C, or in a DBS3900 configured

with an APM30, APM30H (Ver.A), or OMB



with a BBU3910
Figure 3-124 Transmission cable connections in a 3900 series base station
T1: 7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
3.2.4 Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base

Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station in
typical scenarios.
Description
In this document, BBU 0 and BBU 1 are used to differentiate the two BBUs in a triple-mode
base station.
l In an expanded base station, BBU 0 is the one installed during the initial site
deployment, and BBU 1 is the one added during the capacity expansion.
l In a new base station, BBU 0 is the one working in GU or GL mode, and BBU 1 is the
one working in LO or UO mode.
l The difference between the GL+U configuration and U+GL configuration is as follows:
The GL+U configuration applies to both a new base station and an expanded base
station, whereas the U+GL configuration applies only to an expanded base station.
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base
station in typical scenarios.

Table 3-115 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station

BBU Triple-Mode Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of Cable
Scenario Connections
BBU GU+L (BBUs BBU 0 works in GU modes, l Transmission cable

3900 not and BBU 1 works in LO mode. connections in GU modes
interconnected) are different for co-
transmission and separate-
GL+U (BBUs BBU 0 works in GL modes, transmission. For details,
not and BBU 1 works in UO see 3.2.2 Transmission
interconnected) mode. Cable Connections in a
U+GL (BBUs BBU 0 works in UO mode, Dual-Mode Base Station
not and BBU 1 works in GL Using Co-Transmission
interconnected) modes. and 3.2.3 Transmission
Cable Connections in a
G+UL (BBUs BBU 0 works in GO mode, Dual-Mode Base Station
not and BBU 1 works in UL Using Separate
interconnected) modes. Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
see 3.2.1 Transmission
Single-Mode Base Station.
GU+L (UCIU BBU 0 works in GU modes, For details, see illustration 1 or

+UMPT) and BBU 1 works in LO mode. 2 in Figure 3-125.
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
interconnected using the UCIU
and UMPT.
GL+U (UCIU BBU 0 works in GL modes, For details, see illustration 3 or

+UMPT) and BBU 1 works in UO 4 in Figure 3-125.
mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
and UMPT.
GU+UL BBU 0 works in GU modes, For details, see illustration 5 in

(UCIU and BBU 1 works in UL Figure 3-125.
+UMPT) modes. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are
and UMPT.
l G*U*L The BBU is configured with a For details, see illustration 6 in

l G*L*T UMPT and works in triple- Figure 3-125.
mode co-MPT scenarios.
l G[L*T]
The BBU is configured with a
l U[L*T] UMPT and works in triple-
l G[U*T] mode separate-MPT scenarios.
The main control boards of
different modes communicate
with each other through the
BBU backplane.

BBU Triple-Mode Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of Cable

Scenario Connections
G*U*L Each BBU is configured with a BBU 0 supports the co-

+G*U*L UMPT and works in GUL transmission function for GUL
(UCIU modes. The two BBUs are modes. Transmission cables
+UMPT) interconnected using the UCIU are not connected to BBU 1.
and UMPT. For transmission cable
connections of BBU 0, see
illustration 6 in Figure 3-125.
BBU GU+L (BBUs BBU 0 works in GU modes, l Transmission cable

3910 not and BBU 1 works in LO mode. connections in GU modes
interconnected) are different for co-
transmission and separate-
GL+U (BBUs BBU 0 works in GL modes, transmission. For details,
not and BBU 1 works in UO see 3.2.2 Transmission
interconnected) mode. Cable Connections in a
Dual-Mode Base Station
Using Co-Transmission
and 3.2.3 Transmission
Dual-Mode Base Station
Using Separate
Transmission.
l For transmission cable
connections in LO mode,
see 3.2.1 Transmission
Single-Mode Base Station.
GU+L (UMPT BBU 0 works in GU modes, The UMPTb_L is

+UMPT) and BBU 1 works in LO mode. preferentially used to provide
BBU 0 and BBU 1 are an FE/GE optical port or
interconnected using the FE/GE electrical port. For
UMPT boards. details about the transmission
cable connections, see
GL+U (UMPT BBU 0 works in GL modes, The UMPTb_L is

+UMPT) and BBU 1 works in UO preferentially used to provide
mode. BBU 0 and BBU 1 are an FE/GE optical port or
interconnected using the FE/GE electrical port. For
UMPT boards. details about the transmission
cable connections, see
G*U*L The BBU is configured with a For details, see illustration 3 in

UMPT and works in GUL co- Figure 3-126.
MPT mode.

Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3900
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3900.
Figure 3-125 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
Illustrations of Transmission Cable Connections for a Triple-Mode Base Station

Configured with the BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station
configured with the BBU3910.

Figure 3-126 Transmission cable connections for a triple-mode base station (applying to all
types of triple-mode base stations)
3.2.5 Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode

Base Station
This section describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station
in typical scenarios.
Description
The following table describes the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station in typical scenarios.
Table 3-116 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station

BBU Base Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of
Stati Cable
on Connections
BBU G*U* A single BBU is configured with a UMPT and works For details, see
3900 L*T in quadruple modes. Figure 3-127.
base
statio
n

BBU Base Working Mode of the BBU Illustration of

Stati Cable
on Connections
BBU G*U* l In a newly deployed base station, a single BBU is For details, see
3910 L*T configured with a UMPT and works in quadruple Figure 3-127.
base modes. If active/standby backup of main control
statio boards or signaling extension is required, a second
n UMPT needs to be configured.
l If a co-MPT single-, dual-, or triple-mode base
station configured with one BBU requires
capacity expansion, the original main control
board needs to be reserved. If the base station
requires signaling extension, a second UMPT
needs to be configured.
l If a base station needs to be expanded to a co-
MPT base station configured with two BBUs,
both BBU 0 and BBU 1 need to be configured
with a UMPT.
Illustration of Transmission Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base

Station Configured with the BBU3900 or BBU3910
The following figure shows the transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base
station.
Figure 3-127 Transmission cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station (applying to
all types of quadruple-mode base stations)
3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for BTS3900, BTS3900L,
BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C base stations.

3.3.1 BTS3900 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900 when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.
3.3.1.1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station.
NOTE
When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 AC Cabinet (110 V or 220 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC
cabinet (110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections.
Table 3-117 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
No. Description
S1 and S2 For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

No. Description
S4 For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable

Between Cascaded FANs.
S5 and S6 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S7 For details, see 8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S8 and S9 For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (-48 V)

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC
cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-129 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
Table 3-118 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description

Cable.

No. Description


Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900 DC Cabinet (+24 V)

cabinet (+24 V).
Figure 3-130 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

Table 3-119 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (+24 V)

No. Description

Cable.


Cable.
S8 For details, see 8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D)

Monitoring Signal Cable.
S9 and S10 For details, see 8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-

Position Signal Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections Between a BTS3900 Cabinet and a PS4890

NOTE
The PS4890 is used for Huawei wireless products in indoor scenarios. It provides DC power and backup
power for distributed base stations or a BTS3900, and provides installation space for indoor BBUs and
transmission equipment. For details, see PS4890 User Guide.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet is stacked on a PS4890.
Figure 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet is
stacked on a PS4890

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a
BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890 are installed side by side.
Figure 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections in a scenario where a BTS3900 cabinet
and a PS4890 are installed side by side
Table 3-120 Monitoring signal cable connections between a BTS3900 cabinet and a PS4890
No. Description
S1 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

3.3.1.2 BTS3900 (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC
cabinet (110 V or 220 V).
Figure 3-133 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet
Table 3-121 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 AC cabinet

No. Description
S3 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

No. Description

Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S5 and S6 For details, see 8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

Cable.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Scenario

cabinet (-48 V).
Figure 3-134 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet
Table 3-122 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 DC cabinet (-48 V)
No. Description
S1 For details, see 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.

No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

Cable.

Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
3.3.1.3 BTS3900 (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured
with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.

Figure 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900
configured with 1 BTS3900 AC and supplied with 220 V AC power.
Table 3-123 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900 configured with 1 BTS3900
AC
No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC power.

AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup) and supplied with 220 V AC
power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for power backup)
No. Description

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.

No. Description
S4 For details, see 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for

Temperature Sensors.
with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC power.
AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
configured with 1 BTS3900 AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission) and supplied with 220 V AC
power.

AC+1 IMS06 (for transmission)
No. Description

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.

with 2 BTS3900 DCs and supplied with -48 V DC power.
DCs
DCs
No. Description

No. Description

Signal Cable.

Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.

Cable.
3.3.2 BTS3900L Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900L when it is
configured with BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
3.3.2.1 BTS3900L (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This
section uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
in the -48 V DC scenario.

Figure 3-139 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L
cabinet.
Table 3-127 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
No. Description
S2 For details, see 8.3.4 Monitoring Signal

Cable Between Cascaded FANs.
S3 For details, see 8.2.22 FMUC-BBU

S4 and S5 For details, see 8.4.16 GATM Monitoring

Signal Cable.

3.3.2.2 BTS3900L (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

NOTE

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet
in the -48 V DC scenario.
Figure 3-140 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet in the -48 V DC
scenario

Table 3-128 Monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L cabinet

No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units.
S3 For details, see 8.2.23 FMUE-BBU


Signal Cable.
3.3.2.3 BTS3900L (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
NOTE
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the power cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario.

Figure 3-141 Monitoring signal cable connections in the 220 V AC scenario
Table 3-129 Monitoring signal cables in BTS3900L

No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3 For details, see PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC
scenario.
Figure 3-142 Monitoring signal cable connections in the -48 V DC scenario
Table 3-130 Monitoring signal cables in the BTS3900L

No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units.
S3 For details, see 8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU


Signal Cable.

3.3.3 BTS3900A Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A when it is
configured with enhanced cabinets and cabinets used by the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D).
3.3.3.1 BTS3900A (Ver.B) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.B) in
different power supply scenarios.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the 110 V AC/220 V AC Power Supply

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section
uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the
cables are connected to right positions.
l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables
are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a
base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one
BBU.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

Figure 3-143 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Table 3-131 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB


Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

Cable for a Battery Cabinet.

No. Description

Cables for Door Status Sensors.

Cables for Temperature Sensors.
configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.
Figure 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU
Table 3-132 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

Table 3-132 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU
No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for

a Battery Cabinet.

between Cascaded CMUAs.

Door Status Sensors.


When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the
extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable
connections.

RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs
No. Description
S0 For details, see HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S4 For details, see 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for

a Battery Cabinet.

between Cascaded CMUAs.

No. Description



Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the -48 V DC Power Supply Scenario

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
RFCs+1 TMC11H and one BBU
Table 3-134 describes the monitoring signal cable connections.

+1 TMC11H and one BBU
No. Description

S1 and S2 For details, see CMUA-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.


Cable between Cascaded CMUAs.

When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is
installed in the basic TMC11H, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC11H. In this
scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following
figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs
3.3.3.2 BTS3900A (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.C) in
different power supply scenarios.

Scenario
NOTE
l The position of the CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUE in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section
uses the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the
cables are connected to right positions.
l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables
are connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). Therefore, the monitoring signal cable connections in a
base station configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one
BBU.
configured with 1 RFC+1 APM30H+1 IBBS200D+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.

Figure 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
Table 3-135 Monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900A configured with 1 RFC
No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1 and S2 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see PMU-CMUE Monitoring

Signal Cable.


No. Description

Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs.




configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and only one BBU.
RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU

+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and one BBU
No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.

S6 and S8 For details, see 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal





When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs,
BBU 0 is installed in the basic APM30H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the
extension APM30H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are
connected to the root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable
connections.

RFCs+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs
+2 APM30Hs+2 IBBS200Ds and two BBUs
No. Description

Signal Cable.
S1, S2, and S5 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.

Signal Cable.




No. Description




configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H and only one BBU.
RFCs+1 TMC11H and one BBU

+1 TMC11H and one BBU
No. Description

S1 and S2 For details, see CMUE-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.




When the BTS3900A is configured with 2 RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs, BBU 0 is
installed in the basic TMC11H on the left side, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension
TMC11H on the right side. In this scenario, all monitoring signal cables are connected to the
root BBU (BBU 0). The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections.

RFCs+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs
+2 TMC11Hs and two BBUs
No. Description
S0 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable for

the Door Status Sensor.
S1 and S2 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable

Between the CMUE and the BBU.

the EMUA/EMUB.
S4 For details, see Signal Cable for the ELU.

No. Description
S5 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cable

Between Cascaded CMUEs.
S6 For details, see Temperature Monitoring

Signal Cable for the RFC.

the Door Status Sensor in the TMC11H.
3.3.3.3 BTS3900A (Ver.D) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cables connections for the BTS3900A (Ver.D) in
different power supply scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the
NOTE
l The position of the CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200T is different from the position of the
CMUEA in the front door of the IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses
the IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for the IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
connected to right positions.
l When two BBUs (BBU 0 and BBU 1) are configured in a base station, all monitoring signal cables are
configured with two BBUs are the same as those in a base station configured with one BBU. This section
uses a base station configured with two BBUs as an example.

Scenario
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H.

RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
+1 APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description
S1 and S2 For details, see 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU

S3 For details, see 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA



Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs.



No. Description

RFCs+1 APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description



No. Description






Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.
configured with 2 RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H.
RFCs+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H

+1 APM30H+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H
No. Description







S10 For details, see 8.3.10 HAU01A-01


configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.

RFCs+1 TMC11H
+1 TMC11H
No. Description



No. Description



3.3.3.4 BTS3900A (Ver.E) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the BTS3900A (Ver.E) power cable connections in different power
supply scenarios. Click the cable numbers in the following figures to view the connections on
both ends of each cable.
NOTE
l The position of the CMUH in the front door of an IBBS200T is different from the position of the CMUH
in the front door of an IBBS200D, but the monitoring schemes are the same. This section uses an
IBBS200D as an example. When connecting cables for an IBBS200T, ensure that the cables are
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the
monitoring cable connections are the same as those when only one BBU is configured. This section uses a
base station configured with two BBUs as an example.
l The boards to be monitored are cascaded in sequence. If a board is not configured, the monitoring signal
cable is connected to its lower-level board.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenario

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A

Figure 3-157 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs
The following table lists monitoring signal cables.
Table 3-144 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900A configured with 2 RFCs+1
APM30H+2 IBBS200Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description
S0 For details, see ELU Signal Cable.
S1 For details, see CCUB-BBU Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see EMUA or EMUB

S5 For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring

Signal Cable.

for a Battery Cabinet.
S7 For details, see Monitoring Signal Cables

for Door Status Sensors.

No. Description

for Temperature Sensors.

Between Cascaded CMUHs.
S10 For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
APM30H+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H
No. Description

No. Description

Signal Cable.
S2 and S4 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.

S5 For details, see CCUB-CMUH Monitoring

Signal Cable.

for a Battery Cabinet.



Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s.
S10 For details, see PMIU-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.
Monitoring signal cable connections in -a 48 V DC scenario

configured with 2 RFCs+1 TMC11H.

+1 TMC11H
TMC11H
No. Description

Signal Cable.
S2 For details, see CMUH-CCUB Monitoring

Signal Cable.


Between Cascaded CMUHs.


No. Description

3.3.3.5 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or
220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in
the figures.
When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs

and is supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are
shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1


Table 3-147 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

No. Description
S1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2 PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 Monitoring Signal Cable for the EMUA/

EMUB
S4 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for the

Fan on the Front Door
S5 Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6 and S14 ELU Signal Cable
S7 and S8 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S9 and S17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs
S10 and S16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Fan

Assembly in the RFC
S11 and S12 8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for

the DCDU-13A
S13, S18, and S19 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status
Sensor
S15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Temperature Sensor

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V
DC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2

RFCs
Table 3-148 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description
S1 and S11 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status

Sensor

EMUB
CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

S7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC

No. Description

the DCDU-13A

Temperature Sensor
3.3.3.6 BTS3900A(Ver.D_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A in 110 V or
220 V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs and is
supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown
in the following figure.
Figure 3-162 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC
+1 BBC+2 RFCs

Table 3-149 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
S0 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Door Status

Sensor in the APM30

Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

CMUEAs

EMUB

Fan at the Top of a Cabinet
S5, S15, and S20 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Temperature Sensor
S9 and S17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded

CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC

the DCDU-13A
Sensor

Fan in the Front Door

When a BTS3900A is in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs and is supplied with -48 V DC
power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-163 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs
Table 3-150 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 TMC+2 RFCs
No. Description

Sensor


EMUB
S3, S5, and S15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Temperature Sensor


No. Description

CMUEAs

Assembly in the RFC

the DCDU-13A
3.3.3.7 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2)
that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal
cable installation and maintenance.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in 110 V AC or 220 V AC Scenarios

NOTE
configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable

Figure 3-164 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station
configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs.
Table 3-151 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T+2 RFCs
No. Description
S1 and S12 Monitoring signal cable for the door status

sensor
S2 ELU signal cable
S3 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
S4 EMUA or EMUB monitoring signal cable
S5 Monitoring signal transfer cable for the fan

in a front door
S6 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
S7 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(between the RFC and APM30H)

No. Description
S8 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

(between the TMC11H and RFC)
S9 Monitoring signal cable for the battery

cabinet (between the IBBS200T and
APM30H)
S10 and S11 DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable
S13 ELU signal cable
S14 Monitoring signal cable for the fan

assembly
S15 Monitoring signal cable for the temperature

sensor in the RFC
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a -48 V DC Scenario

When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1
TMC11H+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the
following figure.
TMC11H+2 RFCs

configured with 1 TMC11H+2 RFCs.
TMC11H+2 RFCs
No. Description

sensor
S2 and S13 ELU signal cable

in a front door
S6 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

(between the RFC and TMC11H)

sensor in the RFC

assembly
3.3.3.8 BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1)
that is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC power, to facilitate monitoring signal
cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections
in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs
configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs.
APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC+2 RFCs
No. Description
S1 Temperature monitoring signal cable for the

air exhaust vent
S2 Monitoring signal cable for fan assemblies
S3, S13, and S16 ELU signal cable
S4 CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable
S5 PMU-CMUH monitoring signal cable
S6 Environmental temperature monitoring

signal cable

No. Description

in a front door
sensor
S11 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded

CMUHs (between the TMC and RFC)

(between the RFC and APM30)
S14 DCDU-13A surge protection alarm cable

assembly

sensor in the RFC

When being supplied with -48 V DC power, a BTS3900A can be optionally configured with 1
TMC+2 RFCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-167 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2
RFCs
configured with 1 TMC+2 RFCs.
Table 3-154 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with 1 TMC+2
RFCs
No. Description

air exhaust vent
S3 and S13 ELU signal cable

in a front door

signal cable

No. Description

sensor

(between the RFC and TMC)

assembly

sensor in the RFC

CMUHs (between the RFCs)
3.3.4 BTS3900AL Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL cabinet.
3.3.4.1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A).
Monitoring signal cable connections in 110 V AC/220 V AC scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900AL
configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).

BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)
The following table describes the monitoring signal cables.
Table 3-155 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with one BBU)
No. Description
S0 For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for

connecting Cascaded CCUs.
S1 For details, see 8.1.1 PMU-CCU

S2 For details, see 8.3.2 FAU03D-01

S3 For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU



Cable for the AC Surge Protection
Module.
S8 For details, see 8.2.15 CMUF-CCU


No. Description
S9 For details, see HAU01A-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable.
S10 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU


connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s.

Scenario with Two BBUs

configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D).
When an IBBS700T instead of an IBBS700D is used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.
BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)

cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+1 TMC11H (Ver.D) (with two BBUs)
No. Description



S3 For details, see 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU

S4 For details, see 8.4.13 BBU

Interconnection Signal Cables.


Module.


Signal Cable.
S10 and S11 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU



configured with 1 BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds. When
two IBBS300Ts instead of two IBBS300Ds are used, the monitoring signal cable connections
are the same.

BTS3900AL AC cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)
cabinet+1 BTS3900AL DC cabinet+2 IBBS300Ds (with two BBUs)
No. Description
S0 and S4 For details, see 8.2.4 Signal Cables for






Module.


Signal Cable.

No. Description



Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Scenarios

Scenario with a Single BBU
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL
configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Figure 3-171 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with one BBU)
Table 3-158 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with one BBU)
No. Description

No. Description


Signal Cable.
S3 For details, see 8.2.5 CCU-BBU





Scenario with Two BBUs

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900AL
configured with one BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Figure 3-172 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with one
BTS3900AL DC cabinet (with two BBUs)

Table 3-159 Monitoring signal cables in a base station configured with one BTS3900AL DC
cabinet (with two BBUs)
No. Description


Signal Cable.






3.3.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in the DBS3900

(Using a BBU3900 or BBU3910)
This section describes monitoring signal cable connections in the DBS3900 configured with
different types of cabinets in which a BBU3900 or BBU3910 is used.
3.3.5.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the MRE1000

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the
MRE1000.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an MRE1000 BVDC Cabinet

When an MRE1000 boost voltage direct current (BVDC) cabinet is configured with a
BDU65-03, the monitoring signal cables are used to provide power for Book RRUs. The
monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-173 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC cabinet
Table 3-160 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 BVDC cabinet
No. Description
S1 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.
S2 8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 and S4 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S5 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door

Status Sensors.

No. Description
S6 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for

S7 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S8 8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC

Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC Cabinet

When an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet is configured with an HSU (C2800G51), a
PDU08H-01 is required to supply power for the Easy Macro. The monitoring signal cable
Figure 3-174 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

Table 3-161 Monitoring signal cable connections in an MRE1000 225-400 V DC cabinet

No. Description
S1 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable.
S2 8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S3 and S4 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable.

Status Sensors.

S7 8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for

the PDU08H-01.
S8 8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal

Cable.
S9 8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC

Power Distribution Box in the MRE1000.
3.3.5.2 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the APM30H

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.E).
NOTE
l If a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the
Figure 3-175 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1
APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
Table 3-162 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS200Ds
No. Description
S0 ELU Signal Cable
S1 8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S2 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CMUHs
S3 8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

No. Description

Cascaded CCUBs

Status Sensors
S6 8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a

Battery Cabinet
S7 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

APM30H+1 TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds

Table 3-163 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 APM30H+1
TMC11H+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
S0 ELU Signal Cable

Cable
S2 8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between

Cascaded CCU01D-03s

Cable

Cascaded CCUBs

Status Sensors

Battery Cabinet
S7 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

(Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D).
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Single- or Dual-Mode Base Station

Figure 3-177 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).

Figure 3-177 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-164 describes the monitoring signal cables.
Table 3-164 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description
S1 and S4 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable
S2 and S3 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable

Cascaded CMUEAs
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds.

NOTE
The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS300T are the same as those in an IBBS300D. The
following figure and table use an IBBS300D an example.
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds
No. Description
S1 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable

Cable

Battery Cabinet

Cascaded CCU01D-03s
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D.

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T.

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS700T
No. Description
S1 8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring

Signal Cable
S4 8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

Cable
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple- or quadruple-Mode Base

Station
The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station
configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with one BBU. If two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0
is installed in the basic APM30H (Ver.D). If the base station is not configured with a
TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 2 U space below BBU 0 in the basic APM30H
(Ver.D). If the base station is configured with a TMC11H (Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the
TMC11H (Ver.D). Figure 3-184 shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-
mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H
(Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D).

Figure 3-184 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D)
Table 3-169 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200D (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200D (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
Figure 3-185 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base
station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable
connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D)
Table 3-170 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 IBBS200T (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+1
IBBS200T (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Cable
Figure 3-185 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple- or quadruple-mode base
station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D),
and BBU 1 is installed in the 1U space below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections for the
base station are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1
TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
Table 3-171 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)
+2 IBBS200Ds (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

No. Description

Cable

Battery Cabinet
Figure 3-187 shows the monitoring signal connections in a triple-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or the configuration of 1
APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D).
NOTE
If the base station is in the configuration of 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts
(Ver.D), BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space below BBU 0. In this case, the monitoring signal cable
connections are the same as those when BBU 1 is installed in the TMC11H (Ver.D), as shown by

Figure 3-187 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured
with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.D)+2 IBBS200Ts (Ver.D) or 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H (Ver.D)+2
IBBS200Ts (Ver.D)
No. Description

Signal Cable

No. Description

Cable

Battery Cabinet
In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H

(Ver.D)+1 IBBS700D/T, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a
single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does
not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-182 and
Figure 3-183.
In a triple- or quadruple-mode base station configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.D)+1 TMC11H
(Ver.D)+2 IBBS300Ds/Ts, the monitoring signal cable connections are the same as those in a
single- or dual-mode base station with the same cabinet configuration. The second BBU does
not perform the monitoring function. For detailed cable connections, see Figure 3-181.

(Ver.D_A2)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220
V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

NOTE
If a component is not configured, ignore the monitoring signal cable connections for the component in
the figures.
When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T and is

supplied with 110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown

Figure 3-188 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
Table 3-173 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30H+1

TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
S1 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS200T
S2 PMU-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

EMUB

S5 Monitoring Signal Cables for a Door Status

Sensor in an APM30H
S6 ELU Signal Cable

No. Description

Sensor

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMC11Hs and is supplied with -48 V DC
power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-189 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs
Table 3-174 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMC11Hs
No. Description

Sensor

EMUB

S5 ELU Signal Cable

CMUEAs

3.3.5.5 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the

APM30(Ver.D_A1)
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 in 110 V or 220
V AC and -48 V DC scenarios.

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC and is supplied with
110 V or 220 V AC power, the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
NOTE
Figure 3-190 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC
+1 BBC

Table 3-175 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of 1 APM30+1 TMC+1
BBC
No. Description

Sensor in the APM30

Temperature Sensor for Storage Batteries

CMUEAs

EMUB

S5 and S10 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Temperature Sensor
S6 ELU Signal Cable

Sensor

When a DBS3900 is in the configuration of two TMCs and is supplied with -48 V DC power,
the monitoring signal cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Figure 3-191 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs

Table 3-176 Monitoring signal cable connections in the configuration of two TMCs
No. Description

Sensor


EMUB
S3 and S5 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

Temperature Sensor


CMUEAs
3.3.5.6 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30H (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 that uses
APM30H (Ver.E_A2) cabinets and is supplied with 110 V AC, 220 V AC, or -48 V DC
power, to facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance.

NOTE
configured with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T. The monitoring signal cable

APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured
with 1 APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T.
APM30H+1 TMC11H+1 IBBS200T
No. Description
S1 Monitoring signal cable for the door status

sensor
S2 ELU signal cable
S3, S7 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

in a front door
S6 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable


two TMC11Hs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the
following figure.
Figure 3-193 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMC11Hs
with two TMC11Hs.
Table 3-178 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two
TMC11Hs
No. Description

sensor
S2 ELU signal cable

in a front door

CCUBs
3.3.5.7 When the BBU Is Installed in the APM30 (Ver.E_A1)

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 uses APM30
facilitate monitoring signal cable installation and maintenance.


NOTE
configured with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC. The monitoring signal cable connections in this
APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
with 1 APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC.
APM30+1 TMC+1 BBC
No. Description

air exhaust vent

No. Description
S3 ELU signal cable
S4 and S12 CMUH-BBU monitoring signal cable
S5 PMU11B-CMUH monitoring signal cable

signal cable

in a front door
sensor
S13 APM30-BBC monitoring signal cable

two TMCs. The monitoring signal cable connections in this scenario are shown in the
following figure.
TMCs
with two TMCs.

Table 3-180 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station configured with two TMCs
No. Description

air exhaust vent
S3 ELU signal cable

sensor

signal cable

in a front door

(Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).

with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)
Table 3-181 Monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B)
No. Description
S1 HPMI-PMU Monitoring Signal Cable
S2 and S4 PMU-CMUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5 CMUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)+1 IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C)
No. Description
S2 and S4 PMU-CMUE Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 and S5 CMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).

configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
configured with 1 APM30H (Ver.C)+2 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B).

configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
S1 S2 S3 S1 S2 S6
S1 S1
S5
S6 S4 S6 S4
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No. Description

Cascaded CMUEs
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C).
configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)

configured with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.C)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.C)+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S6 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station

The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one
BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU. If
two BBUs are configured for a triple-mode base station, BBU 0 is installed in the basic
cabinet and BBU 1 is installed in the extension cabinet. The monitoring boards in all cabinets
are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is the same as that in dual-mode
scenarios. The following figure uses the monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode
base station when BBUs are installed in two APM30Hs (Ver.B) as an example.
with 2 APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
APM30Hs (Ver.B)+4 IBBS200Ds/IBBS200Ts (Ver.B)+1 TMC11H (Ver.B)
No. Description

No. Description
S6 8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between

Cascaded CMUAs
3.3.5.9 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.E)

TMC11H (Ver.E).
NOTE
l When a base station is configured with two BBUs, BBU 1 is not used for monitoring. In this case, the
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are
configured.
Figure 3-202 Monitoring signal cable connections when two TMC11Hs are configured
Table 3-187 Monitoring signal cables when two TMC11Hs are configured
No. Description
S0 8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

Cable

No. Description

Status Sensors

Cable

Cascaded CCUBs
3.3.5.10 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H (Ver.D)

TMC11H (Ver.D).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a single- or dual-mode
base station configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D).
configured with one TMC11H (Ver.D)
Table 3-188 Monitoring signal cables in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with
one TMC11H (Ver.D)
No. Description
S1 8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable

Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station

The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple-mode base station configured with one
BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station configured with one BBU.
configured with two BBUs and one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D).
NOTE
When the base station is configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) and BBU 1 is installed in the 1 U space
below BBU 0, the monitoring signal cable connections in the base station is the same as those in the
base station where two BBUs are installed in two TMC11Hs (Ver.D) separately, as shown by illustration
2 in Figure 3-204.
with one or two TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
Table 3-189 Monitoring signal cables in a triple-mode base station configured with two
TMC11Hs (Ver.D)
No. Description

Cable
3.3.5.11 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TMC11H

(Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C)
TMC11H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.B).

TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using two
TMC11Hs (Ver.C).
configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)

two TMC11Hs (Ver.C)
No. Description
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a Triple- or Quadruple-Mode Base

Station
The monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station
configured with one BBU are the same as those in a single- or dual-mode base station
configured with one BBU. If a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station is configured with two
BBUs, BBU 0 is installed in the basic TMC, and BBU 1 is installed in the extension TMC.
The monitoring boards in all cabinets are connected to BBU 0, and the monitoring scheme is
the same as that in dual-mode scenarios. The following figure shows the monitoring signal
cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station when the BBUs are installed in
two TMC11Hs (Ver.B).
Figure 3-207 Monitoring signal cable connections in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station
configured with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
Table 3-192 Monitoring signal cables in a triple- or Quadruple-mode base station configured
with two TMC11Hs (Ver.B)
No. Description
3.3.5.12 Monitoring Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using an OMB, OMB

(Ver.C), or IMB03
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an OMB,
OMB (Ver.C), or IMB03.

l For details about the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using the
IMB03 or IMB03+IFS06, see DBS3900 Installation Guide and DBS3900 (ICR)
Installation Guide.
l If a DBS3900 uses the OMB or IMB03, the DBS3900 can be configured as a single- or
dual-mode base station. If a DBS3900 uses the IMB03+IFS06, the DBS3900 can be
configured as a triple-mode base station.
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an
AC OMB.
Figure 3-208 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB

S2 S2
S1
S4
S1 S3
S2
S3
S5 S5
S4
S2
Table 3-193 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB
No. Description

Status Sensors
S2 8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the

OMB Fan Assembly
S3 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC

Surge Protection Box
S5 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal

Cable
AC OMB (Ver.C).

Figure 3-209 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)
Table 3-194 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without
backup power)
No. Description
S2 and S3 8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring

Signal Cable

Status Sensors


Cable
S7 8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

No. Description

Temperature Sensors
AC OMB (Ver.C) for which backup power is provided, one OMB (Ver.C), and two
IBBS20Ds.
Figure 3-210 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C)
(without backup power)
Table 3-195 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using an AC OMB (Ver.C) (without
backup power)
No. Description

Signal Cable

Status Sensors


Cable

No. Description
S7 8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal

Cable

Temperature Sensors

CMUG

Cascaded CMUGs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a
DC OMB.
Figure 3-211 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB
Table 3-196 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB

No. Description

Status Sensors

OMB Fan Assembly

Cable
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a
DC OMB (Ver.C).

Figure 3-212 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)
Table 3-197 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 using a DC OMB (Ver.C)

No. Description

Signal Cable

Status Sensors

Cable

Temperature Sensors

3.3.5.13 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IMB05 Used by the DBS3900

This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an IMB05 used by the
distributed base station.
Power Cable Connections in 220 V AC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections of an AC IMB05
configured with the ETP48100-B1.
Figure 3-213 Monitoring signal cable connections in an AC IMB05
Table 3-198 Monitoring signal cable connections in an AC IMB05

S1 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in -48 V DC Input Scenarios

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections of a DC IMB05
configured with the EPU02D-02.

Figure 3-214 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DC IMB05
Table 3-199 Monitoring signal cable connections in a DC IMB05

S1 PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable
S2 Monitoring signal cable between

cascaded EPU02D-02s
3.3.5.14 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using the TP48600A

TP48600A.
configuration of 1 TP48600A+1 IBBS700D/IBBS700T+1 TMC11H (Ver.C) and two BBUs
are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections
in an IBBS700D. The monitoring signal cable connections in an IBBS700T and an
IBBS700D are the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-200 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of 1
TP48600A+1 IBBS700D+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S1 and S2 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in the following scenario:
A DBS3900 is in the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C), and
two BBUs are installed in the TP48600A. This section describes the monitoring signal cable
connections in a DBS3900 configured with the IBBS300D. The monitoring signal cable
connections in an IBBS700T and an IBBS700D are the same.
NOTE
If only one BBU is installed in the TP48600A, one CCU-BBU signal cable is required.

TP48600A+2 IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
Table 3-201 Monitoring signal cables in a DBS3900 with the configuration of 1 TP48600A+2
IBBS300Ds+1 TMC11H (Ver.C)
No. Description
S1 and S2 8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S3 8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal

Cable
S4 and S5 8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting

Cascaded CCUs
3.3.5.15 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an IBC10 Used by a DBS3900

This section describes signal cable connections in an IBC10 used by a DBS3900 supplied
with -48 V DC power.
Signal Cable Connections in a DC IBC10

The following figure shows signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
supplied with -48 V DC power.

Figure 3-217 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10
The following table describes signal cable connections in a DC IBC10 used by a DBS3900
Table 3-202 Signal cable connections in a DC IBC10
No. Description
S1 ELU signal cable
S2 Signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies

No. Description
S3 and S4 Monitoring signal cables for the temperature sensors at the

air intake vents of the BBUs
S5 to S14 GPS clock signal cables
3.3.5.16 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) Used by the

DBS5900
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by
the DBS5900.
This following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used
by the DBS5900.
Figure 3-218 Monitoring signal cable connections in an ILC29 (Ver.E) used by the DBS5900

Table 3-203 Monitoring signal cable connections

S1 FAU02D-15 monitoring signal cable
S2 EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable
S3 Monitoring signal cable between

cascaded EPU02D-02s
S5 FAU-PMU 12A monitoring signal cable
3.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a DBS3900 Using a

BBU3910A
This section describes the monitoring signal cable connections in a DBS3900 using a
BBU3910A.
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds.

Figure 3-219 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds
Table 3-204 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ds
No. Description
S1 OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

OPM50Ms
S3 OPM50M-CMUG Monitoring Signal Cable

Cascaded CMUGs
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls

The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the
configuration of 2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls.

Figure 3-220 Monitoring signal cable connections in a base station with the configuration of
2 OPM50Ms+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
Table 3-205 Monitoring signal cables in a base station with the configuration of 2 OPM50Ms
+1 BBU3910A+6 RRUs+4 IBBS20Ls
No. Description
S1 OPM50M-BBU monitoring signal cable

OPM50Ms
S3 Monitoring Signal Cable for the IBBS20L

Cascaded IBBS20Ls
3.3.7 BTS3900C Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section describes monitoring signal cable connections for the BTS3900C when it is
configured with different types of cabinets.

3.3.7.1 BTS3900C WCDMA Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
l BTS3900C AC cabinet
Figure 3-221 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Figure 3-221 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C AC cabinet
Table 3-206 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet.
Table 3-206 Signal cables in the BTS3900C AC cabinet

SN Cable
S1 Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S3 8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S4 GPS clock signal cable
S5 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S6 8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box
l BTS3900C DC cabinet
Figure 3-222 shows the signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet.

Figure 3-222 Signal cable connections of the BTS3900C DC cabinet
Table 3-207 lists the signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet.
Table 3-207 Signal cables in the BTS3900C DC cabinet

SN Cable
S1 Monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor
S2 8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the OMB fan
S4 8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable
S5 GPS clock signal cable
3.3.7.2 BTS3900C (Ver.C) Monitoring Signal Cable Connections

This section provides reference for onsite installation of monitoring signal cables.
Monitoring Signal Cable Connections in a BTS3900C AC Cabinet (110 V or 220

V)
Only one BBU can be installed in a BTS3900C. The following figure shows the monitoring
signal cable connections in a BTS3900C Cabinet supplied with 110 V AC or 220 V AC
power.

Figure 3-223 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C AC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.
Table 3-208 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C AC cabinet

Cable No. Cable Description
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors
S5 8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box
S6 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S7 8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable
S8 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors


The following figure shows the monitoring signal cable connections in a BTS3900C cabinet
Figure 3-224 Monitoring signal cable connections for a BTS3900C DC cabinet
The following table lists the monitoring signal cable connections.
Table 3-209 Monitoring signal cables in a BTS3900C DC cabinet

Cable No. Cable Description
S2 Monitoring signal cable for the outer air circulation fan
S3 Monitoring signal cable for the inner air circulation fan
S4 8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors
S5 8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable
S6 8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

3.4 Inter-BBU Signal Cable Connections

This section describes the inter-BBU signal cable connections when two BBUs are
configured.
NOTE
When the two BBUs are interconnected to support triple or quadruple modes, BBU 0 is the root BBU,
and BBU 1 is the leaf BBU.
UCIU+UMPT
In a triple or quadruplemode base station configured with two BBUs, triple or quadruple
modes can be supported by connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. In a
UMTS single-mode base station, the UMTS service processing capacity can be expanded by
connecting the UCIU in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. Any port from M0 to M4 on the
UCIU in BBU 0 can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-
BBU signal cable, as shown in Figure 3-225.
NOTE
In UCIU+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition:
l BBU 0 and BBU 1 are both BBU3900s.
l BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.
In UCIU+UMPT mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of BBU 1. The
following table lists the BBU configurations in scenarios supporting UCIU+UMPT mode.
Table 3-210 BBU configurations

Scenario BBU 0 BBU 1
Triple-mode scenario GU L
GL U
GU UL
G*U*L G*U*L
Quadruple-mode scenario GU L*T
G[L*T] U
Single-mode scenario U U
Figure 3-225 Signal cable connection between the UCIU and the UMPT

UMPT+UMPT
In a triple-mode base station configured with two BBUs, triple modes can be supported by
connecting the UMPT in BBU 0 to the UMPT in BBU 1. The CI port on the UMPT in BBU 0
can be connected to the CI port on the UMPT in BBU 1 by using an inter-BBU signal cable,
as shown in Figure 3-226.
NOTE
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, BBU 0 and BBU 1 can have the following composition:
l BBU 0 is BBU3900, BBU 1 is BBU3910.
In UMPT+UMPT interconnection mode, the UMPT must be configured as the main control board of
both BBU 0 and BBU 1. The following table lists the BBU configurations in UMPT+UMPT mode.
Table 3-211 BBU configurations

Scenario BBU 0 BBU 1
Triple-mode scenario GU L
GL U
GU UL
G*U*L G*U*L
Quadruple-mode scenario GU L*T
G[L*T] U
Single-mode scenario U U
Figure 3-226 Connections of the Interconnection Signal Cable Between UMPT boards
Baseband Interconnection
The baseband processing boards in two BBUs can be connected to exchange baseband data.
The following table describes the baseband interconnection scenarios.

Table 3-212 Baseband interconnection scenarios

Scenario BBU 0 BBU 1 Description Baseband
Interconnecti
on Mode
Triple-mode GU UL Supported only WBBPf

scenario in UCIU +WBBPf
+UMPT mode WBBPf
Single-mode U U - +UBBPd_U
scenario UBBPd_U
+UBBPd_U
The connections of the interconnection signal cables between two WBBPf boards, between
the WBBPf and UBBPd in UMTS mode, and between the UBBPd in UMTS mode and
UBBPd in UMTS mode are the same. Figure 3-227 shows the connections of the
interconnection signal cable between the WBBPf and WBBPf.
NOTE
Only the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in slot 2 or 3 of a BBU can be connected to the WBBPf or UBBPd_U in
another BBU.
Figure 3-227 Connections of the interconnection signal cable
3.5 CPRI Cable Connections

CPRI cable connections include those for a single-mode, dual-mode, triple-mode, and
quadruple-mode base station.
3.5.1 CPRI Cable Connections in GSM Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections in GSM base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in typical GSM base
stations.

Table 3-213 Principles of CPRI cable connections

BBU Board CPRI Cable Connection Principle Illustratio
Configuration and n of Cable
Networking Connectio
Principle ns
BBU390 l When GSM l f the BBU is configured with a Figure

0 baseband signals UBBP, CPRI cables for RF 3-228 and
need to be modulesb can be connected to the Figure
processed by RF UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3. The 3-229 show
modules, the CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs CPRI cable
UMPT, GTMU, can be connected to the CPRI ports connections
GTMUb, or on the same UBBP. in scenarios
GTMUc can be where GSM
l If the GSM baseband signals are
configured as the baseband
processed by RF modules, CPRI
main control board signals are
cable connections are as follows:
and the UBRI is processed
configured as – If the BBU is configured with a by RF
required. GTMU, GTMUb, or GTMUc, modules.
CPRI cables are directly
l When GSM Figure
connected to the GTMU,
baseband signals 3-230 and
GTMUb, or GTMUc.
need to be Figure
processed by the – If the BBU is configured with a 3-231 show
baseband UMPT, CPRI cables are CPRI cable
processing board, connected to the UBRI. connections
the UBBP(G)a is l If RFUs and RRUs are configured in scenarios
required. together, CPRI cable connections where GSM
are as follows: baseband
– CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs signals are
can be connected to the same processed
UBRI when at most six CPRI by the
ports are required. baseband
processing
– It is recommended that CPRI board.
cables for all RFUs be connected
to a UBRI and CPRI cables for
all RRUs be connected to
another UBRI when more than
six CPRI ports are required.


Configuration and n of Cable
Networking Connectio
Principle ns
BBU391 l When GSM l When GSM baseband signals are Figure

0 baseband signals processed by RF modules, the 3-228 and
need to be GTMUb or GTMUc in slot 5 or 6 or Figure
processed by RF the UBRIb in slot 0, 1, 2, or 3 can 3-229 show
modules, the provide CPRI ports for connecting CPRI cable
GTMUb or to RF modules. connections
GTMUc can be l When GSM baseband signals are in scenarios
configured or the processed by the baseband where GSM
UBRI is processing board, the UBBP in slot baseband
configured as 0, 1, 2, or 3 can provide CPRI ports signals are
required. for connecting to RF modules. processed
l When GSM by RF
baseband signals modules.
need to be Figure
processed by the 3-230 and
baseband Figure
processing board, 3-231 show
the UBBP(G) is CPRI cable
required. connections
in scenarios
where GSM
baseband
signals are
processed
by the
baseband
processing
board.
a: The UBBP(G) is not a board type but a UBBP working in GSM mode.
b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, a principle or illustration
in this section applies to both RFUs and RRUs.
Table 3-214 lists the priorities of RF modules for connecting to UBBP boards based on the
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL mode
preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If the UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF
module connects to a UBBP(UL). If the UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(G), UBBP(U), or UBBP(L).

Table 3-214 Priorities of RF modules working in different modes when they are connected to
UBBP boards
Working Connection Priority
Mode of
an RF
Module
GUL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO)
UL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
GL UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
LO UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(LO) > UBRIb
GU UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb
UO UBBP(GUL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(UL) > UBBP(UO) > UBRIb
GO UBBP(GO) > UBBP(GL) > UBBP(GU) > UBBP(GUL) > UBRIb >
UBBP(LO) > UBBP(UO) > UBBP(UL)
Illustrations of CPRI Cable Connections

NOTE
A macro base station can be configured with RFUs but without RRUs or can be configured with RFUs and
RRUs. A distributed base station can be configured with RRUs but without RFUs. The restrictions of CPRI
ports are as follows:
l If a base station is configured with RFUs but without RRUs, a CPRI port is connected to the RF module
whose slot number is the same as the CPRI port number. For example, the CPRI cable for RFU 2
connects to CPRI2 port on the baseband processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RRUs but without RFUs, the CPRI cables for these RRUs are
connected to available CPRI ports in sequence on the baseband processing board. For example, CPRI
cables for RRU 0, RRU 1, and RRU 3 are connected to CPRI0, CPRI1, and CPRI2 ports in sequence on
the baseband processing board.
l If a base station is configured with RFUs and RRUs, and the RFUs and RRUs need to be connected to the
same baseband processing board, the CPRI cables for RFUs are connected to CPRI ports, and then the
CPRI cables for RRUs are connected to the rest of CPRI ports.
Based on the principles of CPRI cable connections, the following illustrations show the CPRI
cable connections in typical scenarios.

Figure 3-228 CPRI cable connections in a GSM base station in which the BBU3900 or
BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules
BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by RF modules

BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing
board
BBU3910 is configured and GSM baseband signals are processed by the baseband processing
board
3.5.2 CPRI Cable Connections in a UMTS Base Station

This section describes the configurations of CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station
and provides related illustrations.
Cable connection description

The following table describes the CPRI cable connection principles for a UMTS base station
in typical scenarios.

Table 3-215 CPRI cable connection principles

Configuration n of Cable
Principle and Connectio
Networking ns
Principle
BBU390 The UBBP(U)a is CPRI cables for RF modulesb can be Figure

0 preferentially connected to the CPRI ports only on the 3-232
configured. UBBP or WBBP in slot 2 or 3. The shows the
Alternatively, the CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can CPRI cable
WBBP can be be connected to the CPRI ports on the connections
configured. same UBBP or WBBP. .
BBU391 Only the UBBP(U) The CPRI cables for RF modules can be
0 can be configured as connected to the CPRI ports on the
the baseband UBBP(U) in any of slots 0 to 5. The
processing board. CPRI cables for RFUs and RRUs can
be connected to the CPRI ports on the
same UBBP.
BBU390 The UBBPei is The BBU can be connected to the radio Figure
0 or configured as the multiplex unit (RMU). 3-233
BBU391 baseband processing l Scenario 1: One XCI port on the shows the
0 board. UBBPei is connected to the RMU. CPRI cable
connections
l Scenario 2: Two XCI ports on the .
UBBPei are connected to the RMU.
l Scenario 3: Two XCI ports of the
UBBPei are connected to two RMUs
separately.
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode.
b: RF modules include RFUs and RRUs. Unless otherwise stated, all principles and
illustrations in this section apply to both RFUs and RRUs.
Table 3-216 lists the priorities of RF modules connecting to UBBP boards based on the
preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If a UBBP(GUL) is not configured, the RF module
connects to a UBBP(UL). If a UBBP(UL) is not configured, the RF module connects to a
UBBP(GL) or UBBP(L) in sequence.
UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module


Mode of
an RF
Module

NOTE
Figure 3-232 CPRI cable connections in a UMTS base station configured with the UBBP in
the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-233 CPRI cable connections between the BBU and RMU
3.5.3 CPRI Cable Connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE

(TDD) Base Stations
This section describes the CPRI cable connections for an LTE (FDD) and an LTE (TDD) base
stations.

Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for an LTE (FDD) and
an LTE (TDD) base station in typical scenarios.
BB Ba Board CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of

U se Configuration Principle Cable
Typ Sta Principle and Connections
e tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
BB LT The UBBP(L)a is The CPRI cables for RF Figure 3-235

U39 E preferentially modulesb can be connected to shows the CPRI
00 (F configured. the CPRI ports on the UBBP cable connections.
DD Alternatively, the or LBBP in any of slots 0 to 5.
) LBBP can be The CPRI cables for RFUs
bas configured. and RRUs can be connected to
e the CPRI ports on the same
stat UBBP or LBBP.
ion
BB LT The UBBP(T) is l RRUs can be connected to Figure 3-236

U39 E preferentially the CPRI ports on the shows the CPRI
00 (T configured. UBBP(T) or LBBP in any cable connections.
DD Alternatively, the one of slots 0 to 5. LTE
) LBBP can be (TDD) base stations
bas configured. support RRUs only.
e
stat
ion
BB LT Only the UBBP(L) RF modulesb can be connected Figure 3-235

U39 E can be configured as to CPRI ports on the UBBP(L) shows the CPRI
10 (F the baseband in slot 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. An cable connections.
DD processing board. RFU and an RRU can be
) connected to the same
bas UBBP(L).
e
stat
ion
BB LT Only the UBBP(T) l RRUs can be connected to Figure 3-236

U39 E can be configured as the CPRI ports on a shows the CPRI
10 (T the baseband UBBP(T) in slot 0, 1, 2, 3, cable connections.
DD processing board. 4, or 5. LTE (TDD) base
) stations support RRUs
bas only.
e
stat
ion


e tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
BB - The baseband The BBU can be connected to Figure 3-237

U39 processing board is a an RMU. shows the CPRI
00/ UBBPei l Scenario 1: One XCI port cable connections.
BB of the UBBPei is
U39 connected to the RMU.
10
l Scenario 2: Two XCI ports
of the UBBPei are
connected to the RMU.
l Scenario 3: Two XCI ports
of the UBBPei are
connected to two RMUs
separately.
working modes of the UBBP boards. For example, an RF module working in GUL modes
UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module


NOTE
Figure 3-235 CPRI cable connections in an LTE (FDD) base station configured with the
UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-236 CPRI cable connections in an LTE (TDD) base station configured with the
UBBP in the BBU3900 or BBU3910

3.5.4 CPRI Cable Connections for a GU and a G*U Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U base stations.
Description
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GU and a G*U
base stations in typical scenarios.


U se Configuration and Principle Cable
Sta Networking Connections
tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX l When the UBBP(U)a and Figure 3-239

U39 U feature is used by UBBP(G) are configured, shows the CPRI
00 bas default. any of UBBP boards can cable connections
e l The UBBP is be used to provide CPRI when the
stat preferentially ports for connecting to RF UBBP(U) and
ion configured. The modules. UBBP(G) are
UBBP can serve configured.
l If the UBBP(U) and
either as the UBRIb are configured,
converging part to only the UBRIb can be
provide CPRI used to provide CPRI ports
ports for for connecting to RF
connecting to RF modules.
modules or as the
l If the UBBP(G) and
converged party.
WBBPf are configured,
The peer board
either of them can be used
can be a UBBP,
to provide CPRI ports for
WBBPf, or
UBRIb.
l If the UBRIb and WBBPf
l If the UBBP is not
are configured, only the
configured, the
UBRIb can be used to
WBBPf and
provide CPRI ports for
UBRIb are
required.
l RF modules work in
modes including GSM
mode can connect to the
UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3
by using CPRI cables.
modes including UMTS
UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by
using CPRI cables.


tio Principle
n
GU l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-240

bas topology is used used, the cable connection shows the CPRI
e by default. principles are as follows: cable connections
stat l The UBBP is when the dual-star
l RF modulesb working in
ion optionally topology is used.
GU mode connect to the
configured. baseband processing Figure 3-241
l When a GU base boards or baseband shows the CPRI
station configured interface boards working in cable connections
with both RFUs GSM and UMTS modes. when the CPRI
and RRUs MUX feature is
l When a GU base station
working in modes used and the
configured with both RFUs
including GSM UBBP is
and RRUs working in
mode, the BBU configured.
modes including GSM
must be mode, the RFUs and RRUs
configured with working in GSM mode
the GTMUb or connect to the GTMUb or
GTMUc. GTMUc and UBRI boards,
respectively.
When the CPRI MUX feature
is used, the cable connection
principles are as follows:
l If the UBBP is configured,
the UBBP(U) can serve as
the converging party to
connecting to RF modules,
and the UBBP(U) must be
installed in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the WBBPf
can serve as the
converging party to


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraints on the Figure 3-239

U39 U feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
10 bas default. boards serving as the cable connections.
e l Only the UBBP converging and converged
stat can be configured parties. The UBBP in any of
ion as the baseband slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI
processing board. ports for connecting to RF
modules.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GU l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-242

bas topology is used used, the cable connection shows the cable
e by default. principles are as follows: connections when
stat l Only the UBBP UBBP is used and
ion can be configured enabled with the
GU mode connect to the
as the baseband dual-star topology
baseband processing
processing board. boards or baseband Figure 3-243
l RRU3004 and interface boards working in shows the cable
DRFU modules GSM and UMTS modes. connections when
cannot connect to UBBP and
l When a GU base station
the BBU3910. GTMUb or
GTMUc is used
and RRUs working in
and enabled with
modes including GSM
the dual-star
mode, the RFUs and RRUs
topology
working in GSM mode
connect to the GTMUb or Figure 3-241
GTMUc and UBRI boards, shows the cable
respectively. connections when
UBBP is used and
enabled with the
is used, the UBBP(U) can
CPRI_MUX
serve as the converging party
feature.
to provide CPRI ports for
and the UBBP(U) must be
a: The UBBP(U) is not a board type but a UBBP working in UMTS mode. The UBBP(G)
in this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.


UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module
In addition to the preceding principles, there are some common principles, as described as
follows:
l When UBBP boards are configured in a BBU3900, the CPRI cables for RF modules
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in UMTS mode can be connected to
the CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
l In RRU cascading scenarios, multimode RRUs of the same and different modes can be
cascaded. It is recommended that intra-mode multimode RRUs be cascaded.
– In intra-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in
the same mode.
– In inter-mode cascading scenarios, all cascaded multimode RRUs are working in
GO, UO, and GU mode.


NOTE
Figure 3-239 CPRI cable connections in a G*U base station configured with the BBU3900 or
BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-240 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the BBU3900 and
enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-241 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the

Figure 3-242 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
Figure 3-243 CPRI cable connections in a GU base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb or GTMUc in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.5 CPRI Cable Connections for a GL and a G*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a GL and a G*L
base stations in typical scenarios.


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX l When the UBBP(L)a and Figure 3-244

U39 L feature is used by UBBP(G) are configured, shows the CPRI
e l The UBBP is be used to provide CPRI when the UBBP(L)
stat preferentially ports for connecting to RF and UBBP(G) are
ion configured. The modules. configured.
UBBP can serve l If the UBBP(L) and
either as the UBRIb are configured,
converging part to only the UBRIb can be
provide CPRI used to provide CPRI ports
ports for for connecting to RF
modules or as the
converged party. l If the UBBP(G) and
The peer board LBBPd are configured,
can be a UBBP, either of them can be used
LBBPd, or to provide CPRI ports for
UBRIb. connecting to RF modules.
l If the UBBP is not l If the UBRIb and LBBPd

configured, the are configured, only the
LBBPd and UBRIb can be used to
UBRIb are provide CPRI ports for
required. The connecting to RF modules.
UBRIb must be l RF modules work in
configured in slot modes including GSM
0 or 1, and at least mode can connect to the
one LBBPd is UBBP in any of slots 0 to 3
configured in slots by using CPRI cables.
2 and 3.
modes including LTE
UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5
l The load sharing topology
can be used. If the UBRIb
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI
cable for a dual-mode RF
module is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose
working mode is different


tio Principle
n
from that of the baseband

processing board.
GL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-245

GL mode simultaneously
configured. connect to the baseband Figure 3-246
l When a GU base processing boards or shows the CPRI
station configured baseband interface boards cable connections
with both RFUs working in GSM and LTE when the CPRI
and RRUs modes. MUX feature is
working in modes used and the
l When a GL base station
including GSM UBBP is
mode, the BBU configured.
and RRUs working in
must be modes including GSM
configured with mode, the RFUs and RRUs
the GTMUb or working in GSM mode
GTMUc. connect to the GTMUb or
GTMUc and UBRI boards,
respectively.
l If the UBBP is configured,
the UBBP(L) can serve as
the converging party to
and the UBBP(L) must be
configured, the LBBPd can
serve as the converging
party to provide CPRI
ports for connecting to RF
modules.


tio Principle
n
BB G* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraints on the Figure 3-244

U39 L feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
e l Only the UBBP converging and converged
stat can be configured parties. The UBBP in any of
ion as the baseband slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI
processing board. ports for connecting to RF
modules.
l RRU3004 and
DRFU modules
cannot connect to
the BBU3910.
GL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-247

stat l Only the UBBP when the dual-star
ion can be configured topology is used
GL mode simultaneously
as the baseband and only the
connect to the baseband
processing board. UBBP is
processing boards or
configured.
l RRU3004 and baseband interface boards
DRFU modules working in GSM and LTE Figure 3-248
cannot connect to modes. shows the CPRI
the BBU3910. cable connections
l When a GL base station
when the dual-star
topology is used
and RRUs working in
and the UBBP and
modes including GSM
GTMUb or
mode, the RFUs and RRUs
GTMUc are
working in GSM mode
configured.
connect to the GTMUb or
GTMUc and UBRI boards, Figure 3-246
respectively. shows the CPRI
cable connections
when the CPRI
is used, and a UBBP(L) serves
MUX feature is
as the converging party and
used and the
provides CPRI ports for
UBBP is
connecting to RF modules, the
configured.
UBBP(L) can be installed in
any of slots 0 to 3.
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(G) in
this section is a UBBP working in GSM mode.

UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module
follows:
working in GSM mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
the same mode.
GO, LO, and GL mode.


NOTE
Figure 3-244 CPRI cable connections in a G*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or

Figure 3-245 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-246 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
BBU3900 or BBU3910 and enabled with the CPRI MUX feature

Figure 3-247 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP in the
Figure 3-248 CPRI cable connections in a GL base station configured with the UBBP and
GTMUb or GTMUc in the BBU3910 and enabled with the dual-star topology
3.5.6 CPRI Cable Connections for a UL and a U*L Base Stations

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L base stations.
The following table describes the principles of CPRI cable connections for a UL and a U*L
base station in typical scenarios.


e tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
BB U* l The CPRI MUX l If the UBBP(L)a and Figure 3-249

U39 L feature is used by UBBP(U) are configured, shows the CPRI
e l The UBBP is be used to provide CPRI when the UBBP(L)
stat preferentially ports for connecting to RF and UBBP(U) are
ion configured. The modules. configured.
UBBP can serve l If the UBBP(L) and Illustration 1 in
either as the WBBPf are configured, Figure 3-253
converging part to either of them must be shows the CPRI
provide CPRI used to provide CPRI ports cable connections
ports for for connecting to RF when the RMU is
connecting to RF modules. configured.
modules or as the
l When the UBBP(U) and
converged party.
LBBPd are configured,
The peer board
CPRI cables are connected
can be a UBBP,
to the UBBP(U) or
LBBPd, or
LBBPd.
WBBPf.
modes including UMTS
configured, the
LBBPd and
UBBP in slot 2 or 3 by
WBBPf are
using CPRI cables.
required. In this
case, the LBBPd l RF modules work in
or WBBPf must modes including LTE
be configured in mode can connect to the
slot 2 or 3. UBBP in any of slots 0 to 5
l The load sharing topology
can be used. If the WBBPf
and LBBPd are not
configured, one CPRI
cable for a dual-mode RF
module is connected to the
baseband processing board
and the other one is
connected to the baseband
interface board whose
working mode is different
from that of the baseband
processing board.


e tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
UL l The dual-star When the dual-star topology is Figure 3-250

GL modes connect to the
configured. baseband processing Figure 3-251
l If the UBBP is not boards working in UMTS shows the CPRI
configured and the and LTE modes. cable connections
CPRI MUX when the CPRI
feature is used, the MUX feature is
LBBPd and used and the
WBBPf are UBBP is
l If the UBBP is configured, configured.
required. In this
the UBBP(L) or UBBP(U)
case, the LBBPd Illustration 1 or 2
can serve as the
or WBBPf must in Figure 3-253
converging party to
be configured in shows the CPRI
slot 2 or 3. cable connections
when the RMU is
and the UBBP(L) or
configured.
UBBP(U) must be
configured in slot 2 or 3.
configured, the LBBPd or
WBBPf can serve as the
converging party to
BB U* l The CPRI MUX There is no constraint on the Figure 3-249

U39 L feature is used by slots for installing UBBP shows the CPRI
e l Only the UBBP converging and converged Illustration 1 in
stat can be configured parties. The UBBP in any of Figure 3-253
ion as the baseband slots 0 to 5 can provide CPRI shows the CPRI
processing board. ports for connecting to RF cable connections
modules. when the RMU is
configured.


e tio Networking
n Principle
Ty
pe
UL l The dual-star RF modules working in GL Figure 3-252

bas topology is used modes connects to the shows the CPRI
e by default. UBBP(U) and UBBP(L) to cable connections.
stat l Only the UBBP form a dual-stat topology. The Illustration 1 or 2
ion can be configured UBBP can be configured in in Figure 3-253
as the baseband any of slots 0 to 5. shows the CPRI
processing board. cable connections
when the RMU is
configured.
a: The UBBP(L) is not a board type but a UBBP working in LTE mode. The UBBP(U) in
this section is a UBBP working in UMTS mode.
UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module

follows:
working in UMTS mode and RF modules working in LTE mode can be connected to the
CPRI ports on the same UBBP.
the same mode.
UO, LO, and UL modes.

NOTE
Figure 3-249 CPRI cable connections in a U*L base station configured with the BBU3900 or

Figure 3-250 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the BBU3900 and
Figure 3-251 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the

Figure 3-252 CPRI cable connections in a UL base station configured with the UBBP in the
Figure 3-253 CPRI cable connections in a base station configured with an RMU
3.5.7 CPRI Cable Connections in a Triple-Mode Base Station

This section describes the principles of CPRI cable connections in a triple-mode base station
in different scenarios and provides related illustrations.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections in a triple-mode base station in
typical scenarios.

Table 3-225 CPRI cable connections

BBU Base Station CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of
Principle Cable
Connections
BBU39 Separate-MPT - For details on the

00 base station CPRI cable
configured with connections of the
two BBU3900s BBU working in
l GU+L base UMTS mode, see
station 3.5.2 CPRI Cable
(BBUs not Connections in a
interconnect UMTS Base
ed) Station.
l GL+U base For details on the
station CPRI cable
(BBUs not connections of the
interconnect BBU working in
ed) LTE mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for an
LTE (FDD) and an
LTE (TDD) Base
Stations.
For details on the
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U
Base Stations.
For details on the
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in dual Figure 3-254 shows

base station modes are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the dual-star topology. connections in a GU
two BBU3900s: l RF modules working in single +L base station in
GU+L or GL+U mode are connected to the BBU UCIU+UMPT mode.
base station in by using the single-star topology.
UCIU+UMPT
mode


Principle Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in single Figure 3-256 shows

base station mode are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the single-star topology. connections in
one BBU l It is recommended that multimode G[U*L] scenarios.
l G[U*L] base RF modules working in co-MPT Figure 3-258 shows
station scenarios be connected to the the CPRI cable
l G[L*T] base BBU by using the CPRI MUX connections in
station feature. G[L*T] scenarios.
l Multimode RF modules working The CPRI cable
l U[L*T] base connections in
station in separate-MPT scenarios are
connected to the BBU by using G[L*T], U[L*T],
l G[U*T] base the dual-star topology. and G[U*T]
station scenarios are similar
l RF modules working in LTE TDD to those in G[L*T]
mode are connected to the BBU scenarios.
by using the single-star topology.
These RF modules can only be
single-mode RRUs.
l RRU3961 modules working in
GUL mode are connected to the
WBBPf and the GTMU, GTMUc,
or GTMUb by using the dual-star
topology.


Principle Cable
Connections
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single Figure 3-259 shows

station mode are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the single-star topology. connections in
one BBU l Dual-mode RF modules are G*U*L scenarios.
l G*U*L base connected to the BBU by using Figure 3-260 shows
station the CPRI MUX feature. the CPRI cable
l G*L*T base – The CPRI cables for RF connections in
station modules working in GU or GL G*L*T scenarios.
mode are connected to the
CPRI ports on the UBRI, and
the CPRI cables for RF
modules working in UL mode
are connected to the CPRI
ports on the WBBPf.
– The CPRI cables for RRU3961
modules that can work in GUL
mode are connected to the
UBRIb.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If none of the baseband
processing boards or interface
boards supports the CPRI MUX
feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or interface boards
working in different modes.
l When GSM baseband signals are
processed by RF modules in
G*U*L base stations and GSM
serves as the converged party,
GSM signals can be converged by
the UBBP_U, UBBP_L, or
UBBP_UL. Therefore, a GSM
baseband processing board or
interface board is not required.


Principle Cable
Connections
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single -

station mode are connected to the BBU
configured with by using the single-star topology.
two BBUs: l RF modules working in GL mode
G*U*L+G*U*L are connected to the UBRI in a
base station in BBU by using the single-star
UCIU+UMPT topology.
mode
l RF modules working in GU mode
are connected to the UBRI and
WBBP in a BBU by using the
dual-star topology.


Principle Cable
Connections
BBU39 Separate-MPT - For details on the

10 base station CPRI cable
configured with connections of the
two BBU3910s BBU working in
l GU+L base UMTS mode, see
station 3.5.2 CPRI Cable
(BBUs not Connections in a
interconnect UMTS Base
ed) Station.
l GL+U base For details on the
station CPRI cable
(BBUs not connections of the
interconnect BBU working in
ed) LTE mode, see 3.5.3
CPRI Cable
Connections for an
LTE (FDD) and an
LTE (TDD) Base
Stations.
For details on the
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GU
mode, see 3.5.4
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GU and a G*U
Base Stations.
For details on the
CPRI cable
connections of the
BBU working in GL
mode, see 3.5.5
CPRI Cable
Connections for a
GL and a G*L Base
Stations.
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in dual Figure 3-255 shows

base station modes are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the dual-star topology. connections in a GU
two BBU3910s: l RF modules working in single +L base station in
GU+L or GL+U mode are connected to the BBU UMPT+UMPT
base station in by using the single-star topology. mode.
UMPT+UMPT
mode


Principle Cable
Connections
Separate-MPT l RF modules working in single Figure 3-257 shows

base station mode are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the single-star topology. connections in a
one BBU l It is recommended that multimode G[U*L] base station.
l G[U*L] base RF modules working in co-MPT
station scenarios be connected to the
l G[L*T] base BBU by using the CPRI MUX
station feature.
l Multimode RF modules working
in separate-MPT scenarios are
connected to the BBU by using
the dual-star topology.
l RF modules working in LTE TDD
mode are connected to the BBU
by using the single-star topology.
These RF modules can only be
single-mode RRUs.
Co-MPT base l RF modules working in single Figure 3-261 shows

station mode are connected to the BBU the CPRI cable
configured with by using the single-star topology. connections.
one BBU l The CPRI MUX feature is used
l G*U*L base for dual-mode RF modules by
station default. These RF modules
connect to corresponding UBBP
boardsb in an order of prioritya.
l The load sharing topology can be
used. If none of the baseband
processing boards or interface
boards supports the CPRI MUX
feature, CPRI cables for
multimode RF modules are
connected to baseband processing
boards or interface boards
working in different modes.
l When GSM baseband signals are
processed by RF modules in
G*U*L base stations and GSM
serves as the converged party,
GSM signals can be converged by
the UBBP_U, UBBP_L, or
UBBP_UL. Therefore, a GSM
baseband processing board or
interface board is not required.


Principle Cable
Connections
a: The RF modules of different working modes connect to the BBU in a descending order
of priority as follows: GUL > UL > GL > LO > GU > UO > GO. For example, RF modules
in GUL mode preferentially connect to the BBU and then the RF modules in UL mode. RF
modules working in other modes are connected to the BBU in order of the previously
mentioned priority.
b: According to the working modes of the UBBP boards, the priorities of RF modules for
connecting to UBBP boards are listed in Table 3-226. For example, an RF module working
in GUL mode preferentially connects to a UBBP(GUL). If a UBBP(GUL) is not
configured, the RF module connects to a UBBP(UL). If a UBBP(UL) is not configured, the
RF module connects to a UBBP(GL) or UBBP(L) in sequence.
UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module


NOTE
Figure 3-254 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two
BBU3900s interconnected in UCIU+UMPT mode

Figure 3-255 CPRI cable connections in a GU+L base station configured with two
BBU3910s interconnected in UMPT+UMPT mode

Figure 3-256 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one
BBU3900

Figure 3-257 CPRI cable connections in a G[U*L] base station configured with one
BBU3910

Figure 3-258 CPRI cable connections in a G[L*T] base station configured with one
BBU3900

Figure 3-259 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one
BBU3900

Figure 3-260 CPRI cable connections in a G*L*T base station configured with one BBU3900

Figure 3-261 CPRI cable connections in a G*U*L base station configured with one
BBU3910
3.5.8 CPRI Cable Connections for a Quadruple-Mode Base Station

This section describes the CPRI cable connections for a quadruple-mode base station in
typical scenarios.
The following table describes the CPRI cable connections for a triple-mode base stations in
typical scenarios.
Table 3-227 CPRI cable connections
BBU Base CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of Cable

Station Principle Connections
BBU3900 Co-MPT l RF modules working in Figure 3-262 shows the CPRI

base dual modes are connected cable connections.
station to the BBU by using the
configured dual-star topology.
with one l RF modules working in
BBU3900: single mode are connected
G*U*L*T to the BBU by using the
base single-star topology.
station
l If the LBBP boards
working in LTE FDD and
LTE TDD modes need to
be installed in the same
slot, the LBBP working in
LTE FDD mode is
preferentially installed.

BBU Base CPRI Cable Connection Illustration of Cable

Station Principle Connections
Separate- Figure 3-263 shows the CPRI

MPT base cable connections.
station
configured
with two
BBU3900
s: GU
+L*T base
station in
UMPT
+UMPT
mode
BBU3910 Co-MPT Figure 3-262 shows the CPRI

base cable connections.
station
configured
with one
BBU3900:
G*U*L*T
base
station
UBBP boards
Mode of
an RF
Module


Mode of
an RF
Module

NOTE
Figure 3-262 CPRI cable connections for a G*U*L*T base station configured with one
BBU3900 or BBU3910

Figure 3-263 CPRI cable connections for a GU+L*T base station configured with two
BBU3900s in UMPT+UMPT mode
3.6 RF Cable Connections

Configuration of RF modules varies according to the modes of base stations, and therefore RF
cable connections are different. This chapter describes RF cable connections in single-mode,
dual-mode, and multimode base stations.

3.6.1 RF Cable Connection Description

In terms of the number of RX and TX channels, RFUs can be classified into 1T2R RFUs and
2T2R RFUs.
RF Cable Connections for 1T2R RFUs

A single 1T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA and
ANT_RXB ports. Antenna channel "a" transmits and receives signals while antenna channel
"b" receives signals only. In this case, there are two RX channels and one TX channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU.
Figure 3-264 RF cable connections for a single 1T2R RFU
(a) transmit and receive signals channel (b) receive signals channel
Two 1T2R RFUs connect to an antenna system through their own ANT_TX/RXA port. Two
antenna channels (marked as "a") transmit and receive signals. The RX_INB port on one
1T2R RFU interconnects with the RX_OUTA port on the other 1T2R RFU to transfer the
diversity signals received through the antenna channel.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs.

Figure 3-265 RF cable connections for two 1T2R RFUs
(a) transmit and receive signals channel
Two 1T2R RFUs can be connected by using RF cables to support any of the following RX
and TX channel combinations:
l Two RX channels and two TX channels
l Two RX channels and one TX channel in scenario where multiple carriers or high carrier
power is required, or the configured frequencies exceed the maximum bandwidth
supported by the RFU
l 2x2 MIMO channels
RF Cable Connections for 2T2R RFUs

A single 2T2R RFU connects to an antenna system through the ANT_TX/RXA port. Both
antenna channels a and b transmit and receive signals. In this case, there are two RX channels
and two TX channels and 2x2 MIMO channels can be supported.
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU.

Figure 3-266 RF cable connections for a single 2T2R RFU
(a) transmit and receive signals channel (b) transmit and receive signals channel
Two 2T2R RFU can be configured in a single sector, each using one antenna. In this case,
there are four RX channels and four TX channels. This configuration applies to a scenario
where multiple carriers or high carrier power is required
The following figure shows the RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs.
Figure 3-267 RF cable connections for two 2T2R RFUs
3.6.2 RF Cable Connections for the DRFU

RF cable connections for the DRFU vary according to the positions of the DRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the DRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the DRFU.
Table 3-229 RF cable connections for the DRFU

RFU Specifications of a Description Illustration
Model Single RFU
DRFU Two carriers with 1T2R l One carrier with See illustration 1 in
1T2R Figure 3-268.
l One carrier with
2T2R
l Two carriers with
1T2R
l Two carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-268.
l Four carriers with
1T2R
Illustration of Cable Connections
Figure 3-268 RF cable connections for the DRFU
3.6.3 RF Cable Connections for the GRFU

RF cable connections for the GRFU vary according to the positions of the GRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the GRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the GRFU.
Table 3-230 RF cable connections for the GRFU

Model Single RFU
GRFU Six carriers with 1T2R l Three carriers with See illustration 1 in
1T2R Figure 3-269.
l Three carriers with
2T2R
l Six carriers with
1T2R
l Six carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-269.
l 12 carriers with
1T2R
Figure 3-269 RF cable connections for the GRFU
3.6.4 RF Cable Connections for the WRFU

RF cable connections for the WRFU vary according to the positions of the WRFU and
antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFU.
Table 3-231 RF cable connections for the WRFU

Model Single RFU
WRFU Four carriers with 1T2R Four carriers with 1T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-270.
l Four carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-270.
l Eight carriers with
1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Four carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-270.
Figure 3-270 RF cable connections for the WRFU
3.6.5 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUa

RF cable connections for the WRFUa vary according to the positions of the WRFUa and
antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUa with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUa.
Table 3-232 RF cable connections for the WRFUa

Model Single RFU
WRFUa Four carriers with 1T2R Four carriers with 1T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-271.
l Four carriers with See illustration 2 in

2T2R Figure 3-271.
l Eight carriers with
1T2R
l 2x2 MIMO
Four carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-271.
Figure 3-271 RF cable connections for the WRFUa
3.6.6 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUd

RF cable connections for the WRFUd vary according to the positions of the WRFUd and
antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUd.
Table 3-233 RF cable connections for the WRFUd

Model Single RFU
WRFUd l Four carriers when Four carriers with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
MIMO is configured Figure 3-272.
l Six carriers with l Six carriers with See illustration 2 in
2T2R when MIMO 2T2R Figure 3-272.
is not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Six carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-272.
Figure 3-272 RF cable connections for the WRFUd
3.6.7 RF Cable Connections for the WRFUe

RF cable connections for the WRFUe vary according to the positions of the WRFUe and
antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the WRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the WRFUe.
Table 3-234 RF cable connections for the WRFUe

Model Single RFU
WRFUe l Four carriers when Four carriers with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
MIMO is configured Figure 3-273.
l Six carriers with l Six carriers with See illustration 2 in
2T2R when MIMO 2T2R Figure 3-273.
is not configured
l 2x2 MIMO
Six carriers with 2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-273.
Figure 3-273 RF cable connections for the WRFUe
3.6.8 RF Cable Connections for the LRFU

RF cable connections for the LRFU vary according to the positions of the LRFU and antenna.

Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFU.
Table 3-235 RF cable connections for the LRFU

Model Single RFU
LRFU One carrier with 2T2R One carrier with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-274.
One carrier with 4T4R See illustration 2 in

Figure 3-274.
Figure 3-274 RF cable connections for the LRFU
3.6.9 RF Cable Connections for the LRFUe

RF cable connections for the LRFUe vary according to the positions of the LRFUe and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the LRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the LRFUe.

Table 3-236 RF cable connections for the LRFUe

Model Single RFU
LRFUe One carrier with 2T2R One carrier with 2T2R See illustration 1 in
Figure 3-275.
One carrier with 4T4R See illustration 2 in

Figure 3-275.
Figure 3-275 RF cable connections for the LRFUe
3.6.10 RF Cable Connections for the MRFU

RF cable connections for the MRFU vary according to the positions of the MRFU and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFU with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFU.

Table 3-237 RF cable connections for the MRFU

Model Single RFU
MRFU l Six GSM carriers 1T2R See illustration 1 in

l Four UMTS carriers Figure 3-276.
l One LTE carrier 2T4R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-276.
Figure 3-276 RF cable connections for the MRFU
3.6.11 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUd

RF cable connections for the MRFUd vary according to the positions of the MRFUd and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUd.

Table 3-238 RF cable connections for the MRFUd

Model Single RFU
MRFUd l Eight GSM carriers 2T2R See illustration 1 in

l Six UMTS carriers Figure 3-277.
l Two LTE carriers 4T4R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-277.
Figure 3-277 RF cable connections for the MRFUd
3.6.12 RF Cable Connections for the MRFUe

RF cable connections for the MRFUe vary according to the positions of the MRFUe and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the MRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the MRFUe.

Table 3-239 RF cable connections for the MRFUe

Model Single RFU
MRFUe l Eight GSM carriers 1T2R See illustration 1 in

l Four UMTS carriers Figure 3-278.
l Two LTE carriers 2T2R See illustration 2 in
Figure 3-278.
2T4R See illustration 3 in

Figure 3-278.
Figure 3-278 RF cable connections for the MRFUe
3.6.13 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUd

RF cable connections for the CRFUd vary according to the positions of the CRFUd and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUd with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUd.

Table 3-240 RF cable connections for the CRFUd

Model Single RFU
CRFUd One carrier with 2T2R 2T2R See illustration 1 in

Figure 3-279.

Figure 3-279.
Figure 3-279 RF cable connections for the CRFUd
3.6.14 RF Cable Connections for the CRFUe

RF cable connections for the CRFUe vary according to the positions of the CRFUe and
antenna.
Cable Connections
This section describes the RF cable connections for the CRFUe with a single sector. The
following table lists the RF cable connections for the CRFUe.

Table 3-241 RF cable connections for the CRFUe

Model Single RFU
CRFUe Four carriers with 2T2R 2T2R See illustration 1 in

Figure 3-280.

Figure 3-280.
Figure 3-280 RF cable connections for the CRFUe
3.6.15 RF Cable Connections for Mixed RFU Configuration

Different models of RFUs can be configured in the same base station to expand the system
capacity or supports multimode radio access technologies (RATs). This section describes the
RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration.

Cable Connections
Table 3-242 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Initial Scenario Mixed Configuration Illustration
Scenario
In UMTS 3x2 mode, each In UMTS 3x6 mode, each See illustration 1 in Figure
sector is configured with sector is configured with one 3-281.
one WRFU of 40 W. This WRFU of 80 W. This WRFU
WRFU supports two UMTS supports four UMTS
carriers. carriers.
In GSM S4/4/4 mode, each To support 3x5 MHz of LTE, See illustration 2 in Figure
sector is configured with one MRFU V2 is added to 3-281.
one MRFU V1 that supports each sector. The MRFU V2
four GSM carriers. and MRFU V1 are
configured to support one
LTE carrier.
In GSM S8/8/8 mode, each To support GSM See illustration 3 in Figure

sector is configured with S8/8/8+LTE 3x15 MHz, one 3-281.
two GRFU V2 (1800 MHz). GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) in
Each GRFU V2 (1800 each sector is replaced with
MHz) supports four GSM one MRFUd (1800 MHz).
carriers. The MRFUd (1800 MHz)
works in GL mode,
supporting four GSM
carriers and one LTE carrier.

Figure 3-281 RF cable connections for mixed RFU configuration

Cables 4 PGND Cable
4 PGND Cable
PGND cables include PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for modules, which ensure
grounding of cabinets and modules in the cabinets as well as safe operation of the base
station.
l PGND cables for cabinets are used for connecting the ground bars in the cabinets to the
ground bars at the site.
l PGND cables for modules are used for connecting the ground screws on the modules to
the ground bars in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PGND cable.
Figure 4-1 Exterior of a PGND cable
(1) OT terminal (2) Cord end terminal
NOTE
In most cases, PGND cables are yellow and green. However, the PGND cables are green if 110 V dual-
live-wire power is provided for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C),
RFC (Ver.D), or RFC (Ver.E).

Cables 4 PGND Cable
Cable Description
Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 describe the PGND cables for cabinets and PGND cables for
modules, respectively.
Table 4-1 PGND cables for cabinets

Cable Cabinet Type Connector Maximum Cable
Exterior Length Specificati
ons
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) or Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 25 mm2

BTS3900L (Ver.B) OT terminals (0.039 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) or (M8).
BTS3900L (Ver.C)
BTS3900 (Ver.D) or Both ends use 15 m (49.21 ft) 16 mm2

BTS3900L (Ver.D) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
(M8).
RFC (Ver.B) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
(M6).
RFC (Ver.C) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 25 mm2

(M6).
RFC (Ver.D) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
RFC (Ver.E) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
OMB (Ver.C) Both ends use 15 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
APM30H (Ver.B) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.B) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
(M6).
APM30H (Ver.C) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 25 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.C) OT terminals (0.039 in.2)
(M6).
APM30H (Ver.D) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.D) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
IBBS20D (M6).

Cables 4 PGND Cable

ons
APM30H (Ver.E) or Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

TMC11H (Ver.E) OT terminals (0.025 in.2)
IBBS20D, IBBS20L, (M6).
IBBS20L-E, IMB03,
IMB05, or ILC29
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 35 mm2

(M6).
IBC10 Both ends use - 25 mm2

(M8).
MRE1000 Both ends use 8 m (26.25 ft) 16 mm2

(M6).
Illustration 1 BBU3910A3 A PGND - 16 mm2

cable (0.025 in.2)
connects the
OT
terminal(M6)
on a
BBU3910A3
to an OT
terminal (M8)
on a ground
bar at the site.
Illustration 2 ODM06D A PGND - 16 mm2

cable (0.025 in.2)
connects the
cord end
terminal on an
ODM06D to
an OT
terminal (M6)
on a ground
bar at the site.

Cables 4 PGND Cable
Table 4-2 PGND cables for modules

ons
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) or Both ends 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

BTS3900L (Ver.B) use OT (0.009 in.2)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) or terminals
BTS3900L (Ver.C) (M4).
BTS3900 (Ver.D) or
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.B) Both ends 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

IBBS200D (Ver.B) use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
IBBS200T (Ver.B) (M4).
IBBS300D (Ver.A) Both ends 0.3 m (0.98 ft) 6 mm2

IBBS300T (Ver.A) use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M4).
OMB (Ver.C) Both ends 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M6).
BTS3900AL Both ends 15 m (49.21 ft) 6 mm2

use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M6).
IBC10 Both ends - 6 mm2

use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M6).
IBBS20D Both ends 0.2 m (0.65 ft) 6 mm2

use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M4).
MRE1000 Both ends 0.2 m (0.65 ft) 6 mm2

use OT (0.009 in.2)
terminals
(M4).

Cables 5 Equipotential Cable
5 Equipotential Cable
Equipotential cables connect the PGND terminals of two cabinets. They ensure equipotential
bonding between cabinets and safe operation of base stations.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an equipotential cable.
Figure 5-1 Exterior of an equipotential cable
(1) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
In most cases, equipotential cables are yellow and green. When 110 V dual-live-wire power is supplied
for an APM30H (Ver.C), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.D), or RFC
(Ver.E), equipotential cables are green.
Description
The following table describes equipotential cables.

Table 5-1 Equipotential cables

Cabinet Type Cable Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets stacked or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets stacked or
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets stacked or
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on
the IMS06
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet stacked on 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

the IMS06
APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200T
(Ver.B), and TMC11H (Ver.B) stacked
or installed side by side
APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), The cross-sectional areas of cables vary according
IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200T to the installation scenarios of cabinets.
(Ver.C), and TMC11H (Ver.C) stacked
l 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for stacked cabinets
l 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for side-by-side cabinets
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), 16 mm2

IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T
(Ver.D), IBBS700D, IBBS700T, and
TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked or installed
side by side
APM30H (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.D), 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.D) stacked
APM30H (Ver.E), RFC (Ver.E), 16 mm2

IBBS300D (Ver.A), IBBS300T
(Ver.A), and TMC11H (Ver.E) stacked
IBBS20D, IBBS20L-E, or IBBS20L 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

installed side by side with RRU,
OPM50M, or BBU3910A3

Cabinet Type Cable Specifications
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DC cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and
IBBS700D or IBBS700T cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and
IBBS300D or IBBS300T installed
side by side
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) AC cabinet and 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

TMC11H (Ver.D) installed side by
side

Cables 6 Power Cables
6 Power Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, and pin assignment of power cables in
BTS3900A cabinets.
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices
This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices
This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices
This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices
This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
devices, and temperature control devices.
6.1 Power Cables for Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for all power supply devices.
6.1.1 DCDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of DCDUs.
6.1.1.1 DCDU-01 Power Cable

A DCDU-01 power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-01 from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).

Exterior
The DCDU-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-01 power cables.
Figure 6-1 Cable exterior
(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-01 power cable are black and
blue, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-01 power cables when a DCDU-01 is
configured in different cabinets.

Table 6-1 Description
Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Specifications
See BTS3900L (Ver.B) External power equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

illustration 2), one group
1. BTS3900 (Ver.B) in -48 External power equipment
V DC scenarios
RFC (Ver.B) in DC External power equipment

scenarios
See BTS3900 (Ver.B) in EPS24S48100DC in a

illustration +24 V DC scenarios cabinet
2.
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in AC EPS4890 in a cabinet
scenarios
See RFC (Ver.B) in AC EPS 01A or EPS 01C in an

illustration scenarios APM30H
3.
6.1.1.2 DCDU-03B Power Cable

A DCDU-03B power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03B from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is
configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-03B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a DCDU-03B power cable.
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03B power cable are black and
blue, respectively.

Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03B power cables when a DCDU-03B is
NOTE
When a BTS3900AL is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B is used.
No power cable is needed for a DCDU-03B, DCDU-11B, or DCDU-12B, which is connected to power supply
equipment using a BusBar (in an AC cabinet) or a DC junction box (in a DC cabinet).

Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.B) in DC scenarios External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2), one

(the DCDU-03B is installed on a equipment group
wall)
BTS3900L (Ver.B) (the

DCDU-03B is installed on a wall)
DBS3900 where the BBU is

installed on a wall, 19-inch rack,
or IMB03
OMB
TMC11H (Ver.B) serving as a External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2), one

power cabinet in DC scenarios equipment group
6.1.1.3 DCDU-03C Power Cable

A DCDU-03C power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-03C from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-03C power cables when the
DCDU-03C configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the
maximum length of the DCDU-03C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-03C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-03C power cables.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) Parallel terminal
NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-03C power cable are black and
blue, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-03C power cables when a DCDU-03C is
Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Station Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.
illustrati or DBS3900 serving as a EPS 01B, or EPS 2), one group
on 1. transmission 01D in an APM30H
cabinet in AC
scenarios

Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable

Exterior Station Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-01 in an RFC 2.5 mm2 (0.004

illustrati serving as a power in.2), one group
on 2. cabinet in DC
scenarios
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.B) External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

illustrati or DBS3900 serving as a equipment 2),one group
on 3. transmission
cabinet in DC
scenarios
6.1.1.4 DCDU-11A Power Cable

A DCDU-11A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-11A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11A power cables when the
DCDU-11A is configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the
maximum length of the DCDU-11A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11A power cables.

NOTE
When a DCDU-11A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or RFC (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a
DCDU-11A power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in the preceding
figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-11A power cables when a DCDU-11A is


See BTS3900L (Ver.C) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2),

illustration 1. equipment one group; or 16
mm2 (0.025 in.2),
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC External power
two group
scenarios equipment
See BTS3900 (Ver.C) in AC ETP48150-A3 in a 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

illustration 2. scenarios cabinet one group
See RFC (Ver.C) l EPU03A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2),

illustration 3. EPU03A-04 in an one group
APM30H in AC
scenarios
l External power
equipment in DC
scenarios
The power from the
preceding power
equipment is
transferred by the DC
junction box in an
RFC.

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11B power cables when the DCDU-11B
is configured in different cabinets. The maximum length of a DCDU-11B power cable is 10 m
(32.80 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of DCDU-11B power cables.

NOTE
When a DCDU-11B is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C), colors of the wires in a
DCDU-11B power cable vary depending on the region as follows:
figure.
Description
The following table describes the specifications of DCDU-11B power cables when a
DCDU-11B is configured in different cabinets.
NOTE

Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable
Specifications
BTS3900 (Ver.C) in DC scenarios (the External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2),

DCDU-11B is installed on a wall or in a equipment one group
cabinet)
BTS3900L (Ver.C) (the DCDU-11B is

installed on a wall or in a cabinet)
DBS3900 where the BBU is installed on a

wall, 19-inch rack, or IMB03
TMC11H (Ver.C) External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),

equipment one group

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-11C power cables when the DCDU-11C
configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length of
the DCDU-11C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The DCDU-11C power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-11C power cables.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
Colors of wires in a DCDU-11C power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

figure.

Description
The following table describes DCDU-11C power cables.

Cable Base Cabinet Type Power Cable
Exterior Station Equipment Specifications
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

illustration 1. or DBS3900 serving as a EPU03A-04, 2), one group
transmission cabinet EPU03A-03,
in AC scenarios or
EPU03A-05
in an
APM30H
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11A 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

illustration 2. serving as a power in an RFC 2), one group
cabinet in DC (the power
scenarios from this
power
equipment is
transferred by
the DC
junction box)
See BTS3900A TMC11H (Ver.C) External 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

illustration 3. or DBS3900 serving as a power 2), one group
transmission cabinet equipment
in DC scenarios

A DCDU-12A power cable feeds DC power into a DCDU-12A from power equipment. This
section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As
are configured in different cabinets. If external power equipment is used, the maximum length
of a DCDU-12A power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12A power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows
the exteriors of various DCDU-12A power cables.

Figure 6-7 Exteriors of cables
NOTE
When a DCDU-12A is configured in a BTS3900L (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), or RFC (Ver.D), colors of the wires
in a DCDU-12A power cable vary depending on regions as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the
preceding figure.
l In UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12A power cables when DCDU-12As
are configured in different cabinets.

Table 6-7 Cable description
Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exteri Type
or
Illustra BTS3900L External power equipment 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one
tion 1 (Ver.D) DC group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)
cabinet for two groups
BTS3900 External power equipment
(Ver.D) DC
cabinet
BTS3012AE External power equipment 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for two

(Ver.D_Z) groups
DC cabinet
Illustra BTS3900L EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900L 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

tion 2 (Ver.D) AC cabinet group
cabinet
BTS3900 EPU05A-02 in a BTS3900 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one

(Ver.D) AC cabinet group
cabinet
BTS3012AE EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

(Ver.D_Z) BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet group
AC cabinet
Illustra RFC (Ver.D) External power equipment or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one
tion 3 EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in an group
APM30H (The power from power
equipment is transferred by the
DC junction box in an RFC.)
RFC (Ver.E) External power equipment or

EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in an
APM30H (The power from power
equipment is transferred by the
DC junction box in an RFC.)

section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs
of a DCDU-12B power cable is 10 m (32.81 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12B power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows
the exteriors of various DCDU-12B power cables.

Figure 6-8 Cable exteriors
NOTE
When a DCDU-12B is configured in the BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, RFC (Ver.D), RFC (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E), colors of the wires in a DCDU-12B power
cable vary depending on the region as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively.
l In mainland China, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and red, respectively.
Cable Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12B power cables when DCDU-12Bs
NOTE

Cable Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications
Exterior Equipment
Illustratio BTS3900 (Ver.D) in a External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of
n1 DC scenario equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025
in.2), two groups of power cables
BTS3900L (Ver.D) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025

Cable Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Exterior Equipment
TMC11H (Ver.D) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

TMC11H (Ver.E) External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

RFC (Ver.D) in a DC External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

scenario equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025
RFC (Ver.E) in a DC External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

scenario equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025
BTS3012AE External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

(Ver.D_Z) in a DC equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025
scenario in.2), two groups of power cables
DBS3900 where the External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of
BBU is installed on a equipment power cables; or 16 mm2 (0.025
wall, a 19-inch rack, in.2), two groups of power cables
an IMB03, or an
IMB05
Illustratio RFC (Ver.D) in an AC EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of

n2 scenario EPU05A-04 in power cables
an APM30H
RFC (Ver.E) in an AC EPU05A-06 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of

scenario EPU05A-08 in power cables
an APM30H
BTS3012AE EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of

(Ver.D_Z) in an AC EPU05A-04 power cables
scenario
BTS3900L (Ver.D) in EPU05A-02 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one group of

an AC scenario power cables
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-03 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of

EPU05A-05 in power cables
an APM30H
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-07 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group of

EPU05A-09 in power cables
an APM30H


section describes the specifications of various DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs
of a DCDU-12C power cable is 10 m (32.80 ft).
Exterior
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows
the exteriors of various DCDU-12C power cables.
(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M8)

NOTE
DCDU-12C power cables vary depending on power equipment. The following figure shows the exteriors of
various DCDU-12C power cables.
preceding figure.
l In other regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-12C power cables when DCDU-12Cs

Illustration Base Cabinet Type Power Cable
Station Equipment Specifications
Illustration 1 BTS3900A Transmission EPU05A-02, 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

or DBS3900 cabinet EPU05A-04, one group
TMC11H EPU05A-03, or
(Ver.D) in an EPU05A-05 in
AC scenario an APM30H
BTS3900AL Transmission DCDU-12C in 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

cabinet the equipment one group
TMC11H compartment in
(Ver.D) a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet
Illustration 2 BTS3900A Transmission External power 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2) for

or DBS3900 cabinet equipment one group
TMC11H
(Ver.D) in a DC
scenario
BTS3012AE BTS3012AE External power 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

(Ver.D_Z) DC equipment for one group
cabinet
Illustration 3 BTS3900A Power cabinet External power 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

TMC11H equipment (The for one group
(Ver.D) in a DC power from
scenario this power
equipment is
transferred by
the DC
junction box in
an RFC.)
BTS3900AL BTS3900AL PDU03D-01 or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

(Ver.A)a AC ETP48400 in a for one group
cabinet cabinet

Illustration Base Cabinet Type Power Cable

Station Equipment Specifications
Illustration 4 BTS3900AL BTS3900AL PDU03D-01 in l DCDU-12C in the

(Ver.A) DC a cabinet equipment
cabinet compartment: 16
mm2 (0.025 in.2)
for one group
l DCDU-12C in the
RF compartment:
25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2) for one group
a: This DCDU-12C refers to the one in the equipment compartment in a BTS3900AL

(Ver.A) AC cabinet. The DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is power-fed by a BusBar.

A DCDU-13A power cable feeds DC power from power equipment into the DCDU-13A on
the left inside an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet. This section describes the specifications of
DCDU-13A power cables connecting different power equipment.
Exterior
The DCDU-13A power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various DCDU-13A power cables.

NOTE
In the preceding figure, the RTN(+) wire and NEG(-) wire in a DCDU-13A power cable are black and
blue, respectively.
Description
The following table lists the specifications of DCDU-13A power cables.
Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exteri Type
or
See RFC External power equipment 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), one

illustra (Ver.D_A) in group; or 16 mm2 (0.025 in.
tion 1. DC scenarios 2), two group
See RFC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one

illustra (Ver.D_A) in cabinet group
tion 2. AC scenarios
6.1.1.11 Power Cable Between Cascaded DCDU-13As

The power cable connecting two DCDU-13As in an RFC (Ver.D_A) cabinet feeds DC power
from the left DCDU-13A into the right one. This section describes the specifications of the
power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded DCDU-13As.
(1) OT terminal
Description
The following table lists the specifications of the power cable between cascaded
DCDU-13As.


RFC (Ver.D_A) Left DCDU-13A in the cabinet 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), one group
6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of EPUs, EPSs, and ETPs.
6.1.2.1 EPS 01A or EPS 01C Power Cable

An EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a BTS3900A base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01A or EPS 01C power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased
locally, the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

Description
The following table describes EPS 01A and EPS 01C power cables.

Cable Cable Wire Wire Color Cable
See illustration EPS 01A L1 Brown 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

1. power cable in
the 220 V AC L2 Black
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPS 01A L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
single-phase PE Green and
scenario yellow
See illustration EPS 01C L1 Black 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green
6.1.2.2 EPS 01B or EPS 01D Power Cable

An EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable feeds external AC power into the power system in an
APM30H (Ver.B). An APM30H (Ver.B) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The maximum
length of an EPS 01B or EPS 01D power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables differ. The following
figure shows the exteriors of EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPS 01B and EPS 01D power cables.

See illustration EPS 01B L1 Brown 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.

1. power cable in 2)
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPS 01B L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

2. power cable in
the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
See illustration EPS 01D L1 Black 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

3. power cable
L2 Red
N White
PE Green
6.1.2.3 EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 Power Cable

An EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable feeds external AC power into the power system
in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base
station. The maximum length of an EPU03A-02 or EPU03A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21
ft).
Exterior
The color and number of wires in EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables differ. The
following figure shows the exteriors of EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPU03A-02 and EPU03A-04 power cables.

See illustration EPU03A-02 L1 Brown 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2)

1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
See illustration EPU03A-02 L Brown 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
See illustration EPU03A-04 L1 Black 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

3. power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.C) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The
maximum length of an EPU03A-03 or EPU03A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description


1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow

the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow

3. power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

in an APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet. An APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet is used in a BTS3900A base
station. The maximum length of an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 power cable is 15 m (49.21
ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description
Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Cable

Color Specifications

1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue

Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Cable

Color Specifications
PE Green and
yellow

the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow

3. power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

in an APM30H (Ver.D). An APM30H (Ver.D) is used in a DBS3900 base station. The
maximum length of an EPU05A-03 or EPU05A-05 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
NOTE

Description


1. power cable in
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow

the 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow

3. power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green

An EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a BTS3900A. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-06 are different from those in an EPU05A-08
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-06 and EPU05A-08 power
cables.
NOTE

Description
Cable Exterior Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Specifications
Illustration 1 EPU05A-06 L1 Brown 6 mm2 (0.009

power cable in in.2)
a 220 V AC L2 Black
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N wire Blue


Specifications
PE Green and
yellow
Illustration 2 EPU05A-06 L Brown 25 mm2 (0.039

power cable in in.2)
a 220 V AC N wire Blue
scenario yellow
Illustration 3 EPU05A-08 L1 Black 25 mm2 (0.039

power cable in.2)
L2 Red
N wire White
PE Green

An EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable feeds AC power from external power equipment
into the power system of an APM30H (Ver.E) in a DBS3900. The maximum length of an
EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The colors and number of wires in an EPU05A-07 are different from those in an EPU05A-09
power cable. The following figure shows the exteriors of EPU05A-07 and EPU05A-09 power
cables.
NOTE

Description

Illustration 1 EPU05A-07 L1 Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

power cable in
a 220 V AC L2 Black
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue


PE Green and
yellow
Illustration 2 EPU05A-07 L Brown 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power cable in 2)
a 220 V AC N Blue
scenario yellow
Illustration 3 EPU05A-09 L1 Black 25 mm2 (0.039 in.

power cable 2)
L2 Red
N White
PE Green
6.1.2.9 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Power Cable

EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cables feed power into the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 from the
power equipment. The maximum length of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable is 10 m
(32.81 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable.
Figure 6-20 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable

NOTE
Description
The following table describes an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 power cable.

Base Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable
Station Exteri Specifications
or
DBS39 See TMC11H (Ver.D), External power Two groups of 252

00/ illustra TMC11H (Ver.E), equipment power cables
BTS390 tion 1. TMC11H (Ver.E_B),
0A TMC11H (Ver.E_C),
TMC11H (Ver.E_D),
TMC11H (Ver.D_B),
or TMC11H
(Ver.D_C)
See APM30H (Ver.E), EPU05A-06, Two groups of 252

illustra APM30H (Ver.E_B), EPU05A-07, power cables
tion 2. APM30H (Ver.E_C), EPU05A-08, or
or APM30H EPU05A-09
(Ver.E_D)
DBS39 See APM30H (Ver.D), EPU05A-03 or One group of 252

00 illustra APM30H (Ver.D_C), EPU05A-05 power cables
tion 2. or APM30H
(Ver.D_B)
See IMB03 External power Two groups of 252

illustra equipment power cables
tion 1.
See OMB (Ver.C) External power Two groups of 162

illustra equipment power cables
tion 1.
BTS390 See APM30H (Ver.D), EPU05A-02 or One group of 252

0A illustra APM30H (Ver.D_C), EPU05A-04 power cables
tion 2. or APM30H
(Ver.D_B)
BTS390 See BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC External power Two groups of 252

0 illustra cabinet equipment power cables
tion 1.

Base Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Cable

Station Exteri Specifications
or
BTS390 See BTS3900L (Ver.D) External power Two groups of 252

0L illustra equipment power cables
tion 1.
BTS390 See BTS3900AL AC ETP48400D Two groups of 252

0AL illustra cabinet power cables
tion 2.
See BTS3900AL DC External power Two groups of 252

illustra cabinet equipment power cables
tion 1.
6.1.2.10 EPU03A-21 Power Cable

An EPU03A-21 power cable connects the AC power distribution box and EPU03A-21 in the
MRE1000 to provide power input for the EPU03A-21.
Exterior
There are two types of EPU03A-21 power cables. When the external AC power supply is
used, the power cable exterior is shown in Figure 6-21. When the power supply to the
EPU03A-21 is from batteries, the power cable exterior is shown in Figure 6-22.
Figure 6-21 Power cable exterior (1)
(1) OT terminal (M4) (2) Cord end terminal

Figure 6-22 Power cable exterior (2)
Description
The specifications for the EPU03A-21 power cable used in an MRE1000 are listed in the
following table.
Table 6-21 EPU03A-21 power cable specifications

Cabinet Power Equipment Cable Specifications
MRE1000 AC power distribution When the input power is external AC power

box in an MRE1000 supply, one group of 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
power cables are used.
When the input power is provided by
batteries, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)
power cables are used.
6.1.2.11 ETP48100-A1 Power Cable

An ETP48100-A1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-A1 from a
PDU10D-01 after the AC power is converted by a surge protective device (SPD).
The cross-sectional area of the wires of an ETP48100-A1 power cable is 4 mm2 (0.006 in.2),
as shown in the following figure.

(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4)
6.1.2.12 EPS30-4815AF Power Cable

An EPS30-4815AF power cable feeds power into an IMB03 AC cabinet. The maximum
length of an EPS30-4815AF power cable is 6 m (19.69 ft).
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS30-4815AF power cable. The cross-
sectional area of the wire is 1 mm 2 (0.002 in.2).
NOTE
6.1.2.13 EPS4890 Power Cable

An EPS4890 power cable feeds AC power into cabinets. EPS4890 power cables are used in
the BTS3900 (Ver.B) AC cabinet and DBS3900 (ICR) cabinet. By using different power
systems, a cabinet can support power inputs of 220 V AC single-phase and 220 V AC three-
phase. The maximum length of an EPS4890 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The wires in an EPS4890 power cable vary depending on the power input type. The following
figure shows the power exteriors of EPS4890 power cables.
NOTE

Description
The following table describes EPS4890 power cables.

Cable Cabinet Cable Wire Wire Color Cable
Exterior Type Specificatio
ns
See l BTS390 EPS4890 L1 Yellow 2.5 mm2

illustration 0 power cable (0.004 in.2)
1. (Ver.B) in the 220 L2 Green
in AC V AC L3 Red
scenario three-phase
s scenario N Blue
l IMB03
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario

Cable Cabinet Cable Wire Wire Color Cable

Exterior Type Specificatio
ns
See l BTS390 EPS4890 L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009

illustration 0 power cable in.2)
2. (Ver.B) in the 220 N Blue
in AC V AC
scenario single-
s phase
l IMB03 scenario
cabinet
in the
DBS390
0 (ICR)
scenario
6.1.2.14 EPS24S48100DC Power Cable

An EPS24S48100DC power cable feeds +24 V DC power into cabinets. EPS24S48100DC
power cables are used in the following cabinets: BTS3900 (Ver.B) (+ 24 V DC), APM30H
(Ver.B) (+ 24 V), and DBS3900 (ICR). The maximum length of an EPS24S48100DC power
cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EPS24S48100DC power cable.
Description
The following table describes EPS24S48100DC power cables.


Wire Wire Color Cable Specifications
RTN(+) Red 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2), two

groups
NEG(-) Black
6.1.2.15 ETP48400 Power Cable

An ETP48400 power feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 and ETP48400 in a BTS3900AL
AC cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48400 power cable.
Description
The following table describes an ETP48400 power cable.

Cable Wire Wire Color Cable
Specifications
ETP48400 power L Brown 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)

cable
N Blue
6.1.2.16 ETP48150-A3 Power Cable

An ETP48150-A3 power cable feeds external AC power into a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. The
maximum length of an ETP48150-A3 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
A BTS3900 cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 220 V AC three-phase
power. The number of wires in an ETP48150-A3 power cable depends on the power system

where the ETP48150-A3 is used. The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48150-A3
power cable in the 220 V AC single-phase scenario as an example.
Description
The following table describes ETP48150-A3 power cables.

See ETP48150-A3 L1 Brown 4 mm2 (0.006 in.

illustration 1. power cable in 2)
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue
See ETP48150-A3 L Blue 16 mm2 (0.025

illustration 2. power cable in in.2)
the 220 V AC N Brown
scenario yellow

6.1.3 PDU Power Cables

This section describes power cables for different models of PDUs.
6.1.3.1 PDU10D-01 Power Cable

A PDU10D-01 power cable feeds power from power equipment into a PDU10D-01. The
maximum length of a PDU10D-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
PDU10D-01 power cables vary depending on the power equipment. The following figure
shows the exteriors of various PDU10D-01 power cables.
NOTE
(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes PDU10D-01 power cables.


Cable Cabinet Power Equipment Wire Wire Cable
Exterior Type Color Specificatio
ns
See OMB (Ver.C) External power RTN(+) Black 4 mm2 (0.006

illustration in DC equipment in.2)
1. scenarios NEG(-) Blue
See OMB (Ver.C) ETP48100-A1 in a RTN(+) Black 16 mm2

illustration in AC cabinet (0.025 in.2)
2. scenarios NEG(-) Blue
See OMB (Ver.C) External power L Brown 4 mm2 (0.006

illustration in AC equipment in the 220 in.2)
3. scenarios V AC single-phase N Blue
scenario PE Green
and
yellow
6.1.3.2 PDU05A-01 Power Cable

A PDU05A-01 power cable feeds AC power into the PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL AC
cabinet. A PDU05A-01 supports 220 V AC single-phase, 220 V AC three-phase, and 110 V
AC dual-live-wire. The maximum length of a PDU05A-01 power cable is 15 m (49.21 ft).
Exterior
The number of wires in a PDU05A-01 power cable varies depending on the power supplies.
The following figure shows the exteriors of various PDU05A-01 power cables.
NOTE
The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased locally,
the cables must comply with local rules and regulations.

(1) Cord end terminal
Description
The following table describes PDU05A-01 power cables.

Specifications
See illustration PDU05A-01 L1 Brown 10 mm2 (0.016

1. power cable in in.2)
three-phase L3 Gray
scenario
N Blue
PE Green and
yellow
See illustration PDU05A-01 L Brown 35 mm2 (0.054

the 220 V AC N Blue


Specifications

scenario yellow
See illustration PDU05A-01 L1 Black 35 mm2 (0.054

the 110 V dual- L2 Red
live-wire N White
scenario
PE Green
6.1.3.3 PDU03D-01 Power Cable

A PDU03D-01 power cable feeds power from a BTS3900AL AC cabinet or external power
cabinet into a BTS3900AL DC cabinet.
Exterior
PDU03D-01 power cables vary depending on the power supplies. The following figure shows
various PDU03D-01 power supplies.

(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) OT terminal (M8) (3) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
Colors of wires in a PDU03D-01 power cable vary depending on regions as follows:

figure.
Description
The following table describes PDU03A-01 power cables.
Cable Exterior Power Equipment Cable Specifications
See illustration 1. Busbar in a 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), two groups, LSZHa

BTS3900AL AC
cabinet

Cable Exterior Power Equipment Cable Specifications
See illustration 2. LOAD2 terminal in a 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), one group, LSZHb

BTS3900AL AC
cabinet
See illustration 3. External power 25 mm 2 (0.039 in.2), three groups,

equipment LSZHc
a: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, one group of 70 mm2 (0.108
in.2) PVC power cables or two groups of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) PVC power cables that are
locally purchased can be the substitutes.
b: If the preceding power cable is not delivered by default, one group of 25 mm2 (0.039 in.
2) PVC power cables that are locally purchased can be the substitute.
c: If the preceding power cables are not delivered by default, the PVC power cables that are
locally purchased and meet the requirements in both a and b can be the substitutes.
6.1.3.4 PDU08H-01 Power Cable

A PDU08H-01 power cable feeds DC power into a PDU08H-01 from power equipment. A
PDU08H-01 power cable is used in the MRE1000.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the PDU08H-01 power cable.
Figure 6-32 PDU08H-01 power cable exterior
(1) H4 connector (2) HVEPC connector
Description
The following table describes the PDU08H-01 power cable.

Table 6-29 PDU08H-01 power cable

MRE1000 EPU03A-21 2x1.5 mm2 (2x0.002 in.2)
6.1.3.5 HSMU Power Cable for the PDU08H-01

An HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01 connects the EPU03A-21 and the HSMU for the
PDU08H-01 to supply power for the HSMU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01.
Figure 6-33 Exterior of the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following tables describes the HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01.
Table 6-30 HSMU power cable for the PDU08H-01

MRE1000 EPU03A-21 12AWG
6.1.4 Power Cables for Other Power Supply Devices

This section describes power cables for other power supply devices.
6.1.4.1 Power Cable for an AC Junction Box

The power cable for an AC junction box feeds AC power into the AC junction box from
power equipment. The AC power is then converted by the AC junction box into four AC
outputs, which are provided for other components such as the heater or heating film. This

section also describes the specifications of power cables for AC junction boxes in different
cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of power cables for AC junction boxes.
NOTE
NOTE
The L wire is brown and the N wire is blue, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for AC junction boxes.


Illustration APM30H (Ver.B), EPS 01, EPU03A, or 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

1 APM30H (Ver.C), EPU05A in.2)
APM30H (Ver.D), or
APM30H (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.B), EPS 01, EPU03A, or 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

TMC11H (Ver.C), EPU05A in an APM30H in.2)
TMC11H (Ver.D), or (feeding power into the AC
TMC11H (Ver.E) junction box in the APM30H)
IBBS700D or EPU05A in an APM30H 1.5 mm2 (0.0023

IBBS700T (Ver.D) (feeding power into in.2)
the AC junction box in the
APM30H)
Illustration BTS3900AL AC PDU05A-01 2.5 mm2 (0.004

2 cabinet in.2)
Illustration BTS3900AL DC PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL 2.5 mm2 (0.004

3 cabinet AC cabinet (feeding power in.2)
into the AC junction box in
the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
IBBS700D or PDU05A-01 in a BTS3900AL 2.5 mm2 (0.004

IBBS700T AC cabinet (feeding power in.2)
into the AC junction box in
the BTS3900AL AC cabinet)
IBBS300D EPU05A in an APM30H 2.5mm2

(Ver.D) or APM30H (Ver.E)
(feeding power into the AC
junction box in the APM30H)
6.1.4.2 Power Cables for a Power Distribution Box

Power cables for a power distribution box include the cable between power equipment and the
power distribution box in a battery cabinet (IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS700D, or
IBBS700T) and the cable between the cascaded power distribution boxes in two battery
cabinets.
Exterior
Power cables for power distribution boxes vary according to power equipment. The following
figure shows the exteriors of these power cables.

(1) Power series 120 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) Power series 175 connector
(4) OT terminal (M8) (5) EPC5 connector -

NOTE
The colors of power cables for a power distribution box in an IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T vary depending on regions as follows:
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes the power cables for power distribution boxes.

Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications
Equipment
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.B) EPS01A, EPS01B, 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

or IBBS200T EPS01C, or
(Ver.B) EPS01D in an
APM30H (Ver.B)
Illustration 2 IBBS200D (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

or IBBS200T EPU03A-03,
(Ver.C) EPU03A-04, or
EPU03A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.C)
Battery AC power 25mm2

compartment in an distribution box in
MRE1000 an MRE1000
Illustration 3 IBBS200D (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

or IBBS200T EPU05A-03,
(Ver.D) EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in an
APM30H (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.E) l EPU05A-06, 50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), super

or IBBS200T EPU05A-07, flexible, 125
(Ver.E) EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09 in
an APM30H
(Ver.E)
l Power
distribution box
in an
IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)

Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Cable Specifications

Equipment
Illustration 3 IBBS700D or l EPU05A-02, 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2), 3436

IBBS700T EPU05A-03,
EPU05A-04, or
EPU05A-05 in
an APM30H
(Ver.D)
l ETP48400 in a
BTS3900AL
cabinet
l TP48600A
Illustration 4 IBBS20D l OPM50M 10 mm2 (0.016 in.2)

l ETP48100-A1
in an OMB
(Ver.C)
6.1.4.3 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in an RFC

A power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC feeds -48 V DC power into the DC junction
box in an RFC.
Exterior
Depending on the power supply supported by an RFC, there are three types of power cables
for the DC junction box in an RFC. The following figure shows the exteriors of these power
cables.

(1) OT terminal (M6) (2) Power series 120 connector
NOTE
Colors of wires in a power cable for the DC junction box in an RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) vary depending
on regions as follows:
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for the DC junction box in an RFC.

Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications
Exterior
Illustration 1 RFC (Ver.C), External power 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2) for one
RFC (Ver.D), or equipment group; 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2) for
RFC (Ver.E) in two groups
a DC scenario

Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications

Exterior
Illustration 2 RFC (Ver.C) in EPU03A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

an AC scenario EPU03A-04 in an group
APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 3 RFC (Ver.D) in EPU05A-02 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

APM30H (Ver.D)
RFC (Ver.E) in EPU05A-06 or 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2) for one

APM30H (Ver.E)
6.1.4.4 Power Cable for the DC Junction Box in a BTS3900AL

The power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL connects the PDU03D-01 to the
DC junction box in the BTS3900AL DC cabinet and feeds DC power into DC junction box.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a
BTS3900AL.
Figure 6-37 Exterior of a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL
NOTE
The color of the power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL varies depending on the region.
l In most regions, the RTN(+) wire is black, and the NEG(-) wire is blue, as shown in Figure 6-37.
l In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the DC junction box in a BTS3900AL.

Cable Wire Cable Specifications
Power cable for the DC NEG(-): W1 and W2 16 mm2 (0.025 in.2)

junction box in a
BTS3900AL RTN(+): W3 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
6.1.4.5 Power Cable Between Cascaded DC Junction Boxes in Different

IBBS300Ds/IBBS300Ts
The DC junction boxes in two IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts are cascaded by power cables,
including the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts and the cascading
power cable for the fans in two IBBS300Ds or the cascading power cable for the TECs in two
IBBS300Ts.
Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts

A power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts connects the DC junction box in
one IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to
provide power for the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following figure shows the
exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts.
Figure 6-38 Exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or IBBS300Ts
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded IBBS300Ds or
IBBS300Ts.
IBBS300D or DC junction box in the cabinet A group of 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)

IBBS300T cables

Cascading Power Cable for the Fans or TECs

A cascading power cable for the fans or TECs connects the DC junction box in one
IBBS300D or IBBS300T to the DC junction box in the other IBBS300D or IBBS300T to
provide power for the fan or TEC in the second IBBS300D or IBBS300T. The following
figure shows the exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs.
Figure 6-39 Exterior of a cascading power cable for the fans or TECs
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black and blue, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
The following table lists specifications of the power cable between cascaded fans in
IBBS300Ds or cascaded TECs in IBBS300Ts.

IBBS300D or DC junction box in the cabinet One group of cables with a

IBBS300T cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2
(0.0039 in.2)
6.1.4.6 Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20D Cabinets

The power distribution boxes in two IBBS20D cabinets are cascaded by a power cable, which
feeds power from one power distribution box into the other.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable between cascaded IBBS20D
cabinets.

NOTE
Description
The following table describes power cables between cascaded IBBS20Ds.

IBBS20D Power distribution box in the A group of cables with a

cabinet cross-sectional area of 10
mm2 (0.016 in.2)
6.1.4.7 IBBS20L Power Cable and Power Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls
An IBBS20L power cable is used to connect an IBBS20L to upper-level equipment. A power
cable between IBBS20Ls is used to connect two IBBS20Ls and feed power from the lower-
level IBBS20L into the upper-level IBBS20L.
Exterior
The following figure shows a IBBS20L power cable and a power cable between cascaded
IBBS20Ls.

NOTE
Description
The following table lists the specifications of an IBBS20L power cable and a power cable
between IBBS20Ls.

Cable Type Power Equipment Cable Specifications
IBBS20L OPM50M One group of cables with a

power cable cross-sectional area of 10 mm2
(0.0155 in.2)
Power cable Upper-level IBBS20L One group of cables with a

between cross-sectional area of 10 mm2
cascaded (0.0155 in.2)
IBBS20Ls
6.1.4.8 Power Cable

The IBBS20L-E power cable connects an upper-level power supply device to IBBS20L-E.
Exterior
The following figures show the IBBS20L-E power cables.
Figure 6-42 DC power cable

Figure 6-43 AC power cable
(1) Quick-connect terminal
Specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables

The following table provides the specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables.
Table 6-39 Specifications of IBBS20L-E power cables

Cable Type Power Supply Equipment Cable Specifications
IBBS20L-E OPM30M Cross-sectional area: 10 mm2

power cable or 0.015 in.2
6.1.4.9 Battery Power Cable

Battery power cables connect batteries to power equipment. Battery power cables include the
power cable between storage batteries and the power distribution box, power cable between
storage batteries and the EPU, and copper bars between storage batteries. Battery power
cables are required in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS20D,
IBBS700D, IBBS700T, BTS3900AL cabinet, IMS06, or MRE1000.
NOTE
Colors of battery power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are red and black, respectively, as shown in the
following figure.
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and Power Distribution Boxes

When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.C), IBBS200D
(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.B), IBBS200T (Ver.C), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
IBBS200T (Ver.E), IBBS20D, IBBS700D, or IBBS700T, battery power cables are those
between battery packs and power distribution boxes. The following figure shows the exteriors
of battery power cables between battery packs and power distribution boxes.

Figure 6-44 Cable Exterior
The following table describes battery power cables.


Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment Cable
Specifications
Illustration 1 in l IBBS700D or Power distribution 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

Figure 6-44 IBBS700T box in a battery 2)
l IBBS200D cabinet
(Ver.C) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.C)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.D) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.D)
l IBBS200D
(Ver.E) or
IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
(connecting
storage batteries
to the power
distribution box
on the inner upper
right wall of a
cabinet)
Illustration 2 in IBBS200D (Ver.E) or Power distribution 35 mm2 (0.054 in.

Figure 6-44 IBBS200T (Ver.E) box in a battery 2)
connecting storage cabinet
batteries to the power
distribution box on
the top of a cabinet
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or Power distribution 16 mm2 (0.025 in.

IBBS200T (Ver.B) box in a battery 2)
cabinet
IBBS20D Power distribution 10 mm2 (0.016 in.

box in a battery 2)
cabinet
Power Cables Between Battery Packs and an EPU or Busbar

When batteries are installed in the BTS3900AL, IMS06, or MRE1000, battery power cables
connect the battery packs to the power equipment. The battery power cables used in a
BTS3900AL or IMS06 are shown in Figure 6-45 and those used in an MRE1000 are shown
in Figure 6-46.

Figure 6-45 Cable exterior (in a BTS390AL or IMS06)
Figure 6-46 Cable exterior (in an MRE1000)

Specifications
Figure 6-45 IMS06 EPU05A-02 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
BTS3900AL Busbar 35 mm2 (0.054 in.2)
Figure 6-46 MRE1000 AC power distribution 25 mm2 (0.039 in.2)

box in an MRE1000
When storage batteries are installed in an IBBS300D or IBBS300T, battery power cables
include power cables for the battery cabinet and power cables for battery packs. The
following figure shows the exteriors of battery power cables.

Cable Exterior Cable Cabinet Connection Cable

Type Specification
s
Illustration 1 in Power cables for IBBS300D From the positive 35 mm2 (0.054
Figure 6-47 battery packs or pole of a DC in.2)
IBBS300T junction box to the
corresponding
circuit breaker

Cable Exterior Cable Cabinet Connection Cable

Type Specification
s
Illustration 2 in IBBS300D From a circuit 35 mm2 (0.054

Figure 6-47 or breaker to the in.2)
IBBS300T positive pole of
the battery pack
Illustration 3 in IBBS300D From the negative 35 mm2 (0.054

Figure 6-47 or pole of a DC in.2)
IBBS300T junction box to the
negative pole of
the battery pack
Illustration 4 in Power cables for IBBS300D From the positive 50 mm2 (0.077
Figure 6-47 a battery cabinet or and negative poles in.2), 3436
IBBS300T of a DC junction
box to the EPU
Copper Bars Between Storage Batteries

Copper bars are delivered with the storage batteries. The following figure shows the exterior
of a copper bar.
Figure 6-48 Exterior of a copper bar between storage batteries
6.2 Power Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes power cables for all monitoring devices.
6.2.1 CMUEA Power Cable

A CMUEA power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the CMUEA on the front door of a
cabinet from the power distribution box in an IBBS700D.
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA power cable.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) Bare wire
6.2.2 CMUF Power Cable

A CMUF power cable feeds DC power into a CMUF from power equipment. This section
describes the specifications of various CMUF power cables when a CMUF is configured in
different cabinets.
Exterior
Figure 6-50 shows the exterior of a CMUF power cable.
Figure 6-50 Cable exterior (most regions)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Bare wire

Figure 6-51 Cable exterior (UK)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes CMUF power cables.

Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment Description
See illustration 1 in BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in the In other regions, the

Figure 6-50. equipment RTN(+) and NEG(-)
compartment in a wires are black and
BTS3900AL blue, respectively.
Figure 6-51 BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in the In UK, the RTN(+)

equipment and NEG(-) wires
compartment in a are blue and gray,
BTS3900AL respectively.
See illustration 2 in IBBS700T Power distribution -

Figure 6-50. box in a IBBS700T
6.2.3 CMUG Power Cable

A CMUG power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a power distribution box into the CMUG.
CMUG power cables are required by IBBS20Ds.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG power cable.

(1) 2-pin connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
NOTE
Description
The following table describes a CMUG power cable.

IBBS20D Power distribution box in an A group of 1.5 mm2 (0.002 in.2)

IBBS20D cables
6.2.4 CCU Power Cable

A CCU power cable feeds -48 V DC power from the DCDU-12C into a CCU. A CCU is
configured in the following cabinet: BTS3900AL, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU power cable.

(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU power cable.

Cabinet Power Equipment
BTS3900AL DCDU-12C in a BTS3900AL
IBBS700D Power distribution box in a IBBS700D
IBBS700T Power distribution box in a IBBS700T
6.2.5 CCU01D-03 Power Cable

A CCU01D-03 power cable feeds -48 V DC power from a DC junction box into a
CCU01D-03. The IBBS300D and IBBS300T need to be configured with CCU01D-03 power
cables.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU01D-03 power cable.
Figure 6-54 Exterior of the cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

Description
The following table describes CCU01D-03 power cables.
Cabinet Type Power Equipment
IBBS300D or IBBS300T DC junction box in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T
6.2.6 HEUA Power Cable

An HEUA power cable feeds power from the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB into an HEUA.
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA power cable.

NOTE
An HEUA power cable is a Y-shaped cable. The cable connects to an HEUA and a BBU at the end with two
3V3 connectors and feeds power into the HEUA and BBU.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) H4 connector
6.2.7 HEUB Power Cable

An HEUB power cable feeds power from the PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C) into an HEUB.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB power cable.

Description
The following table describes an HEUB power cable.

Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3 Power Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes power cables for all temperature control devices.
6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies

This section describes power cables for different models of fan assemblies.
6.3.1.1 FAN Power Cables

A FAN power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN in the BTS3900 (Ver.B) or
BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN power cable.

Figure 6-57 Exterior of a FAN power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Parallel terminal
Description
The following table describes a FAN power cable.
Table 6-48 FAN power cable
X1 End X2 End
X1.A3 X2.B1
X1.A1 X2.B2
6.3.1.2 FAN 01A Power Cables

A FAN 01A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01A in the RFC (Ver.B).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01A power cable.
Figure 6-58 Exterior of a FAN 01A power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Parallel terminal

Description
The following table describes a FAN 01A power cable.
Table 6-49 FAN 01A power cable

Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B2
W2 X1.A3 X2.B1
6.3.1.3 FAN 01B Power Cable

A FAN 01B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01B in an RFC (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 01B power cable.
Figure 6-59 Exterior of a FAN 01B power cable
(1) 3V3 connector (2) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)
NOTE
The colors of FAN 01B power cables vary depending on regions.

figure.
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01B power cable.
Table 6-50 FAN 01B power cable

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1

Cable X1 End X2 End
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3.1.4 FAN 01C Power Cable

A FAN 01C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into a FAN 01C in the RFC (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 01C power cables vary depending on regions.
l In most regions, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are black, as shown in Figure 6-60.
l In UK, the RTN(+) wire is blue and the NEG(-) wire is gray, as shown in Figure 6-61.
Figure 6-60 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in most regions
Figure 6-61 Exterior of a FAN 01C power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01C power cable.

Table 6-51 FAN 01C power cable

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3.1.5 FAN 01D Power Cable

A FAN 01D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 01D in an RFC (Ver.E).
Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 01D power cable are black, as shown in the
following figure.
Description
The following table describes a FAN 01D power cable.

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3.1.6 FAN 02A Power Cable

A FAN 02A power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) or
TMC11H (Ver.B).

Exterior
The FAN 02A in an APM30H (Ver.B) is powered by the EPS 01A or EPS 01. The following
figure shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-63 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (1)
The FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B) is powered by the DCDU-03C. The following figure
shows the exterior of a FAN 02A power cable.
Figure 6-64 Exterior of a FAN 02A power cable (2)
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

A FAN 02B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) or
TMC11H (Ver.C).
Exterior

NOTE

figure.
Description

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A3 X2.B1
W2 X1.A1 X2.B2

A FAN 02D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D) or
TMC11H (Ver.D).
Exterior
The colors of FAN 02D power cables vary depending on regions.

Figure 6-66 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in most regions
Figure 6-67 Exterior of a FAN 02D power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02D power cable.
Table 6-54 FAN 02D power cable
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2

A FAN 03B power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03B in the BTS3900 (Ver.C) or
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.

Exterior
NOTE

figure.
Description
Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A3 X2.B1
W2 X1.A1 X2.B2
6.3.1.10 FAN 03C Power Cable

A FAN 03C power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03C in the BTS3900 (Ver.D) or
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is
used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in most regions or BTS3900 (Ver.D).

Figure 6-69 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAN 03C power cable when the FAN 03C is
used for the BTS3900L (Ver.D) in UK.
Figure 6-70 Exterior of a FAN 03C power cable in UK
Description
The following table describes a FAN 03C power cable.
Table 6-56 FAN 03C power cable

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B2
W2 X1.A3 X2.B1
6.3.1.11 FAN 02E Power Cable

A FAN 02E power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 02E in an APM30H (Ver.E) or
TMC11H (Ver.E).

Exterior
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a FAN 02E power cable are black, as shown in the
following figure.
Description
The following table describes a FAN 02E power cable.

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.B1
W2 X1.A3 X2.B2
6.3.2 FAU03D-02 Power Cable

An FAU03D-02 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-02 in an IBC10 cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable.

Figure 6-72 Exterior of a FAU03D-02 power cable
Description
The following table describes the specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable.
Table 6-58 Specifications of a FAU03D-02 power cable

Wire X1 End X2 End
W1 A3 B1
W2 A1 B2

An FAU03D-01 power cable feeds DC power into the FAU03D-01 in an BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet.
Exterior
The colors of FAU03D-01 power cables vary depending on regions.

Figure 6-73 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in most regions
Figure 6-74 Exterior of a FAU03D-01 power cable in UK

An FAU01D-05 power cable connects -48 V DC power supply to the FAU01D-05.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU01D-05 power cable.

Description
The following table describes the FAU01D-05 power cable.
Table 6-59 FAU01D-05 power cable

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 A1 -
W2 A3 +
6.3.4.1 ETP48100-B1 Power Cable

An ETP48100-B1 power cable feeds external AC power into an ETP48100-B1 from the
power supply equipment.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ETP48100-B1 power cable.
Figure 6-76 ETP48100-B1 power cable
(1) OT terminal (M6, 16 mm 2 [0.025 in. 2])


An FAN 03D power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the FAN 03D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FAN 03D power cable.
Figure 6-77 Exterior of an FAN 03D power cable
Cable Description
The following table describes an FAN 03D power cable.
Table 6-60 FAN 03D power cable

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 A3 B1
W2 A1 B2
6.3.5 Transfer Power Cable for the Fan Assembly

A transfer power cable for the fan assembly connects the FAU01D-05 and fans in the
MRE1000.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a transfer power cable for the fan assembly.

(1) H4 connector
Description
The following table describes the transfer power cable for the fan assembly.
Table 6-61 Transfer power cable for the fan assembly

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.1 X2.1
W2 X1.2 X2.2
W3 X1.3 X2.3
W4 X1.4 X2.4
6.3.6 Power Cable for an AC Heater

The power cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater in an APM30H,
TMC11H, or MRE1000 from power equipment.
Power Cable for an AC Heater

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC heater.
NOTE

Figure 6-79 Exterior of a power cable for an AC heater
(1) C13 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
NOTE
The L wire, PE wire, and N wire of a power cable for an AC heater are brown, green and yellow, and blue,
respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes a power cable for an AC heater.

Specif
ication
s
APM30H (Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), EPS or EPU in a cabinet 1.5

APM30H (Ver.D), or APM30H (Ver.E) mm2
(0.0023
in.2)
Transmission cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), EPS or EPU in an APM30H 1.5

TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or (feeding power into the AC mm2
TMC11H (Ver.E) in an AC scenario junction box in a TMC11H) (0.0023
in.2)
Power cabinet TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H External power equipment 1.5

(Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H mm2
(Ver.E) in a DC scenario (0.0023
in.2)
MRE1000 AC power distribution box in 1.5

an MRE1000 mm2
(0.0023
in.2)

Power Transfer Cable for an AC Heater

The power transfer cable for an AC heater feeds AC power into the AC heater from the EPU
in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) by connecting the AC power output terminal on the EPU to the
transfer terminal on the AC heater.
The following figure shows a power transfer cable for an AC heater in an APM30
(Ver.D_A1).
Figure 6-80 Exterior of a power transfer cable for an AC heater
(1) OT terminal (M4), 1 mm2 (0.0016 in.2) (2) Cord end terminal
6.3.7 Power Cable for a Heating Film

The power cable for a heating film connects the AC junction box in an APM30H to the AC
junction box for the heating film in an IBBS200D. Then the AC junction box distributes
power to the heating film.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for a heating film.
NOTE
NOTE
The L wire and N wire of a power cable for a heating film are brown and blue, respectively, as shown in the
preceding figure.

Description
The following table describes a power cable for a heating film.

Specific
ations
IBBS200D (Ver.B), IBBS200D EPS or EPU in an APM30H (feeding 1.5 mm2

(Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.D), or power first into the AC junction box in (0.0023
IBBS200D (Ver.E) the APM30H and then into the AC in.2)
junction box for the heating film in an
IBBS200D)
6.3.8 Power Cables for the Temperature Control System

Power cables for the temperature control system connect the power distribution box in the
IBBS700D or IBBS700T, feeding DC power into the fan mounting frame in the IBBS700D or
the TEC in the IBBS700T and the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for the temperature control system.
(1) EPC4 connector
Description
The following table describes the power cables for the temperature control system.

Cable X1 End X2 End
W1 X1.A1 X2.A1

Cable X1 End X2 End
W2 X1.A2 X2.A2
6.3.9 HAU01A-01 Power Cable

An HAU01A-01 power cable feeds AC power into an HAU01A-01 from the AC junction box
in a BTS3900AL, IBBS300D, or IBBS700D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HAU01A-01 power cable.
Figure 6-83 Exterior of the cable
(1) C13 straight female connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 power cable.

Wire Color Specifications
L wire Brown 1.5 mm2 (0.005 in.2)

PE wire Green and yellow
N wire Blue
6.3.10 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS200D

Fan power cables in an IBBS200D include the fan input power cable and fan power transfer
cable, feeding power into the fans in the IBBS200D.

Fan Input Power Cable in an IBBS200D

Exterior
The fan input power cable in an IBBS200D connects power equipment to the power
distribution box in the IBBS200D. The exteriors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds
vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds (Ver.C), IBBS200Ds (Ver.D), or IBBS200D(Ver.E) vary
depending on regions as follows:
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes fan input power cables in IBBS200Ds.

Exterior Specification
s
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, 2.5 mm2
or EPS 01D in an APM30H (0.004 in.2)
(Ver.B)


Exterior Specification
s
Illustration 1 IBBS200D (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,

EPU03A-03, or EPU03A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 IBBS200D (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

an APM30H (Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

an APM30H (Ver.E)
Power Transfer Cable for the Fan in an IBBS200D

Exterior
The fan power transfer cable in an IBBS200D connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200D to the fan mounting frame on the cabinet door. The exteriors of fan power transfer
cables in IBBS200Ds vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes fan power transfer cables in IBBS200Ds.


Cabl Cabinet Type Power Color Cable
e Equipmen Specifications
Exte t
rior
Illust IBBS200D Power The RTN(+) and l OT terminal (M4),

ratio (Ver.B) distribution NEG(-) wires are black 1.5 mm2 (0.0023
n1 box in a and blue, respectively. in.2)
cabinet
l OT terminal (M6),
IBBS200D Power l In most regions, the 6 mm2 (0.009 in.2)
(Ver.C) distribution RTN(+) and NEG(-)
box in a wires are black and
cabinet blue, respectively.
l In UK, the RTN(+)
and NEG(-) wires
are blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust IBBS200D Power Both the RTN(+) wire 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
ratio (Ver.D) or distribution and NEG(-) wire are
n2 IBBS200D box in a black.
(Ver.E) cabinet
6.3.11 Fan Power Cables in an IBBS300D

The fan power cables in an IBBS300D connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of fan power cables in an IBBS300D.
Figure 6-86 Fan power cables in an IBBS300D
(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE
The colors of fan power cables in an IBBS300D vary according to the region:
figure.
Description
The following table describes the fan power cables in an IBBS300D.

IBBS300D Power equipment in the APM30H A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016

or BTS3900AL cabinet in.2) cables
6.3.12 TEC Power Cables in an IBBS200T

TEC power cables in an IBBS200T include the TEC input power cable and TEC power
transfer cable, feeding power into the TEC in the IBBS200T.
TEC Input Power Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC input power cable in an IBBS200T connects power equipment to the power
distribution box in the IBBS200T. The exteriors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts
vary depending on cabinet versions, as shown in the following figure.

(1) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type) (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The colors of TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts (Ver.C), IBBS200Ts (Ver.D), or IBBS200Ts (Ver.E)
vary depending on regions.
preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes TEC input power cables in IBBS200Ts.

Illustration 1 IBBS200T (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, 2.5 mm2 (0.004
or EPS 01D in an APM30H in.2)
(Ver.B)
Illustration 1 IBBS200T (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,

an APM30H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 IBBS200T (Ver.D) EPS05A-02, EPS05A-04,

EPS05A-03, or EPS05A-05 in
an APM30H (Ver.D)


IBBS200T (Ver.E) EPS05A-06, EPS05A-08,

EPS05A-07, or EPS05A-09 in
an APM30H (Ver.E)
TEC Power Transfer Cable in an IBBS200T

Exterior
The TEC power transfer cable in an IBBS200T connects the power distribution box in the
IBBS200T to the TEC on the cabinet door. TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts are
divided into two types in terms of power equipment, as shown in the following figure.
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M6) (3) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes TEC power transfer cables in IBBS200Ts.


Cabl Cabinet Type Power Color Cable Specifications
e Equipm
Exte ent
rior
Illust IBBS200D Power The RTN(+) and l OT terminal (M4),

ratio (Ver.B) distributi NEG(-) wires are black 1.5 mm2 (0.0023 in.
n1 on box and blue, respectively. 2)
in a
l OT terminal (M6), 6
cabinet
mm2 (0.009 in.2)
IBBS200D Power l In most regions, the
(Ver.C) distributi RTN(+) and NEG(-)
on box wires are black and
in a blue, respectively.
cabinet l In UK, the RTN(+)
and NEG(-) wires
are blue and gray,
respectively.
Illust IBBS200D Power Both the RTN(+) wire 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)
ratio (Ver.D) or distributi and NEG(-) wire are
n2 IBBS200D on box black.
(Ver.E) in a
cabinet
6.3.13 TEC Power Cables in the IBBS300T

The TEC power cables in an IBBS300T connect power equipment in the APM30H or
BTS3900AL cabinet to the DC junction box in the IBBS300T.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of TEC power cables in the IBBS300T.
Figure 6-89 TEC power cables in the IBBS300T
(1) EPC4 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)

NOTE
The colors of TEC power cables in an IBBS300T vary by region:

figure.
Description
The following table describes TEC power cables in IBBS300Ts.

IBBS300T Power equipment in the APM30H A group of 2.5 mm2 (0.016

or BTS3900AL cabinet in.2) cables
6.3.14 Power Cable for a Heat Exchanger in the Front Door

A power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door connects power equipment to the heat
exchanger in the front door of a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet. The power cables can be
classified into AC power cables and DC power cables in terms of cabinet types.
Exterior
l Figure 6-90 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with AC power.
l Figure 6-91 shows the exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door in
scenarios in which the cabinet is supplied with DC power.
Figure 6-90 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (1)
(1) Common connector (2) OT terminal (M6)
NOTE
The L wire, N wire, and PE wire of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are brown, blue, and
green and yellow, respectively, as shown in the preceding figure.

Figure 6-91 Exterior of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door (2)
(1) 3-pin connector (2) EPC4 connector
NOTE
The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires of a power cable for a heat exchanger in the front door are black, as shown in
the preceding figure.
Description
The following table describes power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors.
Table 6-72 Power cables for heat exchangers in the front doors
Cable Exterior Cabinet Type Power Equipment
Figure 6-90 BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

cabinet
Figure 6-91 BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) AC EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04

cabinet
BTS3012AE(Ver.D_Z) DC DCDU-12C
cabinet
6.4 Power Cables for Other Devices

This section describes power cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
6.4.1 EMUA or EMUB Power Cable

An EMUA or EMUB power cable feeds -48 V DC power into the EMUA or EMUB. This
section describes the specifications of EMUA or EMUB power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
EMUA or EMUB power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown

(1) EPC4 connector (2) Cord end terminal (3) Tool-less female connector (pressfit (4) OT terminal (M4)
type)
NOTE
The colors of EMUA or EMUB power cables in APM30Hs (Ver.C), TMC11Hs (Ver.C), APM30Hs (Ver.D),
TMC11Hs (Ver.D), APM30Hs (Ver.E), TMC11Hs (Ver.E), or BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinets vary depending
on regions as follows:
preceding figure.
l In the UK, the RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and gray, respectively.
Description
The following table describes EMUA or EMUB power cables.

Illustration 1 APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05 in a
cabinet

APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12C or DCDU-12B in a

(Ver.E) cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in a cabinet
DC BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) DCDU-12C in a cabinet

cabinet
AC BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in a

cabinet cabinet
Illustration 2 APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or

EPS 01D in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, EPU03A-04,

cabinet
Illustration 3 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03C or DCDU-03B in a

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11C or DCDU-11B in a

cabinet
6.4.2 BBU Power Cable

A BBU power cable feeds power into a BBU from power equipment. The maximum length of
a BBU power cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables vary depending on cabinets and
power equipment, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 6-93 Exteriors of BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables
(1) 3V3 connector (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) H4 connector (4) Tool-less female connector (pressfit type)
(5) Parallel terminal (6) EPC4 connector (7) EPC5 connector -
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3910A power cable.
Figure 6-94 Exterior of a BBU3910A power cable
(1) EPC4 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU5900 power cable.

Figure 6-95 Exterior of a BBU5900 power cable
(1) HDEPC connector (2) EPC4 connector
Cable Description
The following table describes BBU3900 and BBU3910 power cables.
Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment

Exterior
Illustration 1 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03B or DCDU-03C in a

cabinet
Illustration 2 IMB03 EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 3 OMB EPS30-4815AF in a cabinet
Illustration 4 BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, EPS 01B, or

EPS 01D in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-03, EPU03A-05,

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11B or DCDU-11C in a

cabinet
Illustration 5 BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet
Illustration 6 OMB (Ver.C) PDU10D-01 in a cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet

Cable Cabinet Type Power Equipment

Exterior
BTS3900L (Ver.D) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DCDU-12C in the equipment

compartment of a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

cabinet

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a

(Ver.E) cabinet
IBC10 DCDU-12C in a cabinet
Illustration 7 BTS3900L (Ver.D) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DCDU-12C in the equipment

APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

cabinet

cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C in a

(Ver.E) cabinet
MRE1000 EPU03A-21 in a cabinet
Illustration 8 ILC29 LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports on a

DCDU-12B in a cabinet
NOTE
The following table describes BBU3910A power cables.


Cable Wire Wire Color Wire Color Wire Color Wire Color
Exterior in the in Europe in in the UK
North Mainland
America China
Figure 6-94 RTN(+) Black Brown Red Blue
NEG(-) Blue Blue Blue Gray
The following table describes BBU5900 power cables.

Cable X1 End X2 End X3 End
W1 1+ + N/A
W2 2+ N/A +
W3 1- - N/A
W4 2- N/A -
6.4.3 RFU Power Cables

RFU power cables feed power into RFUs from power equipment. This section describes the
specifications of RFU power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
RFU power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment, as shown in the
following figure.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Parallel terminal (4) Tool-less female
connector (pressfit type)
Description
The following table describes RFU power cables.


Illustration 1 BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the RF

BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
Illustration 2a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet DCDU-12C in the RF

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
RFC (Ver.D) or RFC (Ver.E) DCDU-12A in a cabinet
Illustration 3 l BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet DCDU-01 in a cabinet

l RFC (Ver.B)
l BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
Illustration 4 l BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet DCDU-11A in a cabinet

l RFC (Ver.C)
l BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those
shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from
that shown by illustration 2.
l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are
black.
l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and
gray, respectively.
6.4.4 RRU Power Cable

RRU power cables feed power into RRUs. This section describes the specifications of RRU
power cables when different types of power equipment are used.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of RRU power cables. Cable connectors at the RRU
side vary depending on RRU models. For details on cable connectors, see the related RRU
installation guide.

Figure 6-97 Cable exteriors
(1) Tool-less female (2) EPC4 (3) EPC5 (4) OT terminal (5) Cord end
connector (pressfit type) connector connector (M4) terminal
NOTE
l The colors of RRU power cables vary depending on regions as follows:

l The colors and structures of cables vary according to countries and regions. If cables are purchased

Cable Type
RRU power cables vary according to power equipment. The following table describes
different types of RRU power cables.
Table 6-78 Types of RRU power cables

Specifications
Illustration 1 TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11B The specifications

of RRU power
APM30H (Ver.B) EPS 01A, EPS 01C, cables vary
EPS 01B, or EPS depending on
01D RRU models. For
APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A-02, details on the
EPU03A-04, specifications of
EPU03A-03, or RRU power
EPU03A-05 cables, see the
related RRU
Illustration 2 TMC11H (Ver.D) or DCDU-12B (LOAD6 hardware
TMC11H (Ver.E) to LOAD9 ports) description and
RRU installation
OMB (Ver.C) PDU10D-01 guide.
(LOAD6 to LOAD9
ports)
Illustration 3 TMC11H (Ver.D) PDU10D-01

(LOAD0 to LOAD5
ports)
OMB (Ver.C) DCDU-12B (LOAD0

to LOAD5 ports)
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-03 or

EPU05A-05 (RRU0
to RRU5)
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06,

EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or
EPU05A-09
MRE1000 EPU03A-21
IMB05 or ILC29 DCDU-12B (LOAD0

to LOAD5 ports) or
EPU02D-02 (LOAD0
and LOAD1 ports)
Illustration 4 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03B
Illustration 5 APM30H (Ver.D) ODM06D


Specifications
TMC11H (Ver.E) in ODM06D

a DBS3900
configured with 16 to
21 RRUs
6.4.5 SOU Power Cable

The power cable for a service outlet unit (SOU) feeds AC power from the AC OUTPUT port
on the EPU, EPS, or AC power distribution box into the SOU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SOU power cable.
NOTE
(1) C13 connector (2) OT terminal (M4)
Description
The following table describes an SOU power cable.

Cable Color Silkscreen Cable Specifications
W1 Brown L 2.5 mm2 (0.004 in.2)

Cable Color Silkscreen Cable Specifications
W2 Green and yellow PE
W3 Blue N
6.4.6 SPD Power Cable

A power cable for a surge protective device (SPD) feeds AC power into the AC surge
protection box in an OMB (Ver.C).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an SPD power cable.
Figure 6-99 Exterior of an SPD power cable
(1) Cord end terminal (2) OT terminal (M4) for connecting to a cable with a cross-sectional area of 4 mm2
(0.006 in.2)
6.4.7 Power Cable for an AC Surge Protection Box

A power cable for an AC surge protection box feeds external AC power into an OMB or
MRE1000. The cabinet can be supplied with 220 V AC single-phase or 110 V AC dual-live-
wire power. The maximum length of a power cable for an AC surge protection box is 6 m
(19.69 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box.
NOTE

Figure 6-100 Exterior of a power cable for an AC surge protection box
(1) OT terminal
Description
The following table describes a power cable for the AC surge protection box.

Cable Wire Wire Color
220 V AC single-phase L wire Brown

power cable
N wire Blue
110 V AC dual-live-wire L1 wire Brown
L2 wire Blue
6.4.8 Power Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box in the

MRE1000
The power cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000 connects the external
AC power supply and the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000. Its maximum length is
15 m (16.4 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the power cable for the AC power distribution box
in the MRE1000.

Description
The following table describes the power cable for AC power distribution box in the
MRE1000.

Cable Wire Wire Color
220 V AC single-phase L wire Brown

power cable
N wire Blue
110 V AC dual-live-wire L1 wire Black
L2 wire Red
N wire White
PE wire Green
6.4.9 GATM Power Cable

A GATM power cable feeds power into a GATM. This section describes the specifications of
GATM power cables in different cabinets.
Exterior
The exteriors of GATM power cables vary depending on cabinets and power equipment. The
following figure shows the exteriors of GATM power cables.

(1) 3V3 connector (2) EPC4 connector (3) Parallel terminal (4) OT terminal (M4)

(5) Tool-less female - - -

connector (pressfit type)
Description
The following table describes GATM power cables.

Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet or DCDU-12A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12C in a cabinet

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in

an APM30H, or DCDU-12A in
an RFC
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in

an RFC
Illustration 2a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet DCDU-12A in a cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.D) or TMC11H DCDU-12C in a cabinet

(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.D) EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 in

an RFC
APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 in

an RFC
Illustration 3 BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or DCDU-01 in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet
APM30H (Ver.B) DCDU-01 in an RFC
Illustration 4 TMC11H (Ver.B) DCDU-03C in a cabinet
Illustration 5 BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet or DCDU-11A in a cabinet

BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet
TMC11H (Ver.C) DCDU-11C in a cabinet
APM30H (Ver.C) DCDU-11A in an RFC

a: The connectors at both ends of the cable shown by illustration 1 are the same as those
shown by illustration 2, but the color of the cable shown by illustration 1 is different from
that shown by illustration 2.
l Illustration 1 shows the cable used in most regions. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wire are
black.
l Illustration 2 shows the cable used in UK. The RTN(+) and NEG(-) wires are blue and
gray, respectively.
6.4.10 ODM06D Power Cable

The ODM06D power cable feeds power from power equipment into an ODM06D.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D power cable.
Figure 6-103 Exterior of an ODM06D power cable
(1) OT terminal (2) Cord end terminal
Description
An ODM06D power cable consists of two wires. The following table describes an ODM06D
power cable.
Table 6-83 ODM06D power cable

Wire Wire Color
RTN(+) wire Brown
NEG(-) wire Blue

Cables 7 Transmission Cables
7 Transmission Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of the transmission cables in a
cabinet.
7.1 E1/T1 Cable
An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable
An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the
main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and
BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in
BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable
An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The typical length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 10 m (32.80 ft), 20 m (65.62
ft), or 30 m (98.42 ft).
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports
In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect
the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports
An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable
An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable
An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the
main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and
battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28
ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for
the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.

7.1 E1/T1 Cable

An E1/T1 cable transfers baseband signals from the BBU to the external transmission
equipment. The maximum length of an E1/T1 cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
E1/T1 cables are classified into 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables, 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cables,
and 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cables.
The E1/T1 cable has a DB26 male connector at one end. You need to add a connector to the
other end of the cable onsite based on actual conditions. Figure 7-1 shows the exterior of an
E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900. Figure 7-2 shows the exterior of an
E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A. These figures use 75-ohm E1 coaxial cables as examples.
Figure 7-1 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3900 or BBU3910
(1) DB26 male connector
Figure 7-2 Exterior of the E1/T1 cable for the BBU3910A
The following table lists the types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable.

Table 7-1 Types of connectors at both ends of a 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable
Cable Connector at One End Connector at the Other

End
75-ohm E1 coaxial cable DB26 male connector L9 male connector
L9 female connector
SMB female connector
BNC male connector
SMZ male connector
SMZ female connector
Cable Description
Table 7-2, Table 7-3 and Table 7-4 describe E1/T1 cables.
Table 7-2 75-ohm E1 coaxial cable
X1 End Wire Type (1) Coaxial No. Description (2)
X1.1 Tip 1 RX1+ RX0+
X1.2 Ring RX1- RX0-
X1.4 Ring RX2- RX1-
X1.6 Ring RX3- RX2-
X1.8 Ring RX4- RX3-
X1.19 Tip 2 TX1+ TX0+
X1.20 Ring TX1- TX0-
X1.21 Tip 4 TX2+ TX1+
X1.23 Tip 6 TX3+ TX2+
X1.25 Tip 8 TX4+ TX3+

NOTE
(1) "Tip" refers to the wire in an E1 coaxial cable. "Ring" refers to the external conductor of an E1
coaxial cable.
(2) The number can start from 1 or 0.
Table 7-3 120-ohm E1 twisted pair cable

X1 End Color Wire Type Description
X.1 Blue Twisted pair RX1+
X.2 White RX1-
X.3 Orange Twisted pair RX2+
X.4 White RX2-
X.5 Green Twisted pair RX3+
X.6 White RX3-
X.7 Brown Twisted pair RX4+
X.8 White RX4-
X.19 Gray Twisted pair TX1+
X.20 White TX1-
X.21 Blue Twisted pair TX2+
X.22 Red TX2-
X.23 Orange Twisted pair TX3+
X.24 Red TX3-
X.25 Green Twisted pair TX4+
X.26 Red TX4-
Table 7-4 100-ohm T1 twisted pair cable

X.1 White and blue Twisted pair RX1+
X.2 White and blue RX1-
X.3 White and orange Twisted pair RX2+
X.4 White and orange RX2-
X.5 White and green Twisted pair RX3+
X.6 White and green RX3-

X.7 White and brown Twisted pair RX4+
X.8 White and brown RX4-
X.19 White and gray Twisted pair TX1+
X.20 White and gray TX1-
X.21 Blue and red Twisted pair TX2+
X.22 Blue and red TX2-
X.23 Orange and red Twisted pair TX3+
X.24 Orange and red TX3-
X.25 Green and red Twisted pair TX4+
X.26 Green and red TX4-
7.2 E1/T1 Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UELP to the
main control board. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in BTS3900A and
BTS3900AL are 1.2 m (3.94 ft) long. E1/T1 surge protection transfer cables used in
BTS3900Cs or OMBs configured for the DBS3900 are 0.65 m (2.13 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-3 Exterior of an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable
(1) DB25 male connector (2) DB26 male connector
Description
The following table describes an E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable.

Table 7-5 E1/T1 surge protection transfer cable

X1 End X2 End Wire Type
X2.2 X1.20 Twisted pair
X2.3 X1.19
X2.5 X1.3
X2.7 X1.21
X2.9 X1.5
X2.11 X1.23
X2.13 X1.7
X2.15 X1.2
X2.25 X1.26
7.3 FE/GE Fiber Optic Cable

An FE/GE fiber optic cable transfers optical signals between the BBU and the transmission
equipment. The typical length of an FE/GE fiber optic cable is 10 m (32.80 ft), 20 m (65.62
ft), or 30 m (98.42 ft).
Exterior
The FE/GE fiber optic cable has an LC connector at one end and an FC connector, SC
connector, or LC connector at the other end, as shown in Figure 7-4, Figure 7-5, and Figure
7-6.
Figure 7-4 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with FC and LC connectors)

Figure 7-5 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with SC and LC connectors)
Figure 7-6 Exterior of an FE/GE fiber optic cable (with LC connectors)
NOTICE
The connection between the BBU and transmission equipment must comply with the
following rules:
l The TX port on the BBU must be connected to the RX port on the transmission
equipment.
l The RX port on the BBU must be connected to the TX port on the transmission
equipment.
7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports

In a base station using IP-based co-transmission, an interconnection cable is used to connect
the FE/GE electrical ports on the main control boards of different modes.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical
ports.
Figure 7-7 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE electrical ports
(1) RJ45 connector

7.5 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Optical Ports

An interconnection cable connects the FE/GE optical ports on the main control boards of
different modes to achieve co-transmission in IP mode.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical
ports.
Figure 7-8 Exterior of an interconnection cable between FE/GE optical ports
(1) LC connector
7.6 FE/GE Ethernet Cable

An FE/GE Ethernet cable connects a BBU to the external transmission equipment through
routing equipment. It transmits baseband signals. The maximum length of an FE/GE Ethernet
cable is 50 m (164.04 ft).
Exterior
An FE/GE Ethernet cable is a shielded straight-through cable, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 7-9 Exterior of an FE/GE Ethernet cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE Ethernet cable.

Table 7-6 FE/GE Ethernet cable

X1 End X2 End Color Wire Type
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Twisted pair
X1.1 X2.1 White and orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted pair
X1.3 X2.3 White and green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted pair
X1.5 X2.5 White and blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 X2.7 White and brown
7.7 FE/GE Surge Protection Transfer Cable

An FE/GE surge protection transfer cable is an optional cable. It connects the UFLP to the
main control board. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in the APM, TMC, and
battery cabinets configured for the DBS3900 or BTS3900A and BTS3900AL are 1.0 m (3.28
ft) long. FE/GE surge protection transfer cables used in OMB, OMB (Ver.C) configured for
the DBS3900 or BTS3900C base station are 0.8 m (2.62 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.
Figure 7-10 Exterior of an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FE/GE surge protection transfer cable.

Table 7-7 FE/GE surge protection transfer cable

X1.1 X2.1 White
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted pair
X1.3 X2.3 White
X1.5 X2.5 White
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 X2.7 White

Cables 8 Signal Cables
8 Signal Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes the exteriors, functions, pin assignment of all signal cables in
BTS3900A cabinets.
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices
This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices
This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices
This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices
This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
8.1 Signal Cables for Power Devices

This section describes signal cables for all power supply devices.
8.1.1 PMU-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and CCU. It transmits the RS485
signals collected by the PMU to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the BBU.
Exterior
The PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable is black. Its exterior is shown in the following figure.

Figure 8-1 Exterior of a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-1 PMU-CCU monitoring signal cable

X1.1 X2.1 White Twisted pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.2 PMU 11A-CMUEA Monitoring Signal Cable

The PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable connects the PMU and the CMUEA in the
FAN 02D. It transmits the RS485 signals collected by the PMU to the BBU through the
CMUEA. This monitoring signal cable is 1.1 m (3.61 ft) long.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-2 Exterior of a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-2 PMU 11A-CMUEA monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2
X1.6 X2.6
X1.5 X2.5
X1.8 X2.8
8.1.3 PMU 01B-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms from the
PMU 01B in the BTS3900 cabinet to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-3 Exterior of a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-3 PMU 01B-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1 End X2 End Color Type
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.4 PMU 11A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms
collected by the PMU 11A in the BTS3900 cabinet or IMS06 to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-4 Exterior of a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-4 PMU 11A-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable reports environment variables and alarms
collected by the PMU 12A to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-5 PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-5 PMU 12A-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2
X1.6 X2.6
X1.5 X2.5
X1.8 X2.8
8.1.6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

The EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cables include the monitoring signal cables
between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and operator-provided equipment, between the EPU02D
or EPU02D-02 and the BBU, and between cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s.
NOTE
The monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and the BBU connects the PMU 12A
to the BBU. For details, see 8.1.5 PMU 12A-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable.
Exterior
The monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or EPU02D-02 and operator-provided
monitoring equipment reports one channel of dry-contact alarms of the EPU02D or
EPU02D-02 to the operator-provided monitoring equipment. The following figure describes
the exterior of this cable.

Figure 8-6 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) Bare wire
The monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s connects the two
PMU 12As in the cascaded EPU02Ds or EPU02D-02s. The following figure describes the
exterior of this cable.
Figure 8-7 EPU02D or EPU02D-02 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Cable Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable between the EPU02D or
EPU02D-02 and the operator-provided monitoring equipment.

X1 End Color Wire Type
X1.2 Orange Twisted pair
X1.1 White
X1.6 Green Twisted pair
X1.3 White
X1.4 Blue Twisted pair
X1.5 White
X1.8 Brown Twisted pair

X1.7 White
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable between cascaded EPU02Ds or
EPU02D-02s.

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.7 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Power Distribution Box

in the MRE1000
A monitoring signal cable for the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000 connects the
AC power distribution box and the CCUB to report the alarms of the AC power distribution
box to the CCUB, which then reports the alarms to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC power
distribution box in the MRE1000.

(1) Cord end terminal (2) Bare wire
8.1.8 HSMU Monitoring Signal Cable for the PDU08H-01

The HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01 connects the EPU03A-21 and
PDU08H-01, and reports monitoring signals of the PDU08H-01 to the CCUB.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the HSMU monitoring signal cable for the
PDU08H-01.
Figure 8-9 HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01
(1) RJ45 connector (2) Cord end terminal
Description
The following table describes the HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01.
Table 8-8 HSMU monitoring signal cable for the PDU08H-01

X1 End The Other End Color Wire Type
X1.8 X2 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 X3 White

8.1.9 PMU 11A-HEUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring signals collected by the
PMU 11A to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-10 Exterior of a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-9 PMU 11A-HEUB monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.10 PMIU-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable connects a PMIU and a CCUB. It transmits the
RS485 signals collected by the PMIU to the CCUB, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.

Exterior
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of a
PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-11 Exterior of a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-10 PMIU-CCUB monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.11 Surge Protection Alarm Cable for the DCDU-13A

A surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A transmits surge protection dry contact
alarm signals of the DCDU-13A to the CMUEA. The maximum length of a surge protection
alarm cable for the DCDU-13A is 0.8 m (31.50 in.).
Both ends of a surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A are bare wires, as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 8-12 Surge protection alarm cable for the DCDU-13A

8.1.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the DCDU-03B

The monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B is used in the BTS3900C DC cabinet. The
cable transmits the surge protection alarm information of the DCDU-03B to the HEUA.
Appearance
Both ends of a monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B are bare wires, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 8-13 Monitoring signal cable for the DCDU-03B
8.1.13 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) Monitoring Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D) and receive related alarms.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
in a BTS3900.
Figure 8-14 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
in a DBS3900.
Figure 8-15 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-11 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) monitoring signal cable

X1.2 Blue Twisted pair
X1.1 White
X1.6 Orange Twisted pair
X1.3 White
X1.4 Green Twisted pair
X1.5 White
X1.8 Brown Twisted pair
X1.7 White
8.1.14 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) In-Position Signal Cable

A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the power
status of the PSU (EPW25-24S48D).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.

Figure 8-16 Exterior of a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable.
Table 8-12 PSU (EPW25-24S48D) in-position signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.15 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box in

an IBBS20D
The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an IBBS20D is used to transmit
monitoring signals from the power distribution box to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power
distribution box in an IBBS20D.

Figure 8-17 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
(1) 8-pin connector (2) OT terminal (M4) (3) OT terminal (M3)
Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D.
Table 8-13 Description of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box in an
IBBS20D
One End The Other End Color Connection Position
of the OT Terminal
X1.1 X2 End Black Positive pole of the

contactor
X1.3 X3 Black Negative pole of the

contactor
X1.5 X4 Black Positive pole of the

current divider

current divider

copper bar in the power
distribution box
X1.8 X7 Black Positive pole of the

copper bar in the power
distribution box

8.1.16 IBBS20L Monitoring Signal Cable

An IBBS20L monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals from an IBBS20L
to an OPM50M.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-18 Exterior of an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable
(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an IBBS20L monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-14 IBBS20L monitoring signal cable

X1.11 X2.5 White and green Twisted pair
X1.12 X2.4 Green
X1.13 X2.2 White and orange Twisted pair
X1.14 X2.1 Orange
X1.5 X2.6 White and blue -
8.1.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded IBBS20Ls

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls is used to transmit monitoring signals
from a lower-level IBBS20L to an upper-level IBBS20L.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded
IBBS20Ls.

Figure 8-19 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls.
Table 8-15 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded IBBS20Ls

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.1.18 Monitoring Signal Cable

IBBS20L-E monitoring signal cables transmit IBBS20L-E monitoring signals to OPM30M.
Exterior
The following figure shows the IBBS20L-E monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-20 IBBS20L-E Monitoring Signal Cable
(1) Monitoring signal cable (2) Monitoring signal cable (3) Monitoring signal cable equipped with a
equipped with waterproofed equipped with waterproofed waterproof DB15 male connector at end A
DB15 male connectors at both DB9 male connectors at both and with a waterproofed DB9 male
ends ends connector at end B
8.2 Signal Cables for Monitoring Devices

This section describes signal cables for all monitoring devices.
8.2.1 PMU-HEUA Monitoring Signal Cable

A PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information of the PMU in
the OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-21 Exterior of a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-16 PMU-HEUA monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.2 APMI-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the APMI in the power cabinet and the
BBU. The cable transmits environment monitoring signals of the cabinet to the BBU.
Exterior
An APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable has an RJ45 connector at one end and four bare wires
at the other end. The following figure shows the exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal
cable.
Figure 8-22 Exterior of an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable

Description
The following table describes an APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-17 APMI-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1 End Color X2, X3, X4, or X5 Wire Type Port to Which
End the Wire Is
Connected
X1.1 White X2 Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 Orange X3 TX-
X1.4 Blue X4 Twisted pair RX+
X1.5 White X5 RX-
8.2.3 CCUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable connects a CCUB and a BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CCUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-23 Exterior of a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-18 CCUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.4 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded CCUs

Cascaded CCUs are connected by signal cables. The lower-level CCU can communicate with
the BBU through the upper-level CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.
Figure 8-24 Exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs.
Table 8-19 Signal cable for connecting cascaded CCUs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.5 CCU-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CCU and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CCU to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-25 Exterior of a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-20 CCU-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.2.6 Monitoring Signal Cable between Cascaded CMUAs

Cascaded CMUAs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUEA can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUA.
Exterior
CMUAs.
Figure 8-26 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs.
Table 8-21 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUAs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEs

Cascaded CMUEs are connected by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUE can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUE.

Exterior
CMUEs.
Figure 8-27 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs.
Table 8-22 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEs
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.8 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUGs

Two CMUGs are cascaded by a monitoring signal cable. The lower-level CMUG can
communicate with the PMU through the upper-level CMUG.
Exterior
CMUGs.

Figure 8-28 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs.
Table 8-23 Description of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUGs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.9 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUEAs

CMUEAs are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CMUEA can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CMUEA.
Exterior
CMUEAs.

Figure 8-29 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs.
Table 8-24 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUEAs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.10 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCU01D-03s

CCU01D-03s are cascaded by monitoring signal cables. The lower-level CCU01D-03 can
communicate with the BBU through the upper-level CCU01D-03.
Exterior
CCU01D-03s.

Figure 8-30 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s.
Table 8-25 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCU01D-03s

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.11 Signal Cables for connecting Cascaded HAU01A-01s

Cascaded HAU01A-01s are connected by signal cables. The lower-level HAU01A-01 can
communicate with the CCU through the upper-level HAU01A-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the signal cable for connecting cascaded
HAU01A-01s.

Figure 8-31 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s.
Table 8-26 Signal cable for connecting cascaded HAU01A-01s

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.12 HEUB-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the HEUB to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-32 Exterior of an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-27 HEUB-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.13 HEUA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the HEUA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-33 Exterior of an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-28 HEUA-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.14 CMUEA-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to
the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-34 Exterior of a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-29 CMUEA-CCU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.15 CMUF-CCU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUF and CCU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUF to the CCU, which then forwards the signals to the
BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable whose
color is black.

Figure 8-35 Exterior of a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-30 CMUF-CCU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.16 Monitoring Signal Cable for the CMUG

Monitoring signal cables for the CMUG is classified into CMUG-PMU monitoring signal
cables and CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cables, which are used for transferring
monitoring signals from the PMU and OPM50M to the CMUG.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-36 Exterior of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-37 Exterior of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
(1) Waterproof DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-31 Description of a CMUG-PMU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The following table describes a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-32 Description of a CMUG-OPM50M monitoring signal cable
X1.12 X2.4 Green
X1.14 X2.1 Orange
X1.5 X2.6 White and blue -
8.2.17 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CMUHs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs is used to connect the CMUH in a
lower-level cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals
collected by the lower-level CMUH to the upper-level CMUH. The upper-level CMUH
reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CMUHs are black. The following figure shows
the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.
Figure 8-38 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs.

Table 8-33 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CMUHs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-level
cabinet to the CMUH in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by
the CCUB to the CMUH. The CMUH reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level
monitoring board.
Exterior
CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-39 Exterior of a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-34 CMUH-CCUB monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.19 CCUB-CMUH Monitoring Signal Cable

A CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a lower-level
cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected by
the CMUH to the CCUB. The CCUB reports the monitoring signals to the upper-level
monitoring board.
Exterior
CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-40 Exterior of a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-35 CCUB-CMUH monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.20 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded CCUBs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs is used to connect the CCUB in a lower-
level cabinet to the CCUB in an upper-level cabinet and transmit monitoring signals collected
by the lower-level CCUB to the upper-level CCUB.
Exterior
Monitoring signal cables between cascaded CCUBs are black. The following figure shows the
exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.
Figure 8-41 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs.
Table 8-36 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded CCUBs


X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.21 CMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable connects the CMUEA and the BBU. It transmits the
monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-42 Exterior of a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-37 CMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.22 FMUC-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status
of the FAN.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-43 Exterior of an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-38 FMUC-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green

X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.23 FMUE-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable reports monitoring alarms from the FMUE to the
BBU and is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status of the FAN 03B.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-44 Exterior of an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-39 FMUE-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.24 FMUEA-BBU Monitoring Signal Cable

An FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating status
of the FAN 03C.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-45 Exterior of an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes an FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-40 FMUEA-BBU monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.2.25 WIUA Monitoring Signal Cable

A WIUA monitoring signal cable connects a WIUA and a CCUB. It transmits the monitoring
signals collected by the WIUA to an upper-level monitoring component.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a WIUA monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-46 Exterior of a WIUA monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a WIUA monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-41 WIUA monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.26 eBat Monitoring Signal Cable

An eBat monitoring signal cable is used to connect an eBat to an upper-level monitoring
component, transmit monitoring signals from the eBat to the upper-level monitoring
component, and feed power from the upper-level monitoring component to the eBat.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an eBat monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-47 Exterior of an eBat monitoring signal cable
(1) 4-pin connector (2) Common female connector (20AWG)
Description
The following table describes an eBat monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-42 eBat monitoring signal cable

X1 End The Other End Color Wire Type
X1.1 X2 Red Twisted pair
X1.2 X3 Red
X1.3 X4 Black Twisted pair
X1.4 X5 Black
8.2.27 Monitoring Signal Cable for a Battery Cabinet

A monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet transmits monitoring signals from the battery
cabinet to an upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.

Figure 8-48 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet.
Table 8-43 Monitoring signal cable for a battery cabinet

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.2.28 BBU Alarm Cable

A BBU alarm cable transfers alarm signals from an external monitoring device to the BBU.
The maximum length of a BBU alarm cable is 20 m (65.62 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable.

Figure 8-49 Exterior of a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector
A BBU3910A alarm cable is used for transferring either dry contact signals or RS485 signals.
Figure 8-50 shows the exterior of the alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals. Figure
8-51 shows the exterior of a BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals.
Figure 8-50 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals
(1) DB15 male connector (2) Cord end terminal
Figure 8-51 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals
(1) DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector

Cable Description
The following table describes a BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable.
Table 8-44 BBU3900, BBU3910, or BBU5900 alarm cable

Alarm X1 End X2 End Color Wire Description
Port on Type
the BBU
EXT- X1.1 X2.1 White and Twisted Boolean input 4+

ALM1 orange pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Boolean input 4-

(GND)
X1.3 X2.3 White and Twisted Boolean input 5+

green pair
X1.6 X2.6 Green Boolean input 5-

(GND)

blue pair
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Boolean input 6-

(GND)

brown pair
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Boolean input 7-

(GND)
EXT- X1.1 X2.1 White and Twisted Boolean input 0+

ALM0 orange pair
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Boolean input 0-

(GND)

green pair
X1.6 X2.6 Green Boolean input 1-

(GND)

blue pair
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Boolean input 2-

(GND)

brown pair
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Boolean input 3-

(GND)

The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable used to
transfer dry contact signals to the BBU3910A.
Table 8-45 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring dry contact signals
Pin of the Cord End Color Wire Type Description
DB15 Male Terminal
Connector
X1.1 X2 White and blue Twisted pair Boolean input

1+
X1.7 X3 Blue Boolean input

1- (GND)
X1.2 X4 White and Twisted pair Boolean input

orange 0+
X1.5 X5 Orange Boolean input

0- (GND)

green 3+
X1.11 X7 Green Boolean input

3- (GND)

brown 2+
X1.14 X9 Brown Boolean input

2- (GND)
X1.8 X10 Blue and red Twisted pair OUT0_SEL
X1.9 X11 Blue OUT0_SELOU

T
X1.12 X12 Orange and red Twisted pair Boolean input

4+
X1.13 X13 Orange Boolean input

4- (GND)
X1.15 X14 Green and red Twisted pair Boolean input

5+
X1.10 X15 Green Boolean input

5- (GND)
- - Red and brown Twisted pair NONE
- - Brown
The following table describes the pin assignment for the wires of the alarm cable used to
transfer RS485 signals to the BBU3910A.

Table 8-46 BBU3910A alarm cable for transferring RS485 signals

Pin of the RJ45 Pin of the DB15 Color Wire Type
Connector Male Connector
X1.3 X2.6 White and blue Twisted pair
X1.1 X2.7 Blue
X1.8 X2.11 Green
X1.2 X2.13 White and brown Twisted pair
X1.4 X2.14 Brown
X1.5 X2.4 Orange
8.3 Signal Cables for Temperature Control Devices

This section describes signal cables for all temperature control devices.
8.3.1 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded Fan Assemblies

A monitoring signal cable for cascaded fan assemblies is used for cascading fan assemblies in
different cabinets.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan
assemblies.
Figure 8-52 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
(1) RJ45 connector
Cable Type
The following table describes the types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan
assemblies.

Table 8-47 Types of monitoring signal cables between cascaded fan assemblies
Cabinet Installation Installation

Position at Position at
One End the Other
End
APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B) and RFC FAN 02A FAN 01A
(Ver.B)
RFC (Ver.B) and RFC (Ver.B) FAN 01A FAN 01A
APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C) and RFC FAN 02B FAN 01B
(Ver.C)
RFC (Ver.C) and RFC (Ver.C) FAN 01B FAN 01B
APM30H (Ver.D) or TMC11H (Ver.D) and RFC FAN 02D FAN 01C
(Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.E) or TMC11H (Ver.E) and RFC FAN 02E FAN 01D
(Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.E) and APM30H (Ver.E) or FAN 02E FAN 02E

TMC11H(Ver.E)
RFC (Ver.D) and RFC (Ver.D) FAN 01C FAN 01C
RFC (Ver.E) and RFC (Ver.E) FAN 01D FAN 01D
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet and BTS3012AE FAN 01C FAN 01C

(Ver.D_Z) cabinet
IBC10 and IBC10 FAU03D-02 FAU03D-02
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies.
Table 8-48 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded fan assemblies
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.5 X2.5 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.2 FAU03D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

An FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable connects the FAU03D-01 and the CCU. It transmits
the monitoring signals collected by the FAU03D-01 to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-53 Exterior of the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-49 FAU03D-01 monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.3.3 FAU03D-02 Monitoring Signal Cable

The monitoring signal cable for the FAU03D-02 is used for the BBU to monitor the running
status of FAU03D-02.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-54 Exterior of the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes the FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-50 FAU03D-02 monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.4 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FANs

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs interconnects two FANs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.

Figure 8-55 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs.
Table 8-51 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FANs

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.5 HEUB-FAU01D-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

An HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable is used for the BBU to monitor the operating
status of the FAU01D-01, and feeds power in to the FAU01D-01.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-56 Exterior of an HEUB-FAU01D-01 monitoring signal cable
(1) 4-pin connector
8.3.6 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03B Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units interconnects two FAN 03B
units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03B units.
Figure 8-57 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units.
Table 8-52 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03B units
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.3.7 Monitoring Signal Cable Between Cascaded FAN 03C Units

A monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units interconnects two FAN 03C
units.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN
03C units.
Figure 8-58 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units.
Table 8-53 Monitoring signal cable between cascaded FAN 03C units
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.3.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the OMB Fan Assembly

The monitoring signal cable for the fan assembly transmits the temperature information in an
OMB to the HEUA.
Exterior
l Monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the inner air
circulation fan.
Figure 8-59 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB inner air circulation fan
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 5-pin connector
l Monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the outer air
circulation fan.
Figure 8-60 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the OMB outer air circulation fan
(1) Round waterproof connector (2) 4-pin connector
8.3.9 Monitoring Signal Cables for Temperature Sensors

A monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor is used in the following cabinets: RFC,
OMB, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, BTS3900AL, MRE1000, IMS06,
APM30 (Ver.D_A1), and RFC (Ver.D_A). It transfers the temperature information about the
cabinet to the monitoring board.

Exterior
The exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the temperature sensor is shown in Figure 8-61,
Figure 8-62, and Figure 8-63.
Figure 8-61 Monitoring signal cable for a temperature sensor (1)
(1) Temperature sensor (2) 4-pin connector
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 5-pin connector
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 5-pin connector
Monitoring Boards
The following table lists the monitoring boards to which temperature information is reported.

Table 8-54 Types of monitoring boards

Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring Board
Figure 8-61 RFC (Ver.B) CMUA in a FAN 01A
RFC (Ver.C) CMUE in a FAN 01B
RFC (Ver.D) CMUEA in a FAN 01C
RFC (Ver.E) CMUH in a FAN 01D
IBBS200D (Ver.B) or CMUA on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.B) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.C) or CMUE on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.C) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.D) or CMUEA on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.D) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS200D (Ver.E) or CMUH on the front door of an

IBBS200T (Ver.E) IBBS200D or IBBS200T
IBBS300D (Ver.A) or CCU01D-03 on the front door of an

IBBS300T (Ver.A) IBBS300D or IBBS300T
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) CMUF
IMS06 PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
Battery compartment in a CMUEA in a FAN 01C

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
cabinet
MRE1000 CCUB
Figure 8-62 APM30 (Ver.D_A1) CMUEA
RFC (Ver.D_A) CMUEA
Figure 8-63 IBC10 PMU 11A in an EPU05A-02
8.3.10 HAU01A-01 Monitoring Signal Cable

A HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable transmits the signals collected by the HAU01A-01 to
the upper-level monitoring board.
Exterior
The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CMUEA or CMUF
and it has bare wires at both ends, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 8-64 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (1)
When the cabinet is used with BTS3900AL (Ver.A) or TP48600A-H17B1, the CCU is
required. The HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable connects the HAU01A-01 and CCU and it
has an RJ45 connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-65 Exterior of the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable (2)
(1) RJ45 connectors
Description
The following table describes the HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable with an RJ45
connector at each end.
Table 8-55 HAU01A-01 monitoring signal cable

X1 End X2 End Color Wire
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The upper-level monitoring board of the HAU01A-01 varies with the cabinet type, as
described in the following table.

Table 8-56 Upper-level monitoring boards of the HAU01A-01

Base Station Cabinet Upper-level Monitoring
Board of the HAU01A-01
BTS3900A(Ver.B) IBBS700D CMUEA

DBS3900 of which the BBU
is installed in an
APM30H(Ver.D) cabinet
BTS3900AL(Ver.A) IBBS700D CCU
8.3.11 Monitoring Signal Transfer Cable for Fans in Front Doors

A monitoring signal cable for a fan in a front door feeds power into the fan in the front door
of an APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL cabinet, or IBBS700T. It also reports fan monitoring
signals to the monitoring board in the cabinet.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front
doors.

Figure 8-66 Exteriors of monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
(1) 4-pin connector (2) Interconnection terminal (3) 4-pin male connector
(4) 4-pin female connector (5) 4-pin male connector (one row) -
Cable Type
The following table lists the types of monitoring boards to which monitoring signals are
reported. Monitoring cables vary according to boards.

Table 8-57 Cable type

Cable Exterior Cabinet Monitoring Board to
Which Monitoring
Signals Are Reported
Illustration 1 APM30H (Ver.B) or CMUA

TMC11H (Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.C) or CMUE

TMC11H (Ver.C)
Illustration 2 APM30H (Ver.D) or CMUEA

TMC11H (Ver.D)
APM30H (Ver.E) or CCUB

TMC11H (Ver.E)
Illustration 3 BTS3900AL CMUF in a front door
Illustration 4 IBBS700T CMUF in a front door
Description
The following table describes monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors.
Table 8-58 Monitoring signal transfer cables for fans in front doors
Cable X1 End X2 End Color
W1 X1.1 X2.1 Black
W2 X1.2 X2.2 Black
W3 X1.3 X2.3 Black
W4 X1.4 X2.4 Black
8.3.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Heat Exchanger

The monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger feeds power to the fan on the front door of
the BTS3012 AE (Ver.D_Z) and transmits fan monitoring signals to the central monitoring
unit type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
Figure 8-67 shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.

Figure 8-67 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the heat exchanger
(1) DB15 male connector (2) RJ45 connector
Description
Table 8-59 describes the pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger.
Table 8-59 Pin assignment for the monitoring signal cable for heat exchanger
X1 End X2/X3 End Color Type
X3.1
X3.2
X3.4
X3.5
8.3.13 TEC Alarm Transfer Cable for the IBBS2.2

When a site is configured with an IBBS2.2, a TEC alarm transfer cable is used to connect the
alarm port on the BBU with the TEC alarm cable.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.

Figure 8-68 Exterior of a TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 4-pin interconnection terminal
Description
The following table describes the TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2.
Table 8-60 TEC alarm transfer cable for the IBBS2.2

RJ45 Connector 4-Pin Color Type
Interconnection
Terminal
X1.2 X2.3 Green
X1.6 X3.6 Green
8.4 Signal Cables for Other Devices

This section describes signal cables for devices other than power supply devices, monitoring
8.4.1 Monitoring Signal Cables for Door Status Sensors

A monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor is used to inform the monitoring board of
the door status that is obtained from the door status sensor. Cabinets configured with door
status sensors are as follows: APM30H, TMC11H, RFC, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D,
IBBS300T, IBBS20D, BTS3900AL cabinet, OMB, OMB (Ver.C), IBBS700D, and
IBBS700T.
Exterior
There are four types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors, which adapt to
different cabinets. Figure 8-69, Figure 8-70, Figure 8-71, Figure 8-72, and Figure 8-73
show their exteriors.

Figure 8-69 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for a door status sensor (1)
NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to an HPMI. Cable 1 has a bare wire
and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a cable
terminal block, respectively.
l Cable 2 has a cord end terminal at each end. The two cord end terminals are connected to the two
ports on one side of a cable terminal block.
l Cable 3 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to a door status sensor. Cable 2 has a cord
end terminal at the other end, which is connected to a cable terminal block.

NOTE
l Cable 1 has a 2-pin connector at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a PMU. Cable 1
has a bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor
and a cable terminal block, respectively.

NOTE
l Cable 1 has a bare wire at one end, which is connected to the GATE port on a CCUB. Cable 1 has a
bare wire and a cord end terminal at the other end, which are connected to a door status sensor and a
cable terminal block, respectively.
(1) Bare wire (2) 2-pin connector

(1) Bare wire (2) 2-pin connector
(1) Door status sensor on the front door (2) GATE port on the CCUB (3) Door status sensor on a side door
Description
In different cabinets, monitoring signal cables for door status sensors are connected to
different monitoring boards. The following table lists monitoring boards that collect door
status information in different cabinets.

Table 8-61 Types of monitoring signal cables for door status sensors
Cable Cabinet Monitoring Board
Exterior
Figure 8-69 l RFC (Ver.B) CMUA

l TMC11H (Ver.B)
l IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
l RFC (Ver.C) CMUE

l TMC11H (Ver.C)
l IBBS200D (Ver.C) or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
l RFC (Ver.D) CMUEA

l TMC11H (Ver.D)
l IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200T (Ver.D)
l IBBS700D configured with an APM30H
(Ver.D) together
l RFC (Ver.E) CMUH

l IBBS200D (Ver.E) or IBBS200T (Ver.E)
TMC11H (Ver.E) CCUB
IBBS700T configured with an APM30H (Ver.D) CMUF

or APM30H (Ver.E) together
IBBS300D (Ver.A) or IBBS300T (Ver.A) CCU01D-03
OMB HEUA
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
l BTS3900AL (Ver.A) CCU

l IBBS700D or IBBS700T configured with a
BTS3900AL cabinet together
Figure 8-70 APM30H (Ver.B) and APM30H (Ver.C) HPMI
Figure 8-71 APM30H (Ver.D) PMU 11A
Figure 8-72 APM30H (Ver.E) CCUB
Figure 8-73 IBBS20D CMUG
Figure 8-75 MRE1000 CCUB
8.4.2 ELU Signal Cable

An electronic label unit (ELU) signal cable transmits the cabinet type to a monitoring board in
the cabinet.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ELU signal cable.
Figure 8-76 Exterior of an ELU signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) 4-pin connector
Cable Description
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1 in the preceding
figure.
Table 8-62 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 1

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
The following table describes the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2 in the preceding
figure.

Table 8-63 Description of the ELU signal cable shown by illustration 2

X1.4 X2.2 White
X1.3 X2.4 White
In different cabinets, ELU signal cables are connected to different monitoring boards. The
following table lists monitoring boards to which an ELU reports information.
Table 8-64 Monitoring boards to which ELUs report information

Cable Exterior Cabinet Name Monitoring
Board
Illustration 1 BTS3900 (Ver.B) or BTS3900L (Ver.B) FMUC
BTS3900 (Ver.C) or BTS3900L (Ver.C) FMUE
BTS3900 (Ver.D), BTS3900L (Ver.D), or IBC10 FMUEA
APM30H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), CMUA

IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), CMUE

IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), RFC CMUEA

(Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
or IBBS700D. The IBBS700D refers to that
working with an APM30H (Ver.D).
APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), or MRE1000 CCUB
RFC (Ver.E), IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T CMUH

(Ver.E), or IBBS700D. The IBBS700D refers to
that working with an APM30H (Ver.E).
IBBS700T working with an APM30H (Ver.D) or CMUF

APM30H (Ver.E)
OMB (Ver.C) HEUB
BTS3900AL (Ver.A), IBBS700D, or IBBS700T. CCU

The IBBS700D and IBBS700T refer to those
working with the BTS3900AL cabinets.
ILC29 (Ver.E) FMUF
Illustration 2 IBBS20D CMUG

8.4.3 Monitoring Signal Cables for the IBBS Door Control and
Temperature Sensor
A monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor reports the IBBS
door control alarm signals and temperature alarm signals to the base station.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door
control and temperature sensor.
Figure 8-77 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature
sensor
(1) 4-pin connector (2) 2-pin connector (3) Cord end terminal
Description
The following table describes the monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and
temperature sensor.
Table 8-65 Monitoring signal cable for the IBBS door control and temperature sensor
One End of The Other Color Type Label

the Wire End of the
Wire
X1.3 X7 White Twisted pair TEC Alarm-
X1.2 X8 Blue TEC Alarm+
X2.1 X9 White Twisted pair BAT_TEMP

Alarm+
X2.2 X10 Orange BAT_TEMP

Alarm-

One End of The Other Color Type Label

the Wire End of the
Wire
X3 X11 White Twisted pair SMOKE Alarm

+
X4 X12 Brown SMOKE

Alarm-
X5 X13 White Twisted pair DOOR Alarm
X6 X14 Green DOOR Alarm
8.4.4 EMUA/EMUB Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable transmits signals monitored by the EMUA/EMUB
to the BBU. The cables are delivered with EMUA/EMUBs.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-78 Exterior of an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) DB9 male connector
Description
The following table describes an EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-66 EMUA/EMUB monitoring signal cable

X1 End X2 End Color Wire Type Port to Which
the
Monitoring
Signals Are
Reported
X1.1 X2.3 White Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 X2.7 Orange TX-
X1.5 X2.6 White Twisted pair RX-
X1.4 X2.2 Blue RX+
8.4.5 EMU Monitoring Signal Cable

An EMU monitoring signal cable transmits monitoring signals from an EMU to a BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-79 Exterior of an EMU monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector (2) DB9 male connector
Description
The following table describes an EMU monitoring signal cable.

Table 8-67 EMU monitoring signal cable

Pin on the Pin on the DB9 Color Type Label
RJ45 Male Connector
Connector
X1.1 X2.3 White Twisted pair TX+
X1.2 X2.7 Orange TX-
X1.5 X2.6 White Twisted pair RX-
X1.4 X2.2 Blue RX+
8.4.6 Monitoring Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection

Module
A monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module connects the AC surge
protection module in the PDU to the CCU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge
protection module.
Figure 8-80 Exterior of the monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection module
(1) 2-pin terminal block (2) Cord end terminal
8.4.7 Alarm Signal Cable for the AC Surge Protection Box

An alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box is used in an OMB. The cable
transmits the surge protection alarm information for the AC input power to the HEUA.
Exterior
The monitoring signal cable for the AC surge protection box consists of two wires without
any connectors at both ends. The following figure shows the wires.

Figure 8-81 Alarm signal cable for the AC surge protection box
8.4.8 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Surge Protection Box

A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box transmits information about the AC
surge protection box to the HEUB.
Exterior
A monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box consists of two wires without any
connectors at both ends, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-82 Exterior of a monitoring signal cable for the surge protection box
8.4.9 RRU AISG Multi-Wire Cable

An RRU AISG multi-wire cable connects an RRU and an RCU to transmit RS485 control
signals from a base station to an RET antenna. The length of an AISG multi-wire cable is 5 m
(16.4 ft).
NOTE
An RCU is a driving motor used for the phase shifter in the RET antenna. It receives control commands from
a base station and executes the commands to drive the stepper motor. The stepper motor uses a gear to drive
the adjustable phase shifter in the antenna and change the downtilt angle.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 8-83 Exterior of an AISG Multi-wire cable
(1) Waterproof DB9 male connector (2) Standard AISG female connector

Description
The following table describes an AISG multi-wire cable.
Table 8-68 Description of an AISG multi-wire cable

X1 End (Pin of X2 End (Pin of the Color Wire Description
the Waterproof Standard AISG
DB9 Male Female Connector)
Connector)
White and
blue Twisted
X1.1 X2.1 +12 V
pair
Blue
X1.3 X2.3 White and RS485 B

orange Twisted
pair
X1.5 X2.5 Orange RS485 A
X1.4 X2.4 White and - GND

green
X1.9 and X1.4 are - - - GND

interconnected.
- X2.1 and X2.6 are - - +12 V

interconnected.
- X2.4 and X2.7 are - - GND

interconnected.
8.4.10 RRU AISG Extension Cable

When the distance between an RRU and an RCU is longer than 5 m (16.4 ft), an AISG multi-
wire cable is not long enough to connect the RRU and the RCU. In this case, an AISG
extension cable is used to extend the AISG multi-wire cable for transmitting RS485 signals.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an AISG extension cable.
Figure 8-84 Exterior of AISG extension cable
(1) Standard AISG male connector (2) Standard AISG female connector

Description
The following table describes an AISG extension cable.
Table 8-69 Description of an AISG Extension cable

X1 End (Pin X2 End (Pin Color Wire Description
of the of the
Standard Standard
AISG Male AISG
Connector) Female
Connector)
X1.1 X2.1 White and blue Twisted pair +12 V
Blue
X1.7 X2.7 White and Twisted pair DC Return A

orange
Orange
X1.3 X2.3 White and green Twisted pair RS485 B
X1.5 X2.5 Green RS485 A
X1.6 X2.6 White and brown Twisted pair +24 V
Brown
8.4.11 GPS Clock Signal Cable

A GPS clock signal cable transmits GPS clock signals from the GPS antenna system to the
BBU. The cable is used when GPS clock signals serve as the clock reference of the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS clock signal cable.

Figure 8-85 Exterior of a GPS clock signal cable
(1) SMA male connector (2) Type N female connector
8.4.12 GPS Jumper

A GPS jumper connects the GPS surge protector to the GPS antenna. The maximum length of
a GPS jumper is 100 m (328.08 ft).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GPS jumper.
Figure 8-86 Exterior of a GPS jumper
(1) N50 straight male connector
8.4.13 BBU Interconnection Signal Cables

A BBU interconnection signal cable connects BBU 0 and BBU 1 to forward information
between the BBUs.
Cable Type
BBU interconnection signal cables are classified into two types based on their functions, as
listed in following table.
Table 8-70 Cable type

Cable Function Installation Position
BBU interconnection signal Forwards control and Connects the UMPT and
cable synchronization information UCIU or connects two
from one BBU to another UMPTs.

Cable Function Installation Position
Transmits baseband data and Interconnects two WBBPf

other data between two boards
BBUs.
Exterior
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the UCIU
l When two BBUs are installed in one cabinet, a 2 m (6.56 ft) long BBU interconnection
signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.
l When two BBUs are installed in different cabinets, a 10 m (32.81 ft) long BBU
interconnection signal cable is used, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8-87 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the
UCIU (1)
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable
Figure 8-88 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting the UMPT to the
UCIU (2)
(1) DLC connector (2) Armored optical cable (3) Breakout cable
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs
The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting
two UMPTs.
signal cable is used.
interconnection signal cable is used.

Figure 8-89 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two UMPTs
(1) SFP+ connector
BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs

The following figure shows the exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting
two WBBPfs.
signal cable is used.
interconnection signal cable is used
Figure 8-90 Exterior of a BBU interconnection signal cable connecting two WBBPfs
(1) QSFP connector
8.4.14 Cable Between Two Combined Base Stations

When a 3012 series base station and a 3900 series base station are installed side by side, the
cable between two combined base stations is used to connect the UCIU in the 3900 series
base station and the DCTB or DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Exterior
There are two types of cables used for connecting two combined base stations. The following
figure shows the cable connected to the DCTB in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-91 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (1)
(1) MD36 male connector (2) DB15 male connector

The following figure shows the cable connected to the DGLUb in the 3012 series base station.
Figure 8-92 Exterior of a cable between two combined base stations (2)
Description
As shown in Figure 1, the cable has a DB15 male connector at one end and an MD36 male
connector at the other end. The following table describes the cable.
Table 8-71 Cable between two combined base stations (1)

X1.2 X2.7 Blue
X1.4 X2.12 Orange
X1.10 X2.3 Green
X1.11 X2.16 Brown
X1.15 X2.28 Gray
X1.shell X2.shell - Shield
As shown in Figure 2, the cable has a DB15 male connector at each end. The following table
describes the cable.
Table 8-72 Cable between two combined base stations (2)

X1.2 X2.2 Blue

X1.4 X2.4 Orange
X1.10 X2.10 Green
X1.11 X2.11 Brown
X1.15 X2.15 Gray
X1.shell X2.shell - Shield
8.4.15 Adapter Used for Local Maintenance

An adapter used for local maintenance connects the USB(1) port on the UMPT to a
commissioning Ethernet port during local maintenance.
NOTE
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance.
Figure 8-93 Exterior of an adapter used for local maintenance
(1) USB connector (2) Ethernet connector
Description
The following table describes an adapter used for local maintenance.

Table 8-73 Adapter used for local maintenance
Pin of the USB Pin of the Color Wire Type

Connector Ethernet
Connector
X1.8 X2.2 White
X1.5 X2.6 White
X1.Shell X2.Shell - Shield
8.4.16 GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A GATM monitoring signal cable transmits control signals from the BBU to the GATM. It
also transmits monitoring signals from the GATM to the BBU.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-94 Exterior of a GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-74 GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange

X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.17 CMUA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the CMUA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-95 Exterior of a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-75 CMUA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green

X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.18 CMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable transmits the monitoring information collected by
the CMUE to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-96 Exterior of a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-76 CMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue

X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.19 CMUEA-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the CMUEA in FAN
03C. It transmits monitoring signals collected by the CMUEA to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-97 Exterior of a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-77 CMUEA-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown

8.4.20 CMUH-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable is used to connect the CMUH in a FAN 01D to a
GATM and transmit monitoring signals collected by the CMUH to the GATM.
Exterior
CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cables are black. The following figure shows the exterior of
a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-98 Exterior of a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-78 CMUH-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.4 X2.4 Green
X1.6 X2.6 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.21 FMUC-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUC in FAN. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUC to the GATM.

Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Figure 8-99 Exterior of a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-79 FMUC-GATM monitoring signal cable
X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.22 FMUE-GATM Monitoring Signal Cable

A FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable connects the GATM and the FMUE in FAN 03B. It
transmits monitoring signals collected by the FMUE to the GATM.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.

Figure 8-100 Exterior of a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable
(1) RJ45 connector
Description
The following table describes a FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable.
Table 8-80 FMUE-GATM monitoring signal cable

X1.2 X2.2 Orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown
8.4.23 RET Control Signal Cable

The RET control signal cable is used to connect the GATM and the Bias-Tee, enabling the
GATM to supply power to the TMA and to control the RET antenna.
Exterior
Figure 8-101 shows the exterior of a RET control signal cable.

Figure 8-101 Exterior of a RET control signal cable
(1) SMA elbow male connector (2) SMA straight male connector
8.4.24 ODM06D Surge Protection Alarm Cable

An ODM06D surge protection alarm cable transmits information about the surge protector in
an ODM06D to a central monitoring unit type EA (CMUEA).
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable.
Figure 8-102 Exterior of an ODM06D surge protection alarm cable
(1) RJ45 connector

Cables 9 CPRI Cables
9 CPRI Cables
About This Chapter
This section describes CPRI cables, including CPRI electrical cables and CPRI fiber optic
cables.
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable
CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.
9.1 CPRI Electrical Cable

CPRI electrical cables are high-speed cables, which fall into two categories: SFP high-speed
cables and SFP+ high-speed cables. They transmit signals between the BBU and RFUs or
between RFUs.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables.
Table 9-1 Principles for selecting CPRI electrical cables

RFU CPRI Data Rate(Gbit/s) CPRI electrical cable type
1.25 or 2.5 SFP high-speed cables
4.9 SFP+ high-speed cables

Exterior
The SFP high-speed cable has the same exteriors as the SFP+ high-speed cable. The
following figure shows the exterior of a CPRI electrical cable.
Figure 9-1 Exterior of a CPRI electrical cable
9.2 CPRI Fiber Optic Cable

CPRI fiber optic cables are classified into multimode fiber optic cables and single-mode fiber
optic cables. They transfer CPRI signals.
A multimode fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU or connect two RRUs. The
maximum length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting a BBU and an RRU is 150 m.
The default length of a multimode fiber optic cable connecting two RRUs is 10 m. If the
distance between two RRUs exceeds 10 m, contact Huawei engineers.
The single-mode fiber optic cable can be divided into two types: single-mode fiber optic cable
directly connecting a BBU to an RRU or connects two RRUs (shortened to directly connected
single-mode fiber optic cable) and single-mode fiber optic cable connecting an ODF to a BBU
or RRU (shortened to single-mode pigtail). The length of each single-mode fiber optic cable
between the BBU and RRU or between RRUs cannot exceed the maximum allowed remote
distance between the BBU and RRUs. The maximum length of the single-mode pigtail
between an ODF and a BBU is 20 m (65.62 ft). The maximum length of the single-mode
pigtail between an ODF and an RRU is 70 m (229.66 ft).
NOTE
l The ODF is an outdoor transfer box for fiber optic cables, which interconnects the single-mode
pigtail and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable.
l The ODF and trunk single-mode fiber optic cable are provided by the customer and must comply
with the ITU-T G.652 standard.
l A multimode fiber optic cable is used together with a multimode optical module, and a single-mode
pigtail is used together with a single-mode optical module.
Selection Principle
The following table describes the principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables.

Table 9-2 Principles for selecting CPRI fiber optic cables

Remot CPRI Selection Principle Connects...to... Remarks
e Data
Distan Rate of
cea the
Optical
Module
(Gbit/s)
≤ 100 2.5 or 4.9 Multimode fiber optic Connects a BBU to When multiple
m cable an RRU or connect RRUs are
(328.08 two RRUs. cascaded,
ft) 9.8 Directly connected multimode fiber
single-mode fiber optic optic cables and
cable single-mode fiber
optic cables can
be used together.
100 m All Recommended: single- Connects a BBU to The single-mode

(328.08 mode fiber optic cable an RRU. pigtail at the
ft) < (single-mode pigtail and RRU or BBU
Remote trunk single-mode fiber side is connected
distanc optic cable) to the trunk
e ≤ 150 single-mode fiber
m optic cable by
(492.13 using an ODF.
ft)
2.5 or 4.9 Multimode fiber optic Connects a BBU to When multiple
cable an RRU or connect RRUs are
two RRUs. cascaded,
9.8 Directly connected multimode fiber
single-mode fiber optic optic cables and
cable single-mode fiber
optic cables can
be used together.
> 150 - Single-mode fiber optic Connects a BBU to The single-mode

m cable (single-mode an RRU. pigtail at the
(492.13 pigtail and trunk single- RRU or BBU
ft) mode fiber optic cable) side is connected
to the trunk
single-mode fiber
optic cable by
using an ODF.
≤ 70 m 40 or 100 OM3 multimode fiber Connects a BBU to Short-distance

(229.66 optic cable an RRU. connection
ft) between the BBU
and RRU

Remot CPRI Selection Principle Connects...to... Remarks

e Data
Distan Rate of
cea the
Optical
Module
(Gbit/s)
70 m 40 or 100 OM4 multimode fiber

(229.66 optic cable
ft) <
Remote
distanc
e ≤ 100
m
(328.08
ft)
100 m 40 or 100 Directly connected Connects a BBU to -

to 1000 single-mode fiber optic an RRU.
m cable
(328.08
ft to 40 or 100 Single-mode fiber optic Connects a BBU to The single-mode
3280.8 cable (single-mode an RRU. pigtail at the
ft) pigtail and trunk single- RRU or BBU
mode fiber optic cable) side is connected
to the trunk
single-mode fiber
optic cable by
using an ODF.
a: The remote distance between the BBU and RRUs refers to the total length of the cables
between the BBU and the RRU that is farthest way from the BBU.
Exterior
Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable: The
cable has a DLC connector at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-2 Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable
(1) DLC connector (2) Breakout cable (3) Label on the breakout cable

NOTE
l When a fiber optic cable connects a BBU to an RRU, the breakout cable on the BBU side is 0.34 m
(1.12 ft) and the breakout cable on the RRU side is 0.03 m (0.098 ft).
l When a fiber optic cable connects two RRUs, the breakout cables on both sides are 0.03 m (0.098
ft).
The following figure shows the connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly
connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU as an example.
Figure 9-3 Connection of the multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode
fiber optic cable between a BBU and an RRU
(1) Multimode fiber optic cable or directly connected single-mode fiber optic cable between a BBU and an
RRU
Main fiber optic cable for an OFD06: The main fiber optic cable for an OFD06 connects a
BBU to an OFD06 and has 12 LC connectors at each end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-4 OFD06 trunk fiber optic cable
(1) LC connector (2) Breakout cable (3) Label on the breakout cable

Single-mode pigtail: The single-mode pigtail has a DLC connector at one end and an FC,
LC, or SC connector at the other end, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-5 Exterior of a single-mode pigtail
(1) DLC (2) Breakout (3) Label on the (4) FC (5) LC (6) SC
connector cable breakout cable connector connector connector
NOTE
l When a single-mode pigtail connects a BBU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and
ODF side are 0.34 m (1.12 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
l When a single-mode pigtail connects an RRU to an ODF, the breakout cables on the BBU side and
ODF side are 0.03 m (0.098 ft) and 0.8 m (2.62 ft), respectively.
The following figure shows the connection of the single-mode pigtail.

Figure 9-6 Connection of the single-mode pigtail
(1) Single-mode pigtail between a BBU and an ODF (2) Single-mode pigtail between an RRU and an ODF
The OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber optic cables have the same exterior, in which each end
has an MPO connector. The MPO connector with a strap connects to the BBU and the MPO
connector without a strap connects to the RRU, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 9-7 OM3/OM4 multimode fiber optic cable
(1) MPO connector (2) Strap (3) MPO connector
Pin Assignment
The following table describes the labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable
and recommended cable connections.

Table 9-3 Labels on the breakout cables of a CPRI fiber optic cable and recommended cable
connections
Label on the Installation Position
Breakout Cable
Connection Connection Connection
Between a BBU Between RRUs Between a BBU or
and an RRU or RRU and an ODF
Between an
OFD06 and an
RRU
1A CPRI RX port on the CPRI RX port on RX port on the BBU or

RRU RRU 1 CPRI RX port on the
RRU
1B CPRI TX port on the CPRI TX port on TX port on the BBU or

RRU RRU 1 CPRI TX port on the
RRU
2A OFD06 or TX port CPRI TX port on ODF

on the BBU RRU 0
2B OFD06 or RX port CPRI RX port on ODF

on the BBU RRU 0

Cables 10 RF Cables
10 RF Cables
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the RF cables, including RF jumpers and inter-RFU RF signal cables.
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna
system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit
signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m
(6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-
length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable
An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.
10.1 RF Jumpers
RF jumpers are divided into two types: RRU RF jumpers connecting RRUs to an antenna
system and RRU RF jumpers connecting RFUs to an antenna system. RF jumpers transmit
signals between a base station and an antenna system. Fixed-length RF jumpers can be 2 m
(6.56 ft), 3 m (9.84 ft), 4 m (13.12 ft), 6 m (19.69 ft), and 10 m (32.81 ft) long. Variable-
length RF jumpers can be 6 m (19.69 ft) long at most.
RRU RF Jumper
Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 show RRU RF jumpers.

Cables 10 RF Cables
Figure 10-1 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (1)
(1) DIN straight male connector
Figure 10-2 Exterior of an RRU RF jumper (2)
(1) Type N male connector
RFU RF Jumper
The following figure shows the exterior of an RFU RF jumper.
Figure 10-3 Exterior of an RFU RF jumper
(1) DIN straight male connector (2) DIN elbow male connector
The following table describes RFU RF jumpers.

Cables 10 RF Cables

Cable Exterior Cabinet Application Scenario
Illustration 1 BTS3900 or BTS3900L -
BTS3900A or BTS3900AL The GATM and Bias-Tee are not

configured.
Illustration 2 BTS3900A or BTS3900AL The GATM and Bias-Tee are

configured.
10.2 Inter-RFU RF Signal Cable

An inter-RFU RF signal cable connects the RX IN/OUT ports on two RFUs to transfer the
diversity signal.
Exterior
The following figure shows the exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable.
Figure 10-4 Exterior of an inter-RFU RF signal cable
(1) QMA elbow male connector


3900 Series Base Station Cables (04) (PDF) - en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 Series Base Station Cables (04) (PDF) - en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

About This Document

Product Solution Version Product Version

BTS3900 l SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later

DBS3900 l SRAN8.0 and later

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Product Solution Version Product Version

BTS3900C l SRAN8.0 and later

l Quadruple-mode base SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

l BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

l BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

l IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

l IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

l UBBPei SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

l EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Item Solution Version Product Version

l BTS3900(Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not

Calls attention to important information, best practices and

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

3.1.2 BTS3900L Power Cable Connections..................................................................................................................... 175

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

3.3 Monitoring Signal Cable Connections....................................................................................................................... 339

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

3.5 CPRI Cable Connections............................................................................................................................................ 464

4 PGND Cable............................................................................................................................... 534

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

6.1.2 EPU/EPS/ETP Power Cables.................................................................................................................................. 560

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

6.3.1 Power Cables for Fan Assemblies........................................................................................................................... 614

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

7.4 Interconnection Cable Between FE/GE Electrical Ports............................................................................................ 666

8 Signal Cables.............................................................................................................................. 670

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiv

8.2.18 CMUH-CCUB Monitoring Signal Cable.............................................................................................................. 704

Issue 04 (2017-10-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv